U.S. PATENT AND TRADEMARK OFFICE
Information Products Division |
U.S. Patent Classification System - Classification Definitions
as of June 30, 2000
Patents classified in a subclass may be accessed by either clicking on
the subclass number
preceding each subclass definition or on the
" " icon, below.
( please note that patents for some subclasses may not be available )
For classification search strategies, please refer to the
Classification Index
Explanation of Data web page.
(definitions have been obtained from the
Patents ASSIST CD-ROM which
is produced by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
Electronic Products Branch)
Class 428
STOCK MATERIAL OR MISCELLANEOUS ARTICLES
Class Definition:
This class accommodates certain products of manufacture which
are not provided for in classes devoted primarily to
manufacturing methods and apparatus. The bulk of the
documents are directed to stock material composites, that is,
materials having two or more distinct components which are
more ordered than a mere random mixture of ingredients.
Certain finished articles, generally of an ornamental or
readily disposable nature, are placed herein when this class
specifically provides for them. Unfinished articles, e.g.,
blanks requiring further significant shaping to be suitable
for ultimate use, and stock materials from which an
indefinite number of usable portions may be cut, are placed
herein unless specifically provided for elsewhere. The
determination whether a product is a finished article or a
stock material is made on the basis of the amount of
structure included in the body of the claims.
A patent for this class is placed herein generally without
regard to the process by which it is made, for example,
without regard to whether the plural layer product was formed
by extrusion, coating, or assembly of preformed layers.
Therefore, unless otherwise clearly stated, the term
"coating" or "layer" will include a preform as well as a
layer formed by covering a base with a fluent material which
then solidifies. A comprehensive search for processes of
making the products of this class will be found in the
manufacturing classes listed below.
An asterisk has been applied to certain terms throughout this
bulletin to indicate that these terms have specific
definitions in the Glossary, which should be consulted.
The asterisk has been applied to identify the term in the
first appearing definition which must be considered for the
desired subclass title.
It should be noted that there are two sections for the
glossary. The first one applies generally to the structural
areas of the schedule; the second applies to materials (e.g.,
compound, composition, etc.). It should further be noted,
however, that the structural areas of the class also include
some subclasses directed to materials.
Both sections of the glossary should be consulted.
This is the residual class for:
A. Stock material in the form of a structurally defined web*,
sheet*, rod*, strand*, fiber*, filament*, cell*, flake*,
particle* not provided elsewhere.
B. Stock material in the form of a web*, sheet*, mass* or
layer* which consists of or contains a structurally defined
constituent* or element* not provided elsewhere.
C. A nonstructural laminate defined merely in terms of the
composition of one or more layers* not provided elsewhere.
D. An article* of manufacture not provided for elsewhere.
E. An intermediate-article* which is not provided for
elsewhere and from which a final article is to be made.
F. A process for applying an impregnating material to a
naturally solid product such as a wood beam, a sheet of
leather or a stone, or for applying a coating to a base, and
which process includes no significant method step. Such a
patent is placed in the schedule on the disclosed product
produced, whether structural or nonstructural. See section
VI, C, 6, below, reference to Class 427, Coating Processes,
for guide lines which are to be followed in determining
whether or not a process step is significant, for
classification in Class 427, or not significant for placement
in Class 428.
FRAMEWORK OF THE CLASS
This class comprises several major subclass groups which can
be identified by reading down the first-line indent
subclasses, and a special category for metallic* materials
which parallels the arrangement provided for nonmetallic*
materials, insofar as this arrangement is applicable. These
major groups and parallel metallic* groups are:
A. Subclasses 1 through 39 and 576 provide for special
articles* generally defined in all three dimensions, for
which there is no provision elsewhere, and subclasses 542 and
577+ provide for intermediate-articles*.
B. Subclasses 40 through 84, 571 through 575 and 586 through
591 provide for a special web* or sheet*.
C. Subclasses 85+ for special surface characteristics of the
pile or nap type.
D. Subclasses 98+, 357+, 544-570, 592-604, 606-614, and 687
provide for stock material either in the form of a web* or
sheet*, or an element* (e.g., rod*, fiber*, filament*,
particle*, flake*, etc.), respectively, which of and by
itself is structurally defined as claimed.
Some examples of a structurally defined web* or sheet* are:
(1) particular shape, particular size, or other physical
configuration. (2) including an external mechanical fastener
so as to be attached to another object. (3) components* or
elements* arranged relative to each other or to a surface.
(4) components* having same characteristic but in different
degree. (5) a discontinuous coating, impregnation or bond.
(6) variation in thickness or in planarity. (7) attachment of
components* by stitching and bond or coating. (8) apertures.
(9) surface finish. (10) any recitation of a measurable
extent, no matter how wide, (e.g., "up to .075 mil", "between
10 and 25 microns", etc.).
Some examples of structurally defined elements* are:
(1) particular size or shape or other physical configuration
(see above). (2) nonlinearity of a fiber or filament (e.g.,
crimped or coiled, etc.). (3) specific depth of impregnation
of a fiber or filament.
(1) Note. As a special case, even though not structure, a
coated or bonded fiber, filament, rod, strand is placed in
subclasses 357+.
E. Subclasses 221+ provides for a web* or sheet* in which one
component* or element* (e.g., fiber, filament, strand,
particle, etc.) is structurally defined as claimed.
Some examples of defined structure are: (1) size or
particular configuration or shape, either absolute or
relative (e.g., weight* per unit area). (2) interengagement
of strands* or filaments* which means mechanically arranging
one strand* or filament* alternately over and under other
strands*, perpendicularly or angularly related thereto. If
all strands* in one direction are on only one side of the
strands in the other direction, this is not interengagement.
Looping, intertwining, interweaving, intertangling are also
included in the term interengaged.
(3) a composite* web* or sheet*, at least one component*
being porous or cellular. (4) a composite*, web* or sheet*
having the outermost layer of adhesive characteristics so as
to be adhered to another surface.
F Subclasses 411+ and 615+ provide for a composite* web* or
sheet* which is characterized solely by the composition of
the layers*.
G. Subclasses 539.5 and 540+ provide for stock-material*
having a continuous phase of one material interengaged with a
continuous phase of a different material, usually made by
permeation or saturation. See the definitions and notes of
these subclasses.
In addition there are provided in subclasses 900-941
cross-reference art collections of product patents based on
use or particular characteristics indicated in the titles and
definitions thereof. These collections of disclosures are
not exhaustive but are intended as aids to a search based on
ultimate function or use, as a supplement to a search in this
class, or as an indication of further related fields of
search inside or outside this class.
SCOPE OF CLASS
The scope of this class is defined by the residual state
thereof as set forth in above.
It must be clearly understood that all patents to stock
material products have not been removed from all those
classes which provide for such products on the basis of their
ultimate function, See below for an exemplary listing of such
classes.
As to composites (subclasses 411+ and 615+), the disclosures
of this collection of art (i.e., adhered bodies defined in
terms of their respective compositions or compounds) are
subdivided generally on the basis of pairs of contiguous
bodies (conveniently referred to as "layer"*). Thus, for
instance, a laminate composed of layers* A, B, C, in that
order, is visualized as comprising the pairs A-B and B-C, the
laminated, A, B, C, D as comprising pairs A-B, B-C, and C-D--
and so on. This arrangement is conceived of as facilitating
the search for any multi- layered product, particularly for
patent examination purposes. Whereas a search for substance
A joined to substance C by an intervening layer* of B, in a
system based on paired layers*, may produce a disclosure of
A-B in one document and of B-C in another, or may retrieve a
disclosure of A-B-C in one document, it is thought that all
such disclosures should be available to the examiner for his
consideration, whether in a single document or a combination
of documents. The utility of such as approach is apparent in
the search for products including five, six, seven, or more
layer* pairs or interfaces.
Additionally, it is believed that this concept of laminates
as consisting of pairs of layers* may be incorporated readily
into a machine retrieval system. Having in mind the ubiquity
of layer* interfaces in modern technology--appearing in both
laminated and molded plastics, protective and decorative
finishes, wood and paper products, metal stock--the technique
of subdividing into layer* pairs all disclosures in the
voluminous literature of interfacial bonding, is seen to
offer an effectual starting point for the development of a
schedule of descriptors or a dictionary of terms for
mechanical search.
It is an essential part of the considerations on which this
paired-layer* schedule is based, that no weight is given to
the alleged nature of any particular layer* as adherent or
base. The disclosure of two particular layers* in mutual
contact will be available for the searcher's consideration
regardless of whether either, both, or neither is taught as
being adhesive, bonding material, glue, impregnant, etc.
CRITERIA FOR PATENT PLACEMENT WITHIN THIS CLASS
The general procedure for placement of a patent in a class is
set forth on in the Manual of Classification (note the
exception set forth in the last paragraph of this section).
Briefly, the basic principles which determine placement of
the original copy of a patent in this class are:
A. Only claimed subject matter is relied upon, when comparing
coordinate "first-line indent" subclasses (e.g., subclasses
98 and 221), for placement of a patent.
B. In subclass 1 through 223, 292.1 - 301.4, and 304.4 -
410,
1. the original copy of said patent will be placed in the
first-occurring "first-line indent" subclass (of this class)
which provides for the claimed subject matter: However,
where said "first-line indent" subclass has a further
indented subclass which specifically provides for either the
claimed or disclosed more specific subject matter, the
"original" copy will be placed in said further indented
subclass;
2. as between coordinate subclasses (e.g., subclasses 156 and
174) which are indented under a "first-line indent" subclass,
the original copy of a patent will be placed in the
first-occurring of the coordinate subclasses which provides
for (a) the claimed subject matter, or (b) the disclosed
subject matter (in the absence of a claim drawn to the more
specific subject matter as provided for in such coordinate
subclasses);
3. further, the original copy of a patent will be placed in
an indented subclass where the unclaimed but disclosed more
specific subject matter is provided for in said indented
subclass.
C. In the subclasses relating to specified physical dimension
(e.g., 215+, 220, 332+, etc.), a range thereof qualifies even
though the work "absolute" may be used.
Further, in a subclass which specifies the upper limit of a
dimension, for example, subclass 334, in which the upper
limit is specified as 5 mils (or equivalent), a range which
transcends this limit is excluded therefrom and is placed in
the appropriate higher subclass. Thus, for example, a
composite* sheet* in which the coated layer* is recited as
being in the range of 3 mils to 7 mils, is excluded from
subclass 334 and is placed in subclass 332, unless reason
exists for placement in subclass 339.
D. In subclasses 544+, the original is placed strictly on the
basis of the claims. Where an indented subclass is provided,
the original is placed in the indented subclass only when all
of the claims have the limitations of that indented
subclass.
E. The procedure for placement of a patent directed to a
nonstructural laminate or composite will be that procedure
now employed in the classification of classes of chemistry
and is set forth under the definitions of subclasses 411 and
615 of this class (428). Procedures applicable to patent
placement in the experimental "Markush"-type subclasses 643,
656, 661, 664, 669, 671, and 678 are given in the definition
of subclass 643.
Once placement of the original copy of a patent has been
determined, a cross-reference copy of the patent is mandatory
in every subclass in this class or any other which provides
for other claimed subject matter, except in instances where
the subclass which would normally receive such
cross-reference copy contains a search class note to the
subclass in which the original copy has been placed, in which
case only exemplary cross-references are provided.
Cross-reference copies may be placed in any subclass where
the disclosed subject matter is considered to render the
document as useful reference.
When the original of the patent is placed in the article* or
structural subclasses, a cross-reference copy will be placed
in subclass 411, or subclasses 615+, where the disclosed
subject matter is considered to render the document as useful
reference. Similarly, when the original copy of a patent is
placed in subclasses 323+, a cross-reference thereof will be
placed in a superior subclass where the disclosure warrants.
CLASSES HAVING A DEFINED RELATIONSHIP WITH THIS CLASS
Completed articles* of manufacture, except for those
expressly provided for in the schedule, are excluded from
this class. However, in many cases the claims of a patent are
directed only to "nominal" articles, that is, articles
claimed only in terms of the composition or stock-material*
from which they are made. It is the present policy of the
Patent and Trademark Office to classify article patents,
wherein the claims mention the article by name only and
define it only in terms of the composition or material of
which it is composed, in the appropriate composition or
material class. The collection of these patents and
reclassification thereof into the composition or material
classes is under way, and as a corollary thereto, patents
claiming a composition or material for an art use heretofore
classified in the art classes are also being transferred to
the appropriate composition or material class. For articles*
provided for in other classes, attention is directed to the
"Index to Classification", and to LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES,
below.
AN ART INDEX OF COMMON TERMS AND EQUIVALENT TERMINOLOGY USED
IN THE SCHEDULE.
The first appearing term, i.e., to the left of the colon, is
the name used in the document and the term to the right of
the colon is the corresponding name employed in the subclass
titles of the schedule. The list provides an index to the
schedule for laminates which are identified by trade names,
trade marks and other terminology not employed in the
schedule. The symbols # and 0 indicate that the term, on the
right in the glossary, is an abbreviated form of that found
in the subclass titles.
# = aldehyde or keytone condensation product
0 = addition polymer from unsaturated monomers.
A
"A" Stage: = aldehyde[supscrpt]#[end supscrpt] (phenolic);
ABS, acrylonitrile-butadiene-stryrene:= unsaturated deg.
(polyene) Acrylate, acrylic: = unsaturated deg. Airplane
fabric = cloth*[supscrpt] ; [end supscrpt]Alkyd: =
polyester[supscrpt] ; [end supscrpt]Animal fiber or hair: =
polyamide[supscrpt] ; [end supscrpt]Animal glue: = polyamide
; Artificial silk: = cellulosic (regenerated or modified) ;
Asbestos: = silicon containing; see definition ; Asphaltic:
= bituminous
B
"B" Stage: = aldehyde[supscrpt]#[end supscrpt] (phenolic)
; "Bakelite": = aldehyde[supscrpt]#[end supscrpt]
(phenolic) ; Balata: = natural rubber ; Balsam: = natural
gum ; "Beetle", "Beetleware": = aldehyde[supscrpt]# ; [end
supscrpt]Birdlime: = natural gum ; Buna S: = unsaturated
deg. Butadiene-styrene: = unsaturated deg.
(&pgr;&ogr;&lgr;ψϵ&ngr;ϵ)
C
Canadian Balsam: = natural gum; Caoutchouc: - natural
rubber; Casein: polyamide ; Carbon Particles: = inorganic ;
"C" Stage: = aldehyde[supscrpt]#[end supscrpt] (phenolic) ;
"Cellopane": cellulosic (modified) ;"Celluloid": =
cellulosic (modified) ; Cement: = silicon containing ;
Ceramic: = silicon containing ; Chloroprene: = unsaturated
deg. (polyene) ; Clay: = silicon containing ; Cotten seed
pitch: = bituminous or tarry residue. ; Coumarone,
coumarone-indene: = unsaturated deg.
(&eegr;ϵ&tgr;ϵρ&ogr;χψχ&lgr;ιχ) ;
&KHgr;ρϵ&ogr;σ&ogr;&tgr;ϵ: = bituminous
D
"Dacron": = polyester ; Dextran: = carbohydrate ; Dextrin:
= carbohydrate ; Dope (airplane): = cellulosic, (modified) ;
"Durez": = aldehyde[supscrpt]# ; [end supscrpt]"Dynel": =
unsaturated deg. (&eegr;α&lgr;ιδϵ)
E
Enamel (not otherwise specified) - pigment varnish: =
natural oil or gum ; Enamel, porcelain: = silicon containing
; Enamel, synthetic: = see under the appropriate synthetic
resin ; "Ethoxylene": = epoxy ether
F
"Factice": = natural oil (modified) ; Fiber (animal): =
polyamide ; Fiber (vegetable): = cellulosic ; Fish glue: =
polyamide ; "Kel-F": = fluorinated addition polymer ; Fish
paper: = polyamide ; Fleece: = nap surface ; Flour paste:
= polyamide unless specified as starch, which see ;
"Formica": = aldehyde ; Friction tape: = bituminous or
tarry residue ; FR-S: = unsaturated deg. (polyene) ;
Furfural: = aldehyde ; Fur: = polyamide ;
G
Gelatin: = polyamide ; "Geon": = unsaturated deg. (halide)
; Glass: = silicon containing; see definition ; Glass, water
(i.e., waterglass): = silicon containing ; Giladen
(protein): = polyamide ; Glue: = polyamide ; Glue, Fish or
Animal: = polyamide ; Glue, Synthetic: = usually aldehyde ;
"Glyptal": = polyester ; Goldbeaters skin: = animal
membrane ; Graphite: = inorganic ; GR-S: = unsaturated deg.
(polyene) ; Gum plastic, ABS: = unsaturated deg. (polyene)
; Gutta percha: = natural rubber ; Gypsum: = calcium
sulfate
Hair: = polyamide ; Haloprene: = unsaturated deg.
(polyene) "Hetron": Hexamethylenetetramine as a source of
formaldehyde: = aldehyde[supscrpt]#[end supscrpt]
Ivory: = polyamide
"Kodel": = polyester ; "Koroseal": = unsaturated deg. ;
"Kynar": = fluorinated addition polymer
Latex: = natural rubber ; Latex paint: = unsaturated deg.
(either ester or polyene) ; "Leatheroid"
(paper-rubber-sandarac): natural rubber; Lecithin: = waxy ;
#aldehyde or ketone condensation product 0 addition polymer
from unsaturated monomers. ; "Lexan": = polycarbonate ;
Linoleum: = cork with natural oil, gum or rosin ; "Lucite":
= unsaturated deg. (ester) ; Lycopodium: = natural oil or
gum
M
Maleic acid or anhydride (used as a reactant): = unsaturated
(anhydride is heterocyclic) ; Maleic acid ester (from
polyhydric alcohol): = polyester (crosslinked); Maleic acid
ester (from monohydric alcohol): = unsaturated deg.
(ester)# ; Melamine: = aldehyde; Mica: = silicon
containing; Modacrylic: = unsaturated (halide); "Mylar": =
polyester; Neoprene: = unsaturated deg. (polyene)
N
"Neothane": = poly(amido-ester); Nitro cellulose: =
cellulosic (ester or modified); Nylon: = polyamide; Oil
cloth: = see structural area (cross joined strands)
"Orlon": = a cyrylic (unsaturated deg. )
P
Paper: = a water laid web or interfelted natural celluloses
fibers; Phenolic(s): = aldehyde; Pitch: = bituminous;
"Plexiglas": = unsaturated deg. (ester); "Pliofilm": =
natural rubber; "Plioflex": = unsaturated deg. (polyene);
Polyamine: = aldehyde[supscrpt]#[end supscrpt] (unless
otherwise specified); Polyethylene: = unsaturated deg. ;
Polypropylene: = unsaturated deg. ; Polyurethane: = see
urethane; Porcelain: = silicon containing; Porcelain
enamel: = see enamel, porcelain; Portland cement: =
silicon containing; Protein: = polyamide; PVA (Polyvinyl
acetate): deg. =unsaturated (ester) ; "Pyrex": = glass;
Pyroxilin: = cellulosic (modified)
Quartz: = silicon containing
R
Rayon: = cellulosic (regenerated) (in strand or fiber form);
Refractory: = see definition above; Rubber, pore: = natural
rubber; Rubber, synthetic: = unsaturated deg. polyene;
Rubber, synthetic, sulfide: = polythioether
S
SBR: = unsaturated deg. (polyene); Sand: = silicon
containing ; Sandarac: = natural gum; "Saran": =
unsaturated deg. (halide) ; Silk: = polyamide; Soya bean
oil: = polyamide; Spandex: = poly(amido-ester); Starch: =
carbohydrate ; Stone: = silicon containing ; Stone Wood: =
cellulosic (wood) ; Suede: = Pile or nap surface ; Synthetic
glue: = usually aldehyde[supscrpt]#[end supscrpt] ;
Synthetic rubber: = unsaturated deg. polyene ; Synthetic
rubber: sulfide: = polythioether
Talc: = silicon containing ; "Telflon": = fluorinated
addition polymer ; "Terylene": = polyester ; "Thiokol": =
polythioether ;
Urethane: = poly(amido ester)
V
Varnish: = natural oil or gum, lac ; Varnish, phenolic:
aldehyde[supscrpt]#[end supscrpt] ; Varnish, synthetic: =
aldehyde or cellulosic (as disclosed) ; Vegetable ivory: =
cellulosic ; Vinyl: = unsaturated deg. ; Vinyon: =
unsaturated deg. (halide) ; Viscose: = cellulosic
(modified) ; Vitreous: glassy, silicon containing ;
Vulcanized fiber: = cellulosic (modified)
W
Water glass: = silicon containing; Water soluble
thermosetting resin: = aldehyde[supscrpt]#; [end
supscrpt]Wheat paste: = polyamide, unless specified as
starch (which see); Wood: = cellulosic; Wool: = polyamide
Z
Zein: = polyamide; Zylonite (celluloid): = cellulosic;
"Zytel" (nylon): = polyamide
LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS
The organization of this section is as follows:
A. INTERMEDIATE ARTICLES* - 1. Packages, 2. Blanks, etc.
B. COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS
C. ARTICLES* AND STOCK-MATERIALS* - 1. Life-science related;
2. Textiles and related materials (a. Fibers, strands, rods,
etc.; b. Interengaged fibers or strands; c. Belts, etc.; d.
Associated fabrics; e. Textiles and their manufacture in
general) 3. Static objects and materials (a. Receptacles,
chambers, etc., b. Other hollow subject matter, c.
Structures related to radiant or wave energy, d. Other
structures and static objects); 4. Electric and magnetic
elements, 5. Mechanical elements (a. Joints, b. Cutting,
separating and related elements, c. Friction elements, d.
Other machine elements); 6. Coating and coated products, 7.
Assembling and/or shaping, 8. Other manufacturing and
treating, 9. Miscellaneous devices
D. CLATHARATES AND INTERCALATES
In section II, the symbol # is used at the end of the
definition to designate a class or part of a class which
provides for certain stock-material*. Here follows the
number and full title of classes which have been discovered
as having a defined relationship with this class, as
explained below in Subsection INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLES*, and in
the subclass definitions:
A. INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLES*
1. Packages, Class 206, provides, in general, for mercantile
units in which a plurality of articles* are held together by
an extraneous element which is discarded before the article
is used. A plurality of articles which are not yet detached
from each other, being held together by material intrinsic to
the material of which the articles are made, generally is
classified in this class (428); however, Class 59, subclass
77 provides for a series of staple blanks which are partially
shaped and integrally connected. Class 229, subclass 75
provides for a plurality of envelope blanks integrally
connected in strip form. A package designed to be used or
disposed of in toto is generally classified herein; see
subclasses 2 and 576. See also the references to Class 252
in part B, below.
Stock material in roll or coil form, or wound in the form of
a coil, will be classified in Class 428; however, any further
limitations as to the roll, or coil or package, as for
example, an overlapping roll edge, an edge or convolution
taped or secured to an under layer*, or a detail as to the
mandrel, etc., is considered to be significant structure for
the roll and placement in Class 206, subclasses 389+ is
indicated.
A separate and distinct interliner or sheet* wound into the
convolutions and which is not ordinarily part of the stock
material is considered to be significant roll structure for
Class 206. A liner sheet adhered to a portion of a
composite* sheet* or web* and rolled together therewith and
removable is considered to be part of the stock material and
proper for Class 428.
Generally, a product or stock material falling within the
definition of this class (428) and further modified by the
bare recital that such product or material (a) is in the form
of a roll, reel, drum, coil, stack, pile, bale, etc., or (b)
is within a container or in the form of a package is
classified in this class (428).
For purposes of classification in Class 428, the coil,
packaged or wound form is disregarded and placement is on the
basis of the web*, sheet*, or other form of product or stock
material.
See Class 206, subclasses 45.31+ for a pouch adapted to
receive an identification card (unless of the paper envelope
type, see Class 229, Paper Receptacles).
In regard to wall structure of Class 206-type receptacles,
see part C,3, a, below.
A wound strand package is in Class 242, subclasses 159+,
which also has a search note setting out its line with Class
206.
An intermediate-article* so shaped as to be suitable for
handling is in this class (428); however, a claim to a pile
or stack of such articles, when it does not form a
work-piece* which is subsequently worked as a unit, is in
Class 214, subclass 10.5.
2. Blanks, etc.
A claim, even though stated to be a "blank" which describes
or is readable on the structure of a completed article* is
classified with the article*, for such a claim is either
generic to both the blank and the article, and, therefore,
considered to be best classified with the completed article,
or is to a subcombination which is best classifiable within
an appropriate subcombination class, or, if none, in the
article class.
Class 2, subclass 143 provides for blanks which are to be
used in making collars for garments.
Class 10, subclasses 11+ provide for bolt blanks, and
subclass 62 provides for spike blanks.
Class 24, subclasses 20+ provide for a package tie which is a
metal band which is to be bent, cut, or formed up to make a
connection.
Class 36, subclasses 47+ provide for blanks used in the
production of shoe uppers.
Class 59, subclasses 8, 12 and 35 provide for chain blanks,
subclass 62 provides for horseshoe blanks, and subclass 77
provides for staple blanks which are partially shaped and
integrally connected.
Class 63, subclasses 15+ provide for a finger-ring blank
which already is a ring.
Class 76, subclasses 101.1+ provide for a metal tool or
implement blank.
Class 101, subclasses 404.1+ provide for blanks for printing
plates and printing members.
Class 138 provides for tube and ring blanks which are tubes
which can hold fluid.
Class 150, subclasses 127+ provides for blanks used in making
pocketbooks.
Class 220, subclasses 62+ provides for a can or other
metallic receptacle blank.
Class 229, Envelopes, Wrappers, and Paperboard Boxes,
subclasses 100+ for a blank for forming a paperboard box.
Class 248, subclass 248 provides for a blank from which a
sheet-material supporting bracket can be made.
B. Compounds and Compositions
A patent claiming a single layer*, film, filament*, or
fiber*, or a mass*, with a limitation to the material(s) of
which it is comprised, but with no recitation of significant
structure, will be placed in the appropriate compound or
composition class. The following are considered to be
significant structure:
1. An external configuration which is not planar or
cylindrical, e.g., aperture, fold, varying thickness, etc.
2. The recitation of a numerical dimension or designation of
metal as a foil or leaf
3. A product composed of at least three layers*.
4. A coated strand, wire, fiber, filament, rod or strand.
5. An interconnected void structure.
6. Porosity in a nonparticulate metal.
The following are not considered to be significant
structure:
1. Random distribution of elements* such as fillers or
reinforcements (e.g., fibers*) within a product or randomly
disposed pores or cells (i.e., no particular pattern or
arrangement) in a porous, cellular or foamed product, wherein
the overall structure is neither limited nor influenced by
these elements*, even though the elements* or pores
themselves may have structural limitations.
2. Internal characteristics, such as crystalline form,
molecular orientations, etc., when such characteristics have
no relation to the shape of the product.
3. The presence of the composition as a coating on an unnamed
substrate.
A product described by a functional or chemical name only
(e.g., table, wood, etc.) is not considered to have
significant structure; however, limitations such as plywood
(indicating layers*), tables with legs, etc., are considered
to define structural limitations.
Also, a patent for a product where the presence of structure
(e.g., cellular) or the degree thereof is a mere
manifestation of the material or composition will likewise be
placed in the appropriate material or composition class.
Further, a product defined in terms of its properties (e.g.,
tensile strength, elongation) is not considered a
"structurally defined" product, as provided for in this
class.
In regard to a patent which has a claim to a product which is
classifiable in this class (428), subclasses 411+, but which
recites no significant structural limitations, and a claim to
a coating material compound or composition which is included
in at least a part of the claimed product, and claim to a
significant process of coating, the patent is classified
according to the coating material.
The rules for determining Class placement of the Original
Reference (OR) for claimed chemical compositions are set
forth in the Class Definition of Class 252 in the section
LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES AND WITHIN THIS CLASS, subsection
COMPOSITION CLASS SUPERIORITY, which includes a hierarchical
ORDER OF SUPERIORITY FOR COMPOSITION CLASSES.
The enumeration of classes below, in general, follows the
priority list of Class 252 and covers some additional
classes. Thus, this enumeration is not authoritative insofar
as priority of classes is concerned. The definitions of
these classes should be studied to determine the proper
placement of patents therein.
Class 504, subclasses 116+ provide for plant growth
regulating compositions and subclasses 101+ provide for a
fertilizer containing an insecticide, fungicide, or
deodorant.
Class 424 provides for drug, bio-affecting and body-treating
compositions. Subclasses 1.21, 1.25, 1.29+, and 400+ provide
for some articles* and stock-materials* which contain a
composition of that class. A stock-material* suitable for
this class (428), containing a Class 424 composition to
preserve the stock material itself from biological attack, is
in this class (428). Residual methods for preserving,
disinfecting or sterilizing stock-materials are in Class
422.
Class 426 provides for food, beverages and other edible
compositions, and certain edible articles* and
stock-materials*.
Class 71, provides for fertilizers.
Class 208, subclasses 14+ provide for compositions made up
exclusively of mineral oil components.
Class 585, subclasses 1+ provides for compositions made up
exclusively of hydrocarbons or a hydrocarbon with a
preservative, etc.
Class 149 provides for explosive and thermic compositions and
charges, subclasses 2+ providing for one in which at least
one ingredient has a particular shape or structure, and
subclasses 14+ for one having at least two separate and
distinct superimposed or contiguous layers or forms of
different components or of components having different
properties. The layers must be in direct contact and not be
separated by a space or by a nonexplosive or nonthermic
body.
Class 508, subclasses 100+ provide for shaped lubricants and
massive rigid solid bodies, including bearings, which carry a
fluent lubricant, and subclasses 110+ provide for lubricant
compositions generally.
Class 44 provides for fuel compositions and some combustible
fuel articles* and stock-materials*.
Class 148, subclasses 240+ and 22+ provide for certain
compositions for treating solid metal, and subclass 400.1 for
certain stock-materials* and compositions produced by a
process of that class (148). See the references to this
class in parts 4 and 6, below.
Class 75, subclasses 228+ provide for consolidated metal
powder compositions, in subclasses 251+ for loose metal
powder compositions, and in subclasses 95, 256 and 257 for
certain additives for molten metal.
This class (428), subclass 576 provides for a shaped article*
to be melted in a metallurgical furnace.
Class 252, in subclasses other than those listed above or
below, provides for special utility compositions. In most
cases, Class 252 provides for compositions having a random
mixture of components, while stock-materials* are classified
in this or another stock-material class. However, it is
noted that some subclasses in Class 252 provide for more than
mere compositions; for example, subclass 176 provides for
packages and heterogeneous arrangements of water-softening
and related-function compositions.
Class 510 provides for cleaning compositions and auxiliary or
perfecting compositions therefor, while certain subclasses
therein, such as subclasses 404, 438+, etc., provide for
packages or heterogeneous arrangements, while subclasses
445+, etc., provide for solid, shaped macroscopic articles or
structures.
Class 106 provides for a composition which is in fluent or
solid noncoherent form which is adapted for coating or
impregnating and for change to a less fluent form, or solid
coherent form, by setting (e.g., concrete, plastic, etc.), by
chemical reaction, by removal of solvent, by solidification
from a molten state, etc. In a patent directed to a filler
or pigment for a coating composition, the recitation of size
or structure of the constituent* particles or fibers is not
sufficient to exclude said patent from Class 106. See
especially subclasses 36, 117, 235, 241, 251, 253+, 266, 272,
275, 276, 280, 281+, 288+, 636, 784, and 816.
Class 51 provides for abrading composition or some stock
material; see especially subclasses 294, 295, and 297 for
other abrasive stock material, or for a method of making
abrasive material such as "sandpaper."
Class 451 provides for abrading materials in usable form, as
a "tool" under that class definition. For example,
subclasses 526+ provide for "sandpaper."
Class 260, subclasses 2+ and 520 Classes provide for a
synthetic resin or Natural Rubbers (spinnable, film-forming,
etc.), and Class 260, subclasses 709+ provide for a
vulcanizable natural gum (e.g., rubber).
Under certain circumstances, the relation between Class 260,
520 Classes and Class 428 shifts between combination and
subcombination. For example, the subcombination of a resin
composition is in Class 260 and 520 Classes; a layered
product structurally defined and containing the resin
composition as a layer is now a combination which is
classified in Class 428. However, the combination of the
layered product and a resin, when the layered product is used
as filler for the resin is again classified in Class 260 and
520 Classes as a resin composition.
Class 252, subclasses 299.01+, 625+, 363.5, 367.1, 372+, 378,
182.11+, and 183.11+ provide for compositions on a
nonfunctional basis.
Class 423 provides for inorganic compounds, and in subclasses
265+ provides for compositions having an inorganic compound
and an agent which improves the general utility of the
compound.
Class 430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition,
or Product Thereof, appropriate subclasses for stock material
and products which are radiation sensitive and limited to use
in imagery and a finished imaged article chemically defined.
A claim to a finished picture or photograph is classified in
Class 428.
Class 520 provides for synthetic resins, natural rubbers,
compositions and modifications thereof.
C. Articles* and Stock-materials*
1. Life-sciences related materials.
Classes 3, 47, 433, and 449 take articles*, but not
stock-materials*. A cut, natural plant, treated to prolong
the characteristics of life, is in class 47, and that class
(47) provides for the combination of a receptacle and a cut
plant either treated or with means to prolong the
characteristics of life.
Class 128 is the locus for a patent directed to a
stock-material* product when (1) solely disclosed to be worn
by, or attached to, the body (e.g., sanitary napkin,
diaper, etc.) and to be a receptor for a body discharge (2)
solely disclosed as a shield or protective device to be worn
on, or attached to, a body member or part (e.g., bandage,
dressing, etc.) and having a therapeutic use or (3) a patent
to a stock-material* product whose disclosure includes a
Class 128 utility as set out above or in the class definition
thereof, and a general utility for Class 428, but in which
one claim is specific to the Class 128 disclosed use.
2. Textiles and related materials
Certain textile manufacturing classes provide for their own
products, and Classes 2, 5 and 245 provide for products only,
while some other textile products are provided for in this
class.
a. Fibers, strands, rods, etc..
Class 19, subclasses 144+ provide for a process of, or means
for, assembling fibers* together into a lap, sliver or web*,
with some other material. Stock-material* products of a Class
19 process are classified in this class (428).
Class 52, subclasses 720.1+ provide for a miscellaneous
article* which is an elongated, rigid structure. See also
the reference to Class 52 in part 3d, below.
Class 57, subclasses 200+ provide for a stock-material*
strand* consisting of, or comprising, a claimed twisted or
twined constituent*; or for a stock-material* product (e.g.,
web*, sheet*, etc.) distinguished only by such twisted or
twined strands* (as claimed) employed in the manufacture
thereof, or a stock-material* product comprising coated or
impregnated strands* in which the coating or impregnation
took place prior to assembly of said strands* to form the
product, no matter how the twist was made, whether by a Class
57 process or apparatus or otherwise.
The "twist" or its equivalent term is applicable either to
plural fibers* or filaments* which are twisted about each
other, or to a monofilament which is turned or twisted about
its longitudinal axis. A crimped fiber is classifiable in
Class 428, the crimp being out of the plane of the fiber.
This class (428) does not exclude a yarn, strand*, or other
constituent* unless the claim recites at least a "twist" or
its equivalent; or a property due to, or resulting from,
twisting a fiber* or filament*. There are certain terms
which have been accepted as denoting a twisting fiber* or
filament*, and, if used in a claim, classification in Class
57 is indicated, provided all other requirements therefor are
met. Some of these terms are:
i. plying, doubling, twining, twisting (all such terms are
considered to be synonymous) and indicate turning about the
longitudinal axes of the fiber* filament or yarn or bundles
of yarns;
ii. filament looped upon itself;
iii. turns of twist per inch;
iv. false twist;
v. twist to treat, followed by untwisting;
vi. spun staple fiber yarn e.g., wool, cotton, etc.;
vii. "Z" or "S" twists or piles;
viii. roving.
In the event of a disclosure which includes (1) "twisted"
strands, fibers, filaments for Class 57, and (2) nontwisted
elements proper for Class 428, the following guidelines are
to be followed in accordance with the claims:
1. A claim generic to both modifications will be classified
in Class 428 as an original with a cross-reference, if
needed, to Class 57.
2. A claim specific to either the twisted or nontwisted
fibers will be classified in Class 428 or Class 57,
respectively, with a proper cross-reference to the other
class as needed.
3. A claim to the twisted Class 57 modification and a claim
to the nontwisted product will be classified as an original
in Class 428 with the proper cross-referencing.
Class 84, subclasses 199 and 297+ provide for strings for
musical instruments.
Class 256, subclasses 6+ provide for barbed-strand fence
stock-material*, and in subclass 46 for analogous nonbarbed
stock-material*.
Class 464, Rotary Shafts, Gudgeons, Housings, and Flexible
Couplings for Rotary Shafts, subclasses 51+ provides for
flexible shafting; and subclasses 179+ provides for rigid
shafting.
b. Interengaged fibers or strands
Class 59, subclasses 78+ provide for a chain formed of linked
elements.
Class 66, subclasses 69+ provide for a knitted article or
stock-material*, and especially subclasses 190+ for
stock-material* including knitted material with nonknitted
material held in its loops.
Class 87, subclasses 1 through 13, provide for (1)
stock-material* which consists of, or includes, a braid, net,
or lace component, or (2) a product resulting from an
operation(s) within the scope of that class (87), which
product is either coated or combined with a material which is
the product of an operation beyond the scope of Class 87
(e.g., lamination, etc.).
Class 131, subclasses 321+ provide for stock-material*
specified as being a filter and of indeterminate shape (e.g.,
mass), or approximating the shape (e.g., coil, tube,
cylinder, rod*, etc.), of the article or appliance with which
it is intended to be used, requiring no further treatment
than tearing or cutting to proper size* stock-material* of
any other shape, recited so that some shape modification is
required, is classified in Class 428.
Class 139, subclasses 383+ provide for a single or plural
layer* woven stock-material* product made only by a Class 139
process and no other operation. A patent directed to a woven
product possessing deformed, coated or impregnated strands
will be placed in Class 139 where the sole disclosure is that
a coating, impregnation or deformation of the constituent
strands took place prior to the weaving.
Two layers woven together are classified in Class 139. Two
woven layers adhered together are classified in Class 428,
one layer of woven material next to a layer of nonwoven
material is classified in Class 428.
Class 162 provides for a nonstructural (1) single-layer*
waterlaid fibrous product, (2) plural-layer* product
including a layer* of fibers* applied to a second layer* by a
process provided for in that class (162), or (3) paper
homogeneously impregnated throughout, even after the web* is
formed, and note particularly subclasses 141-181.1+, which
include any nonstructural fiber* (or fiber-containing)
product (e.g., particular blend of fibers*), whether
waterlaid or not. Also, see notes in Class 162, referring to
Class 428, e.g., Class 162, subclasses 141 and 150 for
examples of structural fibers. This class (428), subclass
596, provides for metallic wire cloth formed by welding
plural all-metal wires at their points of intersection; in
subclass 605 for a mass of metal fibers, including plural
layers of wire cloths joined by mechanical compression and
sinter bonded into a fibrous mass, and in subclass 608 for a
mass which includes metal wires, strands or strand portions
mechanically intertangled, interwoven or interlooped, coated
with a metal or a layer of metal or nonmetal fibers located
between two metal layers.
Class 245 provides for a wire fabric* which is the product of
a bending or analogous wire-working operation.
Class 256, subclass 5 provides for barbed-fence fabric*, and
in subclass 45 for analogous nonbarbed material.
Classes 289, subclass 1.2 provides for an interlacement
(knot) of portions of one or more elongated flexible elements
(e.g., strand, rope) forming a tie or fastening and including
any bend or hitch.
c. Belts, etc.
Class 198, appropriate subclasses provide for an endless
conveyor belt or a stock material* disclosed solely for use
as a conveyor belt.
Class 474, appropriate subclasses provide for an endless
power transmission belt or a stock material* disclosed solely
for use as a power-transmission belt.
Class 162, subclasses 348+ provide for a flexible endless
band-type paper-making mold of the Fourdrinier variety.
Class 400, subclasses 237+ provides for an inked typewriter
ribbon.
d. Associated fabrics
Class 2 provides for a stock-material* product of that class,
and especially subclasses 244 and 274, respectively, for an
apparel trimming or binding, and 260 for coated stays or
stiffeners.
Class 5, subclass 500 provides for a stock-material* product
solely disclosed for use as an underpad or cover pad for a
mattress, and which protects the mattress by receiving
discharges of the body, for example, infants or hospital
patients. Those cover pads are usually made of absorbent
material.
Class 112, subclasses 400+ provides for sewn stock-material*,
except for sewn stock-material* which includes a discrete
mechanical fastener(s), a coating, or an adhesive bond, for
which see subclasses 102+ of this class (428).
e. Textiles and manufacture thereof in general
Class 8 provides for a process of (1) dyeing or bleaching
stock-material*; (2) treating hides, skins, feathers, or
animal tissue with chemicals or fluids; (3) improving the
felting properties of fibers*; (4) treating textile* fabrics*
or fibers with fluids, with or without chemical modification
of the treated material; or (5) a product resulting from any
of the processes above, where not specifically provided for
elsewhere. Structured stock is classified in Class 428,
Stock Material or Miscellaneous Articles, or other
appropriate class.
Class 26 provides for mechanical, nonliquid treatment of
textile* fabrics* (e.g., napping), subsequent to fabrication,
which is not provided for elsewhere. Stock-material* products
of a Class 26 process are provided for in this class (428).
Class 28, subclasses 72+ provide for a mechanical textile*
process not elsewhere provided for, a combination of such a
process with another textile* operation or with a nontextile*
operation provided for in some other textile* class with a
nontextile* operation where such combination is not
specifically provided for in the other textile* class.
Stock-material* products of a Class 28 process are provided
for in this class (428).
Class 140 provides for processes of wire-working, e.g.,
uniting, shaping or deforming, but generally not for the
products thereof. For the line between Class 140 and the
other textile classes, see the main class definition of Class
140.
3. Static objects and materials.
a. Receptacles, chambers, etc. Articles* in the form of
receptacles or chambers are provided for in a number of
classes and portions of classes, the most important of which
are listed below. Those which also provide for sheet* or
web* material, claimed in terms of significant wall
structure, are indicated by the symbol "#". Significant wall
structure includes seam structure (not merely the composition
of the seam and adjacent portions), spaced wall components,
etc. Also significant for placement in the classes marked
"#" is specified wall structure in relation to the container
(e.g., inside or outside). Thus, a coated or laminated wall
in which the composition of a layer is recited as being on
the inside (or outside) of a container is considered to be
significant wall structure and placement in classes marked
"#" is indicated.
See reference to Class 138 in this section for examples of
wall structure which would also be considered to be
significant for placement in such classes, and for example
which would not be so considered.
Class 123 provides for certain chambers in an internal
combustion engine.
Class 126, subclasses 19+ provide for ovens.
Class 164, subclasses 349+ provide for sand molds, and
subclass 374 for a flask section to be used in a
metal-casting operation.
Class 206 provides for a special receptacle.
Class 215 provides for bottles and jars.
Class 217 provides for wooden receptacles.
Class 220 provides for receptacles in general, and for
metallic receptacles in particular. See subclasses 23.9,
62.21, 574.3, 495.01+, and 908.1+ for a receptacle having a
liner.
Class 229 provides for paper receptacles. See especially
subclass 71 for a paper-like display envelope for receiving
an identification card, and other appropriate subclasses for
receptacle structure as provided for therein; a coated wall
structure, where the coating is specifically defined to be
either on the inside or outside of the bag or receptacle will
be considered receptacle structure and will indicate
placement in Class 229. This coating may be for the purpose
of acting as a vapor barrier, waterproofing layer, or
antislide means, etc., and is especially related to the
contents of the bag or receptacle.
Class 249 provides for articles* which are static molds.
Class 266, subclass 39 provides for articles* which are
receptacles for treating molten metal.
Class 432, subclass 247 provides for an article* which is a
heating or heat-retaining chamber.
b. Other hollow subject matter.
Class 89 provides generically for an article* which is a gun,
shield or gun mount.
Class 138 provides for an article* which is a tube and for
tubular stock-material* in which the claims include a
limitation regarding wall structure. A claim which recites a
particular composition as being the inside or outside wall of
a tube is considered to be significant wall structure and
placement in Class 138 is indicated. However, a claim which
recites a tube or conduit having two or more layers* and then
recites the compositions of the layers*, but does not specify
which layer is inside or outside, is not considered to
include significant wall structure and will be placed in
Class 428. Examples of significantly recited coated wall
structure for classification are:
1. A tube having a wall comprising a layer of metal and on
the outer (or inner) surface thereof a layer of polypropy
lens.
2. A tube having a laminated wall of three layers, in order
from the inside to the outside, comprising polyethylene,
epoxy, and polypropylene.
Examples of coated or laminated wall structure which are not
significantly claimed and which indicate classification in
Class 428.
1. A tube having a wall structure comprising a layer of metal
and a layer of polypropylene.
2. A tube having a laminated wall of three layers comprising,
in order, polyethylene, epoxy, and polypropylene.
Class 239, subclasses 548+ provide for a unitary
plural-outlet means, and subclass 589 for a rigid
fluid-confining distributor for ejection of fluents and
slurries by slinging, sloshing, centrifugally throwing, etc.,
such material in the form of fog, mist droplets, etc.
384, Bearings, subclasses 276+ provide for an article* which
is a bearing sleeve, or liner. See also the reference to
Class 508, above.
Class 406, subclass 191 provides for conduits for
fluid-current conveying.
c. Structures related to radiant or wave energy
Class 181, subclasses 33+ provide for an article* or a
stock-material* with particular claimed structure (either
internal or external) for the purpose of deadening,
attenuating, or amplifying sound.
Class 250, subclass 515.1 provides for an article* which is a
radiation shield.
Class 274, subclasses 41+ provide for a stock-material*
having significant structure disclosed for receiving records
of sound or having such records formed therein or thereon.
Class 333 provides for an article* of use in an electrical
wave transmission line or network.
Class 343 provides, especially in subclasses 741+, an
article*, e.g., an antenna, used in radio-wave
communications.
Class 359, subclasses 36+ provides for a liquid crystal
device, per se, which controls light direction or intensity
by (1) deforming or relatively displacing portions of, or
changing the shape or size of an optically reflecting or
transmitting medium, surface or interface, or (2) changing
the composition, internal structure, or the physical or
chemical properties of such a medium, surface or interface,
and in subclasses 838+ for a mirror having claimed optically
significant structure, e.g., concave, convex, polarizing,
selectively absorbing, optically critical thickness, etc. A
plural layer product, one layer of which merely acts as a
support or base for a coating which affects the transmission
of light therethrough, which one layer is uniformly opaque or
transparent or translucent, is excluded from Class 359, and
will be found in the appropriate subclasses of Class 428, see
especially subclass 426.
Class 369 provides for a record of information which is to be
reconstructed dynamically by other than magnetic means. See,
in particular, subclasses 272+. A disc with/without grooves
which does not include recorded information is classified in
Class 428, subclasses 64.1; and see especially subclass 908
for a collection of stock materials having an impression
retention layer. Class 430 provides for a finished
photograph which is chemically defined. See the note to
Class 428 in the main class definition of Class 430.
Class 422, Chemical Apparatus and Process Disinfecting,
Deodorizing, Preserving, or Sterilizing, appropriate
subclasses for certain receptacles and chambers in which a
chemical reaction takes place.
d. Other structures and static object. A patent to a rigid
laminate or stock-material* merely defined as a building
component, e.g., floor, wall, stile, etc., will be placed in
Class 428.
Class 40, subclasses 39+ provide for a fluid-operated,
rotatable-changeable exhibitor which may resemble a special
occasion ornament for Class 428, and subclasses 7+ and 156
for a frame, as defined therein, with or without an
identification card therein, and not having any specific
printed indicia thereon; see also the reference to Class 283,
below.
Class 49, subclasses 440+ provide for a channel guide of
stock-material* with specific structure to facilitate
securing it to a support, and subclasses 475+ for a closure
seal or striker gasket of stock-material* provided with means
for attachment to a support.
Class 52, provides for a product in the form of a web* or
sheet* generally employed as a portion of a building
structure and including (1) a stiffener or edging extending
along a face thereof, or (2) means facilitating securement of
the web or sheet to a support, e.g., a flange at the edge of
a panel for receiving a nail, or fastener apertures at the
edge of a panel. Class 52 also provides for: a composite
panel formed of separate sheets which are secured together by
a mechanical fastener; a composite panel having spaced facing
sheets with inturned, opposed flanges that form an edge of
the panel; and a panel which interfits with a support such as
a frame or shaft. See, particularly, subclasses 98+ for a
fracturable building component, subclass 105 for a component
with indicia, subclass 177 for a component having a specified
wear or friction surface, subclasses 311.1+ for an ornamental
or decorative component, subclasses 393+ for a yieldable
component, subclasses 474+ for a panel held by a preassembled
or prepositioned frame or shaft, subclasses 596+ for a
stone-like module, subclass 631 for a bent component,
subclasses 633+ for an openwork component, subclasses 656 for
a frame, per se, subclasses 716.1+ for an in situ
attached-type channel or trim member, and subclasses 782.1+
for a composite laminate with a disparate edging or an
imperforate face.
Class 109 provides for safes and components thereof, bank
protection and related devices, and in subclass 495 provides
for a shield or protector for preventing a projectile, or
knife or sword, or bomb fragment from contacting a person or
thing. This could be a portable device or one which attaches
(i.e., has attaching means such as belts, straps, etc.) to a
bomb for containing the fragments.
Class 160 provides for a panel structure for use in a
flexible or portable closure or partition, especially in
subclasses 385+ for fabric having a modified edge (e.g.,
loops) for attachment to an elongated support.
Class 180, subclass 68.6 provides for an article* which is a
motor vehicle radiator protector.
Class 228, subclass 56 provides for a metal article* useful
as filler material in a metal fusion bonding operation.
Class 238 provides for an article* which is a railroad rail.
Class 248, subclass 248 provides for an article* which is a
shelf support made from a single blank. The blank itself is
classified in this class (428).
Class 283, subclasses 74+ provides for an identification card
having printed matter thereon.
Class 404 provides for a road or pavement which has structure
peculiar for pedestrian or vehicular traffic. A laminated or
layered* product with no structure which peculiarly adapts it
for use for vehicles or pedestrians, such as a crown,
grading, contour, etc., is classifiable in Class 428.
Class 405, subclasses 276+ provide for metallic sheet
piling.
Class 425, subclass 470 provides for a shaping or casting
surface for nonmetal material.
Class 588, provides for the production of articles made with
or from hazardous or toxic waste to contain the waste.
4. Electric and magnetic elements. The classes listed below,
with the exception of those marked with the symbol "#", do
not provide for electric or magnetic stock-materials*. The
marked classes or portions of classes provide for
stock-material* only when such material has a claimed
internal or external structure which makes the material of
utility only in a single class. In general, an electrode is
either an article* for the classes listed, a stock-material*
for this class (428), or a composition for a composition
class, notably Class 75, or Class 252, subclasses 500+.
Class 136, subclasses 236+ provide for thermocouple junction
stock-material*.
Class 148, subclasses 33+ provide for P-N junction
stock-material* made by a process of that class.
Class 174 provides for stock-material* in the form of an
electrical conductor with a covering of dielectric material
wherein the conductor includes structure disclosed to be
specially designed to conduct electricity, or the dielectric
includes structure disclosed to be specifically designed to
space the conductor from ground or from a device of otherwise
different potential.
Class 191, subclass 22 provides for conductive articles*
specifically designed to transmit electricity to vehicles.
Class 200, subclasses 262+ provide for electric switch
contact elements which go beyond stock-materials*, e.g., by
having two spaced conductors, etc.
Class 204, subclasses 194+ for articles which are elements of
an electrolytic apparatus.
Class 219, subclasses 145+ and 552+ provide for articles*
which are electric heating elements.
Class 257, Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors,
Solid-State Diodes), provides for electronic devices or
components that are made up primarily of semiconductor
materials which operate by the movement of charge carriers -
electrons or holes - which undergo energy level changes
within the material and can modify an electrical input to
achieve rectification, amplification or switching action. A
mere named combination of doped semiconductor materials where
the sole use of the device is disclosed as an active solid
state device results in classification in Class 257.
Recitation of electrical contacts or leads is not necessary
to classification in Class 257.
Class 310, subclasses 248+ provide for articles* which are
electric generator or motor brushes.
Class 313, appropriate subclasses, especially subclass 326,
provide for electrode structure for electric lamps and other
discharge devices which are defined by their structure for in
such devices. A mere recitation of a wire, rod, strip,
cylinder, etc., is not considered to be structure for Class
313, nor is a recitation only of the electrode composition or
of a base and/or coating. Nonmetallic* rods, strands, fibers,
etc., which are structurally defined, but do not include
structure for use as electrodes for lamps, are found in Class
428, subclasses 357+; note especially subclasses 375+ for
coated rods, strands, fibers, etc. A plurality of
electrodes, unless specifically related structurally to each
other or to other structure, for use in a lamp or discharge
device will be found in Class 428, appropriate subclasses.
Class 317 provides for articles* of use in electrical
applications not provided for elsewhere.
Class 318 provides for articles* used in electric-motive
power systems.
Class 335, subclasses 296+ provide for a magnet or magnetic
material (including structure, e.g., lamination of work at
least two magnetic layers disclosed for use as a source of
magnetic flux for performing external work).
Class 336, subclasses 233+ provide for a core or magnetic
body comprising superimposed bundles or layers of magnetic
material in the form of sheets, rods, or wires, and for
single sheets, punchings, rods, or wire which have such
configuration that they have no utility except in building up
of a core or coil for use in an inductor device within the
class definition (e.g., transformer, etc.).
Class 337, subclass 379 provides for an article* which is a
bimetallic element of a thermally actuated switch. This
class (428), subclasses 616+ provide for bimetal thermostat
stock-materials*.
Class 338 provides for electrical resistor stock-material*
which is claimed in terms of its resistance characteristics.
Class 340 provides for articles* used in electrical
communications.
Class 360 provides, especially in subclass 131 for a product,
which may be layered or otherwise structured, which is
particularly or uniquely designed or arranged to store or
record information by a change or variation in the magnetic
state of the device. The line between Classes 360 and 428 is
as follows:
Class 379 provides for article* used in telephony.
1. A product recited as magnetic tape or storage will not
suffice to place a patent in Class 360 in the absence of
recitation of structure of the overall product or internal
structure of the material, or function, unique to magnetic
memory or recording.
2. Layered products of general utility or otherwise not
provided for utility are classified in Class 428. A patent
disclosing both a Class 360 and a Class 428 function, and in
which the claims are generic to both disclosures on which has
a claim specific to the Class 428 disclosure will be placed
in Class 428 as an original.
(1) Note. The following examples are set out to serve as
guidelines in determining placement of patents:
(a) improved adhesion of magnetic layer to base, greater
tensile strength of the layer (s) abrasion lubricated
surface, improved flexibility, etc., are not considered to be
be structure or properties peculiar to information recording
or structure;
(b) structure which is directed to improved signal-to-noise
ratio, signal stability, nondestructive readout (N.D.R.O.),
nonprint through of signal, signal identity, hysteresis loop,
orientation or packing density of magnetic signal is
significant for Class 360, and patents claiming such
structure or function will be so classified.
Class 429, subclasses 40+ provide for a catalytic fuel cell
electrode structure, subclasses 129+ and 247+ for a battery
separator or retainer, subclasses 209+ for a battery
electrode and subclasses 233+ for a battery grid.
Class 439 provides for articles* which are electrical
connectors. See the introduction to part 5 a, below.
5. Mechanical elements
a. Joints. Those classes or portions of classes which
provide for joints and connections, viz, Class 160, subclass
42, Classes 277, 285, 403, and 439 take a connection or seal
between two or more members at substantially a single locus
where the structure or shape (e.g., ring, flange, angular
relationship, etc.) of at least one of the members is
specifically recited. For a mere joint or connection between
two members defined merely by the compositions of the
members, see this class, appropriate subclasses, particularly
subclasses 630+ and 426+ where glass is one of the members.
Class 15 provides, in appropriate subclasses, especially
subclasses 208+ for stock-material* product disclosed solely
for use as a wiper, dauber or polisher for brushing,
scrubbing and general cleaning.
Class 29, subclasses 76.1+ provide for an article* which is a
file or rasp, and subclasses 95+ provide for an article*
which is a cutter.
Class 30 and Class 83 provide for articles* which are cutting
implements appropriate to each class.
Class 51 is referred to in part B, above.
Class 55 and 210 provide for filters, especially subclasses
522+ of the former and 500+ of the latter for such filter
product manufactured of or including a specific material
(e.g., fiber*, coating, etc.), or possessing specific
structure (e.g., weave, knit, etc.). Class 55 takes its own
stock-material* when it specifies that a gas separation takes
place or is about to take place. In Class 210 there must be
claimed structure, internal or external, restricting the
stock-material* to filter use. A filter generic to Classes 55
and 210 is placed in Class 210.
Class 131 is discussed in part C, 2, b, above.
Class 241, subclass 95 provides for a stationary comminuting
surface having openings.
c. Friction elements
Class 188, subclasses 250+, and Class 192, subclasses 107+
provide for a product with a frictional property, where said
property is enhanced by claimed structure (external, such as
disc surface configuration, or internal, such as discrete
zones of friction material, particular arrangements of
strands, fibers or layers), where the sole use disclosure is
as a brake for Class 188, or as a clutch or brake for Class
192. Where the use of the product goes beyond these classes,
or there is no claim to brake or clutch/brake features,
placement in Class 428 is indicated. See also the reference
to Class 52 in part C, 3, d, above.
d. Other machine elements
Class 101 provides for a product which is disclosed as a
printing plate and has significant structure for printing
(see subclass 395), or a nonuniform (e.g.,
hydrophylic-hydrophobic) coating only for printing purposes
(see subclasses 453+), or a hectos:graphic surface (see
subclass 473).
Class 152, subclasses 151+ provides for a resilient tire,
subclasses 548+ for such tire formed of a particular
material(s), and subclass 367 for a tire patch.
Class 346, subclasses 134+ provide for a single or plural
layer web or sheet which is disclosed as a record receiver
solely for use with apparatus provided for in (1) and (2) of
the definition of that class.
(1) Note. A web or sheet disclosed as a record receiver of
general utility, or for multiple uses, at least one of which
is other than for a recorder apparatus provided for in Class
346, is classified in the appropriate subclass in Class 428,
with a cross-reference to Class 346, if appropriate.
(2) Note. A web or sheet which has chart graduations thereon
will be assigned to Class 346, subclass 135.1, regardless of
its disclosure.
Class 411 provides for expanded, threaded, headed, or driven
fasteners.
Class 416, subclasses 223+ provides for an article* which is
an impeller or turbine blade.
Class 492, Roll or Roller, provide for rolls and rollers
which claim enough of the surface and support structure to
rotatably mount the roller. Hollow cylindrical rollers follow
the line specified with regard to Class 138 in part C, 3, b,
above.
6. Coating and coated products.
Class 148, Metal Treatment, subclasses 206-238 provide for
processes of carburizing, nitriding, or both (e.g.,
carbonitriding, etc.) of solid metal, and subclasses 316-319
for the resulting stock.
Class 204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, provides
for the manufacture of stock-material* products by chemical
processes involving electrical or wave energy, and except for
products classifiable in this class (428), subclasses 544+,
for a stock-material* product disclosed solely as made by a
process which, per se, would be classified in Class 204. A
multiple disclosure that the product can be manufactured by
either a Class 204 process or another process (e.g., spray
coating, electroless-depositing, etc.) indicates original
classification in another class (e.g., 428, etc.), with a
cross-reference, as needed, to Class 204.
Class 420 provides for alloys and compositions having a
ontinuous phase of metal.
Class 427 provides for the method of applying a coating or
impregnation to a substrate.
In relation above, the following guidelines are to be
followed in determining whether a process step is significant
for determining the classification of a patent containing
only process claims in either Class 427 or Class 428:
(a) Any pretreatment or post treatment of a base or applied
coating is significant, e.g., curing, drying or smoothing of
the coating, or cleaning, drying or heating of the base, etc.
General statements such as applying, impregnating, coating,
covering, etc., or allowing to cure, allowing to dry, etc.,
are not considered to be significant method steps.
(b) Any specific recitation of the manner in which the
coating material is applied, e.g., brushing, dipping,
padding, spraying, immersing, is significant.
(c) Any limitations regarding the thickness of a coating or
nonuniformity of a coating resulting from a process is
considered to be significant.
(d) Specific recitations as to the condition of the coating
material being applied are significant, except for the
following: (1) Any condition also included in an independent
composition or material claim, such as p4 concentration,
etc.; (2) A general reference to the state of the coating
material as molten, in solution, in an organic or inorganic
solvent, etc., unless accompanied by specific limiting
conditions such as time or temperature (even though recited
as ordinary temperature or room temperature, etc.). However,
specifically recited solvents such as benzene, carbon
tetrachloride, sulfuric acid, etc., are considered to be
significant.
Any patent having only process claims in which at least one
significant limitation is recited, examples of which are
given above, is placed in Class 427. All process claims
having no significant limitation recited will be placed in
Class 428.
Special Note in relation to Class 427:
As a general rule, specific subclasses in Class 427 are not
pointed out as pertinent fields of search. Class 427 should
be considered, in all instances, for the disclosure of a
product made by the process in the appropriately titled
subclass.
7. Assembling and/or shaping. In general, the products of
the following classes which provide for assembling and/or
shaping methods are not classified in these classes, but in
this class (428), or other appropriate product class: Classes
29, 65, 72, 76, 79, 82, 125, 156, 164, 219, 228, 264, and
413.
8. Other manufacturing or treating.
Class 261, subclasses 94+ and 100+ provide for apparatus
under the class definition, including a porous mass* or
porous sheet*, respectively, for providing intimate contact
between a gas and a liquid.
9. Miscellaneous devices.
Class 16, subclasses 221+ provide for hinges of indefinite
length.
Class 33, subclasses 12+ provide for stock-material* fabrics*
with pattern lines (guide or gauge lines) thereon, and
subclass 567 for a plural layer product disclosed solely for
use as a gauge block.
Class 36 provides for an article* which is specifically
shaped or contoured to be part of a boot, shoe, or legging,
e.g., heel, innersole, vamp, etc.
Class 102 provides for an article* which is an explosive or
ammunition device.
Class 116, subclass 22 provides for an article* which is an
animal frightening device.
Class 165, subclass 185 provides for an article* which is a
heat transmitter.
Class 267 provides for an article* which is a spring device.
Class 269 provides for an article* which is a work holder.
Class 280, subclasses 11.18 and 28 provide for an article*
which is a runner or runner base for a land vehicle.
Class 288, subclasses 51-55 provide for articles* which are
soldering irons.
Class 374, subclasses 529+ provide for articles* modified
over and above the material or composition thereof, to
produce motion as the result of changes in the thermal
condition of the devices or structures, and subclasses 205+
provide for articles* combined with additional structure to
form an arrangement which provides an indication produced
from motion resulting from changes in the thermal condition
of the articles*.
Class 376 provides for an article* which is a nuclear element
and for stock-material* of such element having a unique
adaptation for such use. For example, a jacketed material
having passages for the escape of fission products is a
unique adaptation, but a merely sheathed material is not.
Class 446, Amusement Devices: Toys, subclasses 217+ for
spinning type toys which are similar in construction to
special occasion ornaments for Class 428, subclasses 7+.
Classs 473, Amusement Devices: Games, subclasses 316+ for an
article* which is a golf club shaft.
ART TERM INDEX TO THE CLASS
The following Search This Class, Subclass references are
provided for convenience in locating the principal subclasses
containing patents related to certain terms generally
employed in the art.
D. CLATHRATES AND INTERCALATES
Clathrates and intercalates (inclusion compounds), per se,
are classified hierarchically and subject to the limitations
set forth in the compound (element) classes based both on the
encapsulant and encapsulate. For example, a clathrate of urea
and hydrogen peroxide is classified in Class 564, subclass
32, urea and an organic compound in Class 564, subclass 1.5,
dextran and iodine in Class 536, subclass 112, etc. Where a
patent does not state that a material is either a clathrate
or an intercalate, the assumption is made that the material
is either a coated or encapsulated product classified in
Class 428, subclasses 402+.
For art terms relating to nonstructural laminates - see
section II, Glossary of Terms, Part B.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
15 for artificial grass, sod, or turf
121 for binding
542 and 577+ for a blank
23 for a bouquet
85 for carpet (pile)
77 195+, and 919 for camouflage
175 193+, and 196+ for cloth
163 167+, 182+, and 603+ for corrugated
40 77+, 411+, and 914+ for decalcomania
596 for expanded metal
588 for a fagot
85 for fleece
163 167+, and 599+ for fluted
158 304+, and 613+ for foam
585 587, and 599 for ingot
38 67, and 614+ for inlay
???, for knitted
38 44+, 53, 54+, 57+, and 67 for mosaic
62 and 91+ for nap
85 and 588+ for pile
123 for piping
75 and 181 for pleated
143 for roofing
438 for safety glass
192 for scalloped
38 for stained glass
605 for steel wool
28 and 115 for tassel
34 for Thermopane
???, for wire glass
175 and 196 for woven
GLOSSARY:
A. Structural
Glossary terms below are characterized as either A.
Structural or B. Nonstructural or Composition. The terms are
identified as such.
Terms or phrases used in titles and definitions either
repeatedly or in a special and limited sense are set forth
below with the meaning each is to have in this class. For
economy of space, an asterisk (*) following a word indicates
that reference should be had to this glossary for the
specific meaning thereof while an asterisk following an
hyphenated phrase, (e.g., strand-portion*, etc.) indicates
that the entire hyphenated term, as such, has been defined in
this glossary.
Note. Where appropriate throughout the definition, the
alternatively singular or plural forms of a noun have been
indicated by the addition of (s) immediately following the
noun, (e.g., layer(s) to mean a layer or layers, etc.).
ADDITION POLYMER FROM UNSATURATED MONOMERS
Any multiunit chain which is the product of the reaction of
unsaturated bonds in the units. The product may be the result
of interaction of molecules of the same compound (as
polyethylene) or of different compounds (as
acryronitrile-styrene). Vinyl acetate and methyl
methacrylate are included within the scope of the term
because the monomeric units are linked through the reacted
unsaturated bonds and the ester groups are pendant - i.e.,
the units are not linked through the ester groups.
(Nonstructural or Composition)
ALDEHYDE OR KETONE CONDENSATION PRODUCT
A resin resulting from the reaction of an aldehyde or a
ketone and a polyfunctional active hydrogen containing
compound, which, with the elimination of water, produces a
chain of alkylidene units alternating with the residue of the
hydrogen supplying compound. Phenol formaldehyde, urea
formaldehyde and polyamino (e.g., melamine) aldehyde or
furfural resins are within the scope of the term.
(Nonstructural or Composition)
ANIMAL MEMBRANE
Material derived from an animal and found there originally in
film or layer form, e.g., bladder, skin or scale. Glue or
gelatin in a film form is not included here because neither
exists in the animal as a layer or foil. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
ASBESTOS
A native magnesium calcium silicate. Asbestos is not
considered to be included in the term "metal compound" for
purposes of this class, but is included in silicon
containing, unless specifically stated otherwise in a title
or definition. (Nonstructural or Composition)
ARTICLE
A discrete determinate three dimensional thing substantially
in its ultimate use form, as distinguished from stock
material (e.g., sheet, etc.) from which such articles may be
manufactured. These articles are limited to subclasses 2
through 34.1, part of subclass 542 and subclass 576.
(Structural)
BASE
That substance or material which has been covered or
saturated or permeated, either partially or completely by
another material. This term is synonymous with Substrate.
(Structural)
BITUMINOUS OR TARRY RESIDUE
A composition or compound having the characteristics of a tar
or pitch no matter what the origin. This term includes all
asphalts, bitumens, pitches and tars from coal, mineral oil,
cotton seed pitch and the residue from the destructive
distillation of wood, and natural oil distillations.
Carbohydrate 1) polyhydroxy mono-aldehydes and polyhydroxy
mono-ketones, generally having the formula C[subscrpt]n[end
subscrpt](H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt]O)m and substances which
are hydrolized to these. The term includes cellulose, starch
dextran, dextrin, sugar, and lignin. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
(1) Note. Wheat paste, which contains gluten, is considered
polyamide.
BLANK
See definition of intermediate-article*. (Structural)
BLOCK
A relatively large piece of material whose thickness is many
times that of a web* or sheet* compared with its width.
(Structural)
CARBON
Inorganic material. (Nonstructural or Composition)
CELLULOSIC
A carbohydrate material derived from the structural matter of
plant life, usually from the stems. The term includes
lignocellulose (e.g., wood and bark) relatively pure
cellulose (e.g., cotton and linen) and chemically modified
forms of cellulose as cellophane, pyroxylin, viscose and
rayon. While pyroxylin may be plasticized with minor amounts
of camphor and/or castor oil, for purposes of classification,
pyroxylin is considered cellulosic. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
CERAMIC
Clay containing, therefore silicon containing. (Nonstructural
or Composition)
CORK
The outer bark of cork oak. The cork may be in the form of
slabs or may be used as a filler in finely divided form.
(Nonstructural or Composition)
CAVITY
A hole or a hollow place in a body. (Structural)
CELL
A closed cavity (which may be empty or full) in a component*.
(Structural)
CLOTH
A fabric* which for purposes of this class is considered to
be made of mechanically intertwined, interlooped, interwoven,
or intertangled strands*, strand-portions* or strand like
strips*. See Class 442, class definition. (Structural)
COMPONENT
A distinct unitary element of a composite stock material*
which is longitudinally coextensive therewith and which, if
separated from the remainder of such stock material*, would
be recognized as a web*, sheet*, rod*, strand*, tube or block
by itself. A component may consist of plural layers* as in
the folded component shown in Figure 1. See also (2) Note
under A, above. (Structural) [figure]
COMPOSITE
A stock-material* comprising a plurality of components*.
(Structural)
COMPOSITION
A product having a plurality of constituents* or elements,
none of which are in a defined spatial or ordered
relationship to each other or to the surface or shape of the
body in which they are contained, that is, a random mixture
of elements. (Structural)
CONSTITUENT
A discrete element* (e.g., strand*, fiber*, particle*, etc.)
of a component* or product.
CORE
intermediate portion of a composite* product. In a composite
web* or sheet*, a core lies between two other components*; in
a rod* or strand* or filament*, a core is the inner portion
covered with another layer. If a core is claimed, per se, it
is to be assumed for purposes of this class that the other
layer(s)* or component(s)* are included. (Structural)
ELEMENT
See definition of constituent*. (Structural)
ESTER
A compound which is identical to that obtained by the
replacing of a hydroxy hydrogen of an alcohol or a phenol
with an acid radical. (Nonstructural or Composition)
ESTER LINKAGE
The chemical grouping obtained by replacing the hydroxy
hydrogen of an alcohol or a phenol with an acid radical.
(Nonstructural or Composition)
FABRIC
A web*, sheet* or film disclosed as used in the manufacture
of household furnishings (e.g., draperies, upholstery, etc)
shoes, etc., roofing, clothing, tires, etc. and is claimed as
a textile*, cloth* or fabric. See Class 442, class
definition. (Structural)
FIBER
A relatively short, slender, flexible element of macroscopic
size and finite length and having a width and thickness of
the same order of magnitude. A fiber is generally of staple
length to facilitate its being spun, twisted or otherwise
secured together into a composite strand but may be of
shorter length requiring bonding, felting or matting to form
a strand or layer. It may be of animal (e.g., wool, rabbit
hair), vegetable (e.g., cotton, jute, hemp), or mineral
(e.g., asbestos, glass, metal) origin and may be either
natural, modified or synthetic. See also Filament.
(Structural)
FILAMENT
A fine threadlike body or structure whose width and thickness
are of the same order of magnitude. See also fiber.
(Structural)
FLAKE
A small thin mass having a width or length greater than its
thickness. The term flake is considered to denote structure
and is classified accordingly. (Structural)
GLASS
An amorphous, hard, brittle, often transparent material
comprising a fused mixture of the silicates of the alkali and
alkaline earth, or heavy metals. Glass is not considered to
be included in the term "metal compound" for purposes of this
class, unless specifically included in a title or definition.
(Nonstructural or Composition)
GRAPHITE
Inorganic material as is carbon. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
GUM
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac below. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
INTERMEDIATE-ARTICLE
A fully shaped article, all three dimensions of which are
definite, even though one or more of these dimensions may be
negligible. The article is not suitable for functional use in
the claimed condition, but must be subjected to one or more
further significant shaping steps to do more than merely
occupy space. The following operations have been regarded as
not involving a further significant shaping: (a) Assembling
or uniting the article with other parts. (b) Distorting the
article during an assembly operation to cause the article to
conform to discrepancies in the size or shape of a coacting
part. (c) Bonding or distorting those portions of the article
which are to function as means for fastening the article to a
coacting part, as, for example, the bending of ears or tabs.
(Structural)
LAC
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac below. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
LAYER
A single thickness of material(s) in the form of web* or
sheet*, or a plurality of any of these in side-by-side
coplanar relation; or particulate material arranged in
continuity to constitute a distinct stratum. A layer may
include a plurality of components* as in Figure 2. See also
(2) Note under A, above. (Structural) [figure]
MASS
A body of material of indefinite or indeterminate shape.
(Structural)
METAL
A material having a continuous phase of any element of the
periodic table except hydrogen, a noble gas, a halogen, a
chalcogen (oxygen, sulfur, selenium, tellurium), nitrogen,
phosphorus, carbon and boron. Elemental silicon is considered
to be a metal, but a silicon compound is not considered to be
a metal compound on the basis of silicon content. The term
"metal compound" in a subclass title does not include glass
or asbestos, unless specifically included by title or
definition. The metal may be a pure metal or an alloy as
defined in Class 75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes,
Compositions for Use Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder
Compositions, and Loose Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass
122, (1) Note. An intermetallic compound of two or more
metals, e.g., a metal silicide, aluminide, etc., is
considered to be an alloy. (Nonstructural or Composition)
METALLIC
Composed entirely of metal* or having adjacent metal
components. Since autogenous bonding of two metallic parts is
thought to involve inherently either a diffusion or alloying
between constituents of the two parts, this diffusion or
alloy layer, even though of appreciable thickness, does not
prevent the undiffused or unalloyed regions from being
considered. (Structural)
NATURAL OIL OR GUM, ROSIN OR LAC
Any oil, gum or resin that occurs in nature, as cottonseed,
linseed and castor oils, rosin, mineral oil and the exudation
of insects known as lac. These three classes of oil; drying,
semidrying and nondrying oil are included within the scope of
the term. (Nonstructural or Composition)
NATURAL RUBBER
Containing the natural gum, know as caoutchouc, gutta percha,
or balata obtained from the latex or sap of "rubber" trees.
The word "rubber" standing alone is considered to denote
natural rubber. (Nonstructural or Composition)
NOBLE METALS
Those metals not readily oxidized, i.e., silver, gold,
platinum, polladium, mercury, iridium, rhodium, ruthenium,
osmium. (Nonstructural or Composition)
NONTHICKNESS SURFACE
The surface of a web, sheet, layer or component on which both
its length and width may be measured. See Figure 3.
(Structural) [figure]
OIL
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac, above. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
PAPER
Unless otherwise specified, is a sheet or web of waterlaid
felted cellulosic fibers. May also be made of asbestos,
mineral or synthetic fibers or blends of fibers, but must be
so disclosed solely, or must be so claimed for placement in a
subclass other than cellulosic or paper. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
PARTICLE
A very small quantity of matter, so small as to be considered
without magnitude although possessing inertia and the force
of attraction. (Structural)
POLYAMIDE
A polymeric compound containing amide groups through which
the monomers are linearly linked, except urea-aldehyde (for
which see alddhyde or ketone condensation product). The term
includes 1, the reaction products of polyamines and polybasic
acids or 2, the polymer of amino acids (e.g., nylon, peptides
and proteins). The manner in which the amide groups linearly
link the monomers or moieties, of which the chain is built is
s:graphically indicated by the below: (Nonstructural or
Composition) [figure]
(1) Note. Wheat paste, which contains gluten, is considered
to be a polyamide.
(2) Note. Polyamide also includes polyimide.
(3) Note. Urea-aldehyde condensation product is not
included within the definition of polyamide since the product
is significantly different from other polyamide resins and
are similar to phenol-aldehyde resins. Hence, urea-aldehyde
products are placed in the subclass providing for
aldehyde-ketone condensation products.
POLY(AMIDO-ESTER)
A compound which is a polymer of linearly recurring amide and
ester linkages. The monomers do not have to have an
equivalent number of amide and ester groups and they do not
have to occur in a regular pattern. The products of (1) a)
polybasic acids b) polyhydric alcohols and c) polyamines or,
(2) a mixture of hydroxy acids and amino acids or (3)
polybasic acids and hydroxy amines are within the scope of
the term. (Polyurethane is exemplary): The manner in which
the ester and amide groups linearly link the monomers or
moieties, of which the chain is built, is s:graphically
indicated by the below structure. The ester groups need not
be carboxylic esters but may be, e.g., sulfate ester groups.
(Nonstructural or Composition) [figure]
POLYESTER
A polymeric compound containing ester groups through which
the monomers are linearly linked to each other. The manner in
which the ester groups linearly link the monomers or
moieties, of which the chain is built, is s:graphically
indicated by the below structure. The ester groups need not
be carboxylic esters but may also be, e.g., sulfate ester
groups. (Nonstructural or Composition) [figure]
POLYIMICAL
Included within the term polyamide. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
PORE
A tiny opening, usually microscopic, through which certain
fluids may pass. Generally, the pore opening is of such
irregular direction that light will not pass through it.
(Structural)
POWDER
A mass of particles, that is, portions of matter so small
that they are not ordinarily handled as individual units.
According to Metals Handbook, 8th Edition, 1961, volume 1,
page 28, powders currently used in powder metallurgy had a
particle size within the range of 0.1 to 1000 microns in
their largest dimension, as determined by screens or other
suitable instruments. Powder particles generally are
distinguished from filamentary particles in that their shape
and length-to-diameter ratio are such that in the dry state
the particles will not hold together as a massive article
without the application of pressure or heat. (Structural)
QUARTZ
A fused silicon dioxide (silica). (Nonstructural or
Composition)
REFRACTORY
Various materials, but usually clays or other cementitious or
silicon containing. Consider to be silicon unless clearly
disclosed otherwise, as for example alumina. The refractory
metals are those in Groups IVB, VB and VIB of the Periodic
System. (Nonstructural or Composition)
ROSIN
See natural oil, gum, rosin or lac. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
ROD
A relatively rigid and slender element having a width and
thickness of the same order of magnitude, a length which may
be either indeterminate or finite, and a cross-section which
may be of any shape. (Structural)
SHEET
A portion of web* material of finite length, whose width is
greater than its thickness, and which may be of any
perimetric shape (e.g., triangle, circle, etc.).
(Structural)
STOCK-MATERIAL
A sheet*, web*, rod*, strand*, tube or block, mass or layer.
(Structural)
STRAND
A relatively slender and flexible element* having a width and
thickness of the same order of magnitude and a length which
is either (a) indeterminate or (b) coextensive with the
length or width of a sheet* or layer* with which it may be
associated. A strand may be a monofilament or it may include
either a plurality of filaments* or fibers* disposed in
parallelism (e.g., tow) or constituent fibers* and/or
filaments* knitted, plaited, braided, twisted, interlaced,
interlocked or otherwise secured together to form a unit such
as roving, thread, yarn, cord, rope or cable. (Structural)
STRAND-PORTION
A strand* of finite length; or an unsevered but determinate
length of a strand. (Structural)
STRIP
A web* or sheet* or relatively narrow ribbon-like material.
A strip which is interwoven or intertangled with other strips
or with strands, in the same manner as a strand, will be
termed a "strand-like strip". (Structural)
SUBSTRATE
See Base*. (Structural)
TEXTILE
A fabric* which, for purposes of the class is considered to
be cloth*. See Class 442, class definition. (Structural)
WAX OR WAXY
A compound described as a wax (e.g., beeswax) or having the
physical characteristics of a wax or is a recognized wax (as
carnauba). (Nonstructural or Composition)
WEB
A portion of material having length and width each greater
than its thickness and with at least its longitudinal
dimension indeterminate. A web may comprise (a) a single
thickness of material or (b) a plurality of portions of a
single piece of material folded on each other longitudinally
or transversely, or (c) a plurality of individual web
components* joined together in longitudinally coextensive
face or edge contact to form a composite web. (Structural)
(1) Note. Unless clearly disclosed or claimed otherwise
(e.g., as a rod*, mass*, filament*, etc.) a product will be
placed in the appropriate web* or sheet* subclass.
(2) Note. Included under the definition of component* or
layer are the following: (a) The skin formed on a porous
layer* by curing (e.g., a foam, etc.). (b) The "layer*"
formed by impregnating a substrate to a defined depth which
must be recited either relatively to the entire thickness or
as an absolute dimension. (c) Either of a pair of layers* of
the same material cohered or adhered together by their own
forces, if disclosed as plural separate layers*.
(3) Note. For purposes of this class, paper* is limited to
a waterlaid web* of interfelted cellulose* (natural) fibers*.
A waterlaid web* of resin, polymer or modified cellulose*
(e.g., cellulose acetate) fibers is excluded from the paper*
subclasses and will be classified on other features (e.g.,
composition, etc.).
(4) Note. Where a subclass title includes a "coating" or
"coat" or "coated layer*", a bonded or adhered component or
layer* is intended to be included within the scope thereof.
Thus, a product formed by laminating or adhering two separate
and distinct layers* is considered to be the equivalent of a
product made by applying a coating of a material onto a base*
or substrate*.
WOOD
The material of trunks and branches of trees or bushes,
excluding bark. This term includes lumber and finely divided
wood chips, fibers or flour. "Fiber board" from wood fibers
or pulp will be considered wood or paper depending on the
disclosure of the document in which this expression occurs.
Fiber board formed by compression of wood fibers with or
without a binder (and utilized as wood) is considered wood.
Fiber board which is water laid (and, used as cardboard or
paste board) is considered paper. (Nonstructural or
Composition)
WORKPIECE
A stock-material* not suitable for functional use in the
claimed condition, but requiring one or more further
significant shaping steps to do more than occupy space.
Usually it is the cross-sectional configuration which is to
be further shaped. See the definition of
intermediate-article* for a list of operations not considered
to be significant shaping.
SUBCLASSES
Subclass:
1.1
Liquid crystal optical display having layer of specified
composition:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product which specify composition of at least one layer in a
liquid crystal optical display.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 448 for
display devices using liquid crystals.
250, Radiant Energy, subclass 331 for nonchemical infrared
imaging including liquid crystal detector.
252, Compositions, subclass 299.01 for liquid crystal
compositions containing a meso-morphologic state of matter.
345, Computer Graphics Processing, Operator Interface
Processing and Selective Visual Display Systems, subclass 38,
50 - 54, and 87 - 104, for selective electrical control of
liquid crystal display devices.
349, Liquid Crystal Cells, Elements and Systems, subclass 1
- 18, and 182 - 186, respectively for structures of liquid
crystal devices.
360, Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval, for
liquid crystal used to store or retrieve dynamic information
stored magnetically.
365, Static Information Storage and Retrieval, subclass 108
for liquid crystal used to store or retrieve static
information.
368, Horology: Time Measuring Systems or Devices, subclass
30, 84, and 242 for timepieces using liquid crystal
compositions.
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, appropriate subclasses for radiation imagery
chemistry involving a process, product, or composition using
a liquid crystal.
436, Chemistry: Analytical and Immunological Testing, for
analytical and analytical control processes employing liquid
crystals.
552, Organic Compounds, particularly subclass 502 652, for
organic compounds having liquid crystal properties.
Subclass:
1.2
Alignment layer of specified composition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.1. Subject matter
wherein a chemical composition has been stipulated for a
layer that acts to selectively orient liquid crystal
molecules.
Subclass:
1.21
Alignment layer is Inorganic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.2. Subject matter
wherein the alignment layer is of an inorganic chemical
composition (e.g., glass, metal oxide, etc.).
Subclass:
1.23
Silicon compound (i.e., organosilicon):
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.5. Subject matter
wherein the layer is identified as including a compound of
Silicon (Si).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
1.32 for viewing layer composed of silicon compound.
1.51 for inorganic compounds of silicon bonding or
intermediate layer for liquid crystal optical displays.
391 405, 428, 429, and 446 - 454, for other products in which
silane, silicone or siloxane is a coating or a material
permeating or saturating a base.
Subclass:
1.25
Polyamide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.2. Subject matter
wherein the alignment layer is an organic polymer, or
derivative, with structural units linked by amide grouping.
Subclass:
1.26
Polyimide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.2. Subject matter
wherein the alignment layer is an organic polymer, or
derivative, with structural units linked by imide grouping.
Subclass:
1.27
Polyimidflouride:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.26. Subject
matter wherein the polyimide compound in the alignment layer
contains fluorine.
Subclass:
1.28
Polyimidmetalo:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.26. Subject
matter the polyimide compound in the alignment layer contains
metal.
Subclass:
1.3
With viewing layer of specified composition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.1. Subject matter
further including a chemical identified layer for looking
through.
Subclass:
1.31
Polarizer or dye containing viewing layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.3. Subject matter
wherein the viewing layer includes a chemically identified
material polarizer, a material causing light ray or other
radiation to vibrate in a pre-defined pattern, or a dye, a
material imparting color or to.
Subclass:
1.32
Silicon compound (e.g., glass, organosilicon, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.3. Subject matter
wherein the viewing layer includes a compound of Silicon
(Si).
Subclass:
1.33
Ester (e.g., polycarbonate, polyacrylate, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.3. Subject matter
wherein the outer viewing layer includes an ester, i.e.,
reaction product of an alcohol and an organic acid.
Subclass:
1.4
With charge transferring layer of specified composition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.1. Subject matter
further including a chemical identified layer for carrying
electrical charge.
Subclass:
1.5
With bonding or intermediate layer of specified composition
(e.g., sealant, spacer, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.1. Subject matter
wherein a chemically identified material forms a layer or
film functioning to join layers together or add an
intermediate layer to the display.
Subclass:
1.51
Inorganic layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.5. Subject matter
wherein the film or layer is inorganic.
Subclass:
1.52
Silicon compound (i.e., organosilicon):
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.5. Subject matter
wherein the layer is identified as including a compound of
Silicon (Si).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
1.51 for inorganic compounds of silicon bonding or
intermediate layer for liquid crystal optical displays.
1.32 for viewing layer composed of silicon compound
391 405, 428, 429, and 446 - 454, for other products in which
silane, silicone or siloxane is a coating or a material
permeating or saturating a base.
Subclass:
1.53
Epoxy:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1. Subject matter
wherein the layer contains an epoxy (e.g., epoxy resin,
etc.).
Subclass:
1.54
Ester:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.5. Subject matter
wherein the film or layer is identified as including an
ester, i.e., reaction product of an alcohol and an organic
acid.
Subclass:
1.55
Unsaturated aliphatic polymer (e.g., vinyl, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.5. Subject matter
wherein the film or layer is identified as including an open
chain organic compound, e.g., containing at least one double
or triple bond.
Subclass:
1.6
With substrate layer of specified composition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.1. Subject matter
wherein an underlying support or base of the display is
chemically identified.
Subclass:
1.61
Releasable layer to expose adhesive:
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.6. Subject matter
wherein substrate has a layer or component that is removable
to reveal an adhesive.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
40.1 - 42.3 for a product in which a release layer is
removed to expose another layer or component having an
adhesive thereon.
352 which contains an additional layer or component that
does not permanently adhere to a surface with which it may
come into contact.
Subclass:
1.62
Inorganic substrate layer (e.g., ceramic, metallic, glass,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 1.6. Subject matter
wherein the alignment layer is chemically identified as being
inorganic, e.g., glass, metal oxide.
Subclass:
2
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product comprising the material usually discarded from a
residence (e.g., table scraps, empty food packages, etc.) or
from a business establishment (e.g., rags, paper, etc.) and
which has been densified into a mass and handled as a unitary
element.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
44, Fuel and Related Compositions, subclass 541 for a fuel
product which is bundled, wrapped or covered and subclasses
589+ for a fuel briquette containing vegetation or refuse.
53, Package Making, appropriate subclasses, for the method of
making a package, which may identify the contents as trash or
refuse.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, appropriate subclasses,
especially subclass 83.5 for bales or bundles of material
other than trash or refuse.
588, Hazardous or Toxic Waste Destruction or Containment, 249
for containment of hazardous or toxic waste.
Subclass:
3
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Article* which is symbolic in a system of theism.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, appropriate subclasses; for an article of
religious attire; especially clothing.
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 124.5, for an
exhibiting device to be used on a memorial tablet.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 103 for an earth
supported type monument, and 316 for an ornamental surface of
a building type structure formed by relief or intaglio
deformation of a surface.
63, Jewelry, appropriate subclasses, for a religious artifact
which is also a distinct article of jewelry.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 19, for a
receptacle specifically arranged for sacerdotal use.
312, Supports: Cabinet Structure, subclass 33, for cabinet
structure designed solely for use in worship.
434, Education and Demonstration, 245 for an educational
device or method which may involve religious symbolism.
Subclass:
4
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Article* which comprises (1) ribbon or strand material
doubled on itself about a transverse line of bend and
knotted, or otherwise fastened to maintain the resultant
looped structure; or (2) feather or filamentary material
formed loosely into a tuft or ball; or (3) material gathered,
pleated or looped about a central point or axis suggestive of
the petals of a flower seen in plan view but lacking
sufficient floral fidelity or similarity to constitute a
simulated or artificial flower; or (4) plural strands, or
portion of a single strand, knotted together.
(1) Note. A patent to a bow, pom-pom rosette or knot
combined with another article (i.e., as an embellishment
thereon) is to be placed with patents to such other article.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
17 for an artificial plant or portion thereof; particularly,
subclasses 24+ for an artificial flower.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, 243 and 300, for an apparel trimming or a
garment supporter, respectively, comprising or including an
ornamental bow.
28, Textiles: Manufacturing, subclass 147 for apparatus for
binding thread or yarn in a bundle to form a tassel and/or
tuft.
112, Sewing, 400 for a stitched apparel trimming material
not elsewhere provided for.
132, Toilet, subclass 47 for a bow-supporting hair
fastener.
223, Apparel Apparatus, subclass 46 for a machine or process
for making a bow or tassel trimming.
289, Knots and Knot Tying, appropriate subclasses, for a
method or apparatus for tying a bow knot and subclass 1.2
for a knotted strand.
Subclass:
5
This subclass is indented under subclass 4. Article wherein
the ribbon or strand material is doubled on itself.
Subclass:
6
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Article* comprising an embellished, treated or simulated
feather or a group of feathers not elsewhere provided for.
(1) Note. This subclass includes patents directed to (a) a
reconstructed feather, i.e., a composite of feather element
portions arranged to produce a desired configuration, (b) a
simulated feather comprising artificial fibers or natural
feather flues each extending laterally from a quill part; or
(c) a cut of fur pelting in simulation of a feather or a
group of feathers in the shape of a panache.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
22 for a feather utilized in the construction of a product
imitative of natural vegetation.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
34, Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids, 280 for
treatment of a feather, broadly; and see the search notes
thereunder.
112, Sewing, subclass 404, for a feather sewn to a web or
sheet.
223, Apparel Apparatus, subclass 47 for a device or machine
for working (preparing, curling, attaching, etc.) feathers
for plumes, ornaments, apparel trim, etc., not elsewhere
provided for.
Subclass:
7
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Article* which has as its intended function only the
temporary embellishment or adornment of a place or thing in
connection with a particular event (e.g., Halloween, birthday
party, Christmas, etc.).
(1) Note. A patent directed to a disclosure of an obvious
abstraction of a simulated or modified natural article (e.g.,
planar paper cutout, etc.) may be found in this or an
indented subclass.
(2) Note. The occasion may be festive or somber.
(3) Note. Wreaths are considered to be special occasion
ornaments for indented subclass 10.
(4) Note. This subclass is the locus for artificial
Christmas trees unless provided for in an indented subclass.
(5) Note. A patent directed to an occasion ornament in the
form of a web* or sheet* (e.g., festoon, streamer, etc.) will
be placed in the appropriate stocks material subclasses of
this class (428).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, appropriate
subclasses, for related structure generally used in an
advertising display; and see 446 thereof, for a display
ornament including a mobile element.
229, Envelopes, Wrappers, and Paperboard Boxes, 116.1 for a
paperboard box including a decoration or novelty feature.
446, Amusement Devices: Toys, appropriate subclasses for
similarly constructed devices which are differentiated from
ornaments by the intended interaction between the user and
toy.
Subclass:
8
This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Ornament
fabricated of plural parts which are completely separable as
units without destruction thereof, for purposes of assembly
and disassembly.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
20 for a knockdown type tree structure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
211, Supports: Racks, 189 for a knockdown or collapsible
support rack.
446, Amusement Devices: Toys, 85 for a knockdown toy which
is played with by assembling and disassembling its component
parts.
Subclass:
9
This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Ornament which
is either articulated, or foldable, or inflatable and
deflatable, or telescopic, for purposes of structural
compactness (as for storage) and wherein said parts when so
disposed retain a structural unity.
(1) Note. Adjustability that achieves another display form
only (e.g., a figurine, the arm of which may be exhibited in
either an extended or crooked position) is not considered to
include the characteristics of collapsibility.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
12 for some other miscellaneous collapsible article; and see
the search notes thereunder.
Subclass:
10
This subclass is indented under subclass 7. Ornament
comprising an annulus either simulating, or ornamented by
ribbon or floral-like leaf material intertwined along the
annular path.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
27 for frame work intended for a floral piece.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
47, Plant Husbandry, subclass 41.01, for related structure
including a moisture retaining core adapted to sustain the
life-like characteristics of natural flora.
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 200, for a
twisted or twined textile strand; especially subclass 203,
for chenille type; see class definition, section VI,
reference to Class 57.
139, Textiles: Weaving, 393, for a woven chenille strand
wherein the weft strands serve to form chenille.
Subclass:
11
Ornament under subclass 7 which:
(a) approximates a sphere or spheroid; or (b) is an inverted
deep cup, typically having a recurving brim and simulating
a bell; or (c) comprises radially disposed points (e.g.,
geometric starpolygon) or lines (e.g., asterisk) which
constitute the conventionally accepted pattern suggestive of
the luminous heavenly body- "star".
(1) Note. This subclass includes, for instance, the
vari-shaped Christmas tree "ball".
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 899.1, for a process of forming a
hollow metal sphere.
116, Signals and Indicators, 148, for a bell, per se.
446, Amusement Devices: Toys, subclass 76 for an ornamental
container convertible to use as a toy.
473, Games Using Tangible Projectile, 52 for a ball adapted
to be used in the game of billiards or pool, subclasses 125+
for a ball adapted to be used in the game of bowling, and
subclasses 569+ for a game ball, per se.
Subclass:
12
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Article* comprising parts which are either articulated, or
foldable, or inflatable and deflatable, or telescopic, for
purposes of structural compactness (as for storage) and
wherein said parts when so disposed retain a structural
unity.
(1) Note. Adjustability that achieves another display form
only is not considered to include the characteristic of
collapsibility.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
9 for a collapsible special occasion ornament.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 214, for a
balloon with a sign thereon.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, 118, for a flexible tubular
structure including a collapsible feature.
222, Dispensing 92, for a collapsible wall type container;
and see the search notes thereunder.
446, Amusement Devices: Toys, 220 for an inflatable toy,
subclass 388 for an animate figure formed from folded sheet
material, and subclasses 487+ for other toys which are or
collapsible.
Subclass:
13
Article* under the class definition in the form of an exhibit
piece which is:
(a) enclosed within a surrounding peripheral enclosure
(separate or integral); or (b) encased, either loosely or
embedded, in a self-sustaining, light transmissive enclosure:
or (c) a three dimensional scenic representation including
an article of commerce and/or a product of nature or a
replica thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
81 for a product in the form of a sheet* including a
modification or embellishment of the periphery thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, appropriate
subclasses, for an advertising display; and 700, for a
picture mount where the picture is not an essential
structural element of the combination.
47, Plant Husbandry, subclass 41.01, for a living flower in a
transparent casing.
472, Amusement Devices, particularly 57 for a diorama
related to an illusionary stage setting.
Subclass:
14
This subclass is indented under subclass 13. Product
comprising an exhibit piece which is enclosed peripherally by
a distinct element.
Subclass:
15
Article* under the class definition wherein the primary
structure is:
(a) a replica of an article of commerce or a product of
nature; or (b) a product of nature which is modified but
retains the general structure and appearance of such a
product.
(1) Note. For placement herein, and indented subclasses,
the disclosure of an article in the form of a reproduction
does not require exactness of duplication; but a disclosure
of a pictorial representation of a natural product, or a mere
imitation of a material finish (e.g., grain, etc.), is
excluded from this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7 for a simulated or modified natural product for a specific
or special occasion, e.g., wreath, etc.
13 for a three dimensional object or a product of nature in
a display casing.
85 for a natural product having a pile type surface.
141 for a web* or sheet* with a textured surface resembling
a natural product (e.g., grained leather, etc.).
195 for a web* or sheet* with a discontinuous or
differential coating, impregnation or bond which may
constitute a representation or imitation of a material
finish.
409 for a web* or sheet* with a surface feature not provided
for in a subclass superior thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 126, for an
advertising display dummy.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 311.1 for
an ornamental product for that class involving defined
coloring, thickness variation or dissimilar elements forming
a pattern.
119, Animal Husbandry, 253 for a three dimensional object or
a product of nature used as aquarium ornamentation.
252, Compositions, subclass 1 for a composition for making
artificial snow.
434, Education and Demonstration, appropriate subclasses, for
a simulation used as an educational device.
Subclass:
16
This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Article in
animal form.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
446, Amusement Devices: Toys, 268 for a figure toy.
Subclass:
17
This subclass is indented under subclass 15. Article
comprising either simulated, or treated nonliving, natural
plant form.
(1) Note. Artificial turf, sod or grass will be found in
this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
13 for a plant in a transparent display housing.
85 for a pile or nap type surface which is not an artificial
or treated natural product.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
24, Buckles, Buttons, Clasps, etc., subclass 5 and 6 for a
plant with means to attach to an article of clothing.
47, Plant Husbandry, appropriate subclasses for a cut plant
treated to prolong the characteristics of life, and
especially 41.01 for the combination of a receptacle and a
cut plant either treated, or with means, to prolong the
characteristics of life.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 423 for the
combination of a receptacle or container and either a freshly
cut plant or an artificial plant.
239, Fluid Sprinkling, Spraying, and Diffusing, appropriate
subclasses, especially 34 for an aromatized artificial
flower.
427, Coating Processes, 458 for treating plants or flowers
for preservation or ornamentation by a coating step.
504, Plant Protecting and Regulating Compositions, 114 for
compositions for treating a cut plant to maintain its
freshness or to prolong the characteristics of life.
Subclass:
18
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article wherein
the product simulated or treated is at least part of the
woody portion of a woody perennial plant, which plant is
generally distinguished by a substantially sized single or
main trunk with attached branches and foliage.
(1) Note. A patent restricted to a bush or shrub type plant
is not considered to be directed to a tree structure.
(2) Note. A patent to a simulated tree trunk or branch is
included in this subclass, but not one to a tree leaf alone
(for which see subclass 17).
(3) Note. An artificial or natural tree used for a special
occasion (e.g., Christmas, etc.) is considered to be a
special occasion ornament and will be found in the
appropriate subclass above.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7 for an artificial or natural tree disclosed as being for a
special occasion, (e.g, Christmas, etc.).
Subclass:
19
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Tree, either
(a) in combination with a decorative article thereon or with
an attachment whose function is to support another article
(e.g., card or confectionery holder, etc.); or (b) embodying
integral tree structure (such as a curved branch)
specifically designed to function as an article supporting
means.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7 for a special occasion ornament.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
362, Illumination, 122 for a tree with a decorative electric
light thereon.
Subclass:
20
This subclass is indented under subclass 18. Tree fabricated
of a plurality of parts which are structurally completely
separable for purposes of assembly or disassembly.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
8 for a knockdown type special occasion ornament; and see
the search notes thereunder.
Subclass:
21
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article
including; (a) any simulation of a fruit, or (b) an extended
ribbon-like structure having a leafy configuration along a
longitudinal edge thereof and intended to embellish a food
display.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 126, for a
simulation in the form of an imitation article (e.g., ice
cream) intended for display purposes.
426, Food or Edible Material, Processes, Compositions, and
Products, appropriate subclasses for an edible material
intended for human or animal consumption.
Subclass:
22
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article
constructed, at least in part, of a material which is a
product of nature (animal, vegetable or mineral) and which at
least broadly retains a form characteristic of such product.
Subclass:
23
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Plant form
either (a) in combination with means (e.g., base or
suspension structure) to support same other than an integral
framework around which the plant form is constructed; or (b)
a plurality of such forms e.g., bunched, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
18 for an artificial tree combined with a base-support.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
24, Buckles, Buttons, Clasps, etc., subclass 5 and 6, for a
floral piece with clasp attachment.
47, Plant Husbandry, subclass 41.01 and 55, for a cut flower
holder and for a stem (usually of wire) for attachment to the
short stem or calyx of a flower; and subclass 72, for a
flower pot cover.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 423 for the
combination of a receptacle and a floral decoration, whether
growing, freshly cut or imitation.
211, Supports: Racks, appropriate subclasses, for an open
framework type of a support rack.
248, Supports, subclass 27.8, for a floral support structure,
per se; and subclasses 44+ for a staff type stand or base
support.
Subclass:
24
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Article
comprising either the bloom or blossom, or a leaf of such
bloom or blossom, of a plant of the type that originates from
seed.
(1) Note. The bloom or blossom is that part of the seed
plant which supports the reproductive spore in an envelope
(corolla) that includes a calyx and petals.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
22 for a simulated flower constructed of a naturally
occurring material.
Subclass:
25
Flower under subclass 24 fabricated of:
(a) lacework or knotted mesh fabric*, or an open wire mesh
whose continuity and integrity derive from the wire's
permanent set; or (b) free running strand lengths.
(1) Note. Specifically excluded from this subclass, and
included in subclass 26, is a patent to an artificial flower
including filamentary material which is merely woven,
knotted, or braided.
Subclass:
26
This subclass is indented under subclass 24. Flower
fabricated from: (a) textile* fabric*, including ribbon; or
(b) any of the paper* materials (e.g., crepe, Kraft, etc.);
or (c) from any of the moldable, high molecular weight
compounds whether manufactured by synthesis or chemical
modication of naturally occurring high polymers (e.g.,
cellulose* acetate, polyvinyl* chloride, phenolformaldehyde
resins, rubbers and urethane* foams, etc.).
(1) Note. For a definition of paper, see the definition of
Class 162.
Subclass:
27
This subclass is indented under subclass 17. Means
restricted to the requisite structural skeleton integral with
and around which a composite* floral-piece, or element*
thereof, is or may be constructed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
47, Plant Husbandry, subclass 41.01, for related structure
including a moisture retaining core; and subclass 55, for a
flower support designed to appear as the stalk thereof.
211, Supports: Racks, appropriate subclasses, for a
frame-like support, in general.
248, Supports, subclass 27.8, for a support, per se, for a
completed wreath, spray of flowers, etc. The framework onto
which the natural or artificial vegetation is fixed, is
proper subject matter for Class 428, subclass 27; however,
such a framework combined with a hook for use in supporting
the finished wreath, etc., or legs, which maintain the
finished wreath off the ground is proper subject matter for
Class 248, subclass 27.8.
Subclass:
28
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Article* which is, or includes, an element* of decoration
utilized in structural design to denote a termination of the
structure to which it is applied, and which decoration is
disposed on an end or at an edge of such structure.
(1) Note. The final or pendent ornament may have a
utilitarian function.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7 for a special occasion ornament.
19 for an ornament in combination with a tree.
115 for a fringed web* or sheet*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, 110 for a handle including a
tasselled knob.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 57 for a
roof attached finial.
135, Tent, Canopy, Umbrella, or Cane, 65 for an ornamented
cane or stick end.
Subclass:
29
Article* under the class definition comprising:
(1) a picture or design at least part of which is in an
invisible or dimly visible state and is so constructed as to
become, by intended use, preceptible, or more clearly so,
upon appropriate treatment; or (2) material intended to
present apparent visible changes in an incorporated design or
image when: (a) subjected alternatively to reflected or
transmitted light; or (b) viewed on a single face thereof,
along different sight lines; or (c) viewed alternatively on
each face, and the included image or design is either
completely light pervious or substantially identical on each
such face.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
199 for a product comprising a discontinuous coating which
may be latent and developable to indicate attempts at erasure
or alteration.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, 106.51 for a display
including an illusion of motion; subclass 137, for a sign
with a changeable reading; and other appropriate subclasses,
for a latent image in a display device.
355, Photocopying, 78 for contact printing.
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, appropriate subclasses for radiation imagery
compositions, a latent radiation image, and a process of
developing an exposed image.
434, Education and Demonstration, 327 for a latent image the
development of which involves the educative process.
472, Amusement Devices, particularly 57 for an amusement
device producing either a physical or optical illusion.
Subclass:
30
This subclass is indented under subclass 29. Product
including substantially parallel grooves or color bands, of
minute width to effect a play of color.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
558 and 615 for optical elements or systems for diffracting
or dispersing light.
362, Illumination, 326 and 341+ for related structure
specifically for use with artificial light.
Subclass:
31
This subclass is indented under the class definition. An
article* which is to be placed on a vehicle to provide a
decoration or embellishment therefor.
(1) Note. So-called "trim" panels, usually used in
upholstering and/or decorating the inside of vehicles, are
not included under this definition of article. Such "trim"
panels will be found below on other features, see for
example, subclasses 156+ (embossed sheet material) or 355+
(sheet with cover or casing).
(2) Note. Included herein, for example, are automobile hood
ornaments, streamers or other similar devices to be attached
to a vehicle body for embellishment thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
7 for a special occasion ornament.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
301, Land Vehicles: Wheels and Axles, 37.1 for a wheel trim
or protector member (e.g., wheel cover, streamer, etc.
Subclass:
32
This subclass is indented under the class definition. An
article* comprising as a portion only thereof, (1) a strand*,
strand-portion* or strip* wound or coiled around the article
or (2) a plurality of strands* or strand-like materials
mechanically interlooped, interlaced, or intertwined on the
article*, each of (1) and (2) above serving to ornament or
embellish the article*.
(1) Note. Examples of articles found in this subclass are;
sword hilts or scabbards which are ornamented with the woven,
braided or wound strands*.
(2) Note. Excluded from this definition is a filament, rod
or other indeterminate length and non three dimensional
element having a wound or wrapped coating.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
37 for a spirally flat wound strand or strip (e.g., braided
rug, etc.).
222 for a web* or sheet* having components* which are
twisted or folded about one another, or a component* which is
arranged in a series of mutually parallel convolution along
the longitudinal axis of the web* or sheet*.
377 for a rod*, strand* or filament*, or a coating
therearound, helically wound or twisted about an axis
extending longitudinally thereof, the axis, in the case of
the coating, being that of the core*, filament*, rod* or
strand*.
Subclass:
33
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Article* comprising a plurality of portions arranged with
complementary areas to enable attachment of the portions to
make different shapes, and to permit detachment of the
portions at will.
(1) Note. The portions herein are similar to jigsaw puzzle
pieces and can be assembled and disassembled at will. If any
tool must be used, or a portion permanently deformed so as to
be further unusable, the article is excluded from this
subclass and will be found below, or elsewhere, on other
features.
Subclass:
34
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product which comprises at least two light transmissive
components secured in spaced relation and cooperating to
create an airtight void.
(1) Note. At least one of the components must be
transparent in order that objects may be seen therethrough.
(2) Note. The term "gas" includes a vacuum as well as gas
under pressure.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
38 for a plural layer* sheet* of light transmissive material
having an opaque border or frame, which layers* are not
spaced from one another.
426 for a nonstructural laminate including a layer* of glass
and especially 438+ for automobile safety glass in which an
intermediate layer*, usually of cellulosic material, bonds
two sheets* of glass, thus leaving no space therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structure (e.g., Buildings), 171.3 for a residual
transparent panel with treating means, subclass 204.52 for a
double pane panel with an open vent or plugged vent and
subclasses 783.1+ for a sandwich or hollow panel and see
section VI, C 3d of the class definition of this Class 428.
215, Bottles and Jars, 12.1 for a hermetrically sealed
bottle or jar.
220, Receptacles, subclass 592.05 and 62.18 for a receptacle
having spaced inner and outer walls.
Subclass:
34.1
HOLLOW OR CONTAINER TYPE ARTICLE (E.G., TUBE, VASE, ETC.):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Article* having an opening therethrough or having a cavity
which may or may not be filled with another material.
(1) Note. This subclass is the locus for patents which
claim a tube or a container merely by name with no details
recited of structure associated therewith such as wall
structure, openings, etc. For articles of this type which
are more specifically claimed, see VI, C., 3 a., in the main
classification definitions where significant wall structure
is discussed as it relates to patent placement in other
"container or tube" type classes. Also see search notes
below.
(2) Note. Since the classification lines between Class 428
and Classes 138, 206, 215, 220, 229, and 383 are not always
clearly defined, it is suggested that a search for a coated
tubular object or container include pertinent subclasses in
all of the above classes.
(3) Note. Subclass 38.1 includes but is not limited to
vessels, trays and annular articles not elsewhere provided
for.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
21 for a three dimensional artificial fruit article which
may be in the form of a hollow or container type product.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
47, Plant Husbandry, 41.01 for a receptacle, per se, which
has structure or means for growing a live plant (e.g., drain
hole, watering wicks, etc.) or for the combination of a
receptacle and a freshly cut plant, treated, or with means,
to prolong the characteristics of life.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses, for
a tube or conduit which is defined in terms of its wall
structure (e.g., spiral seam, coating on inner or outer wall,
etc.) and not merely by its composition. See also section
VI, B, of the definition of this Class 428, reference to
Class 138.
150, Purses, Wallets, and Protective Covers, appropriate
subclasses, for an article of this type in which details of
the receptacle are recited such as wall structure, mouth
frame, compartments, etc.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 423 for a
container for holding either freshly cut or artificial
vegetation, either as the container, per se, or as the
combination with the artificial plant.
215, Bottles and Jars, appropriate subclasses, for a glass
article of this type which is claimed specifically as a
bottle or jar by reciting details thereof such as the wall
structure, neck, specific orientation of a coating on the
inside or outside of a wall, filling opening, etc.
220, Receptacles, appropriate subclasses, for a container of
the type which is claimed specifically as a receptacle by
reciting details thereof such as wall structure, side,
bottom, filling opening, or specific orientation of a coating
on the inside or outside of a wall; see especially Class 220,
62.11.
383, Flexible Bags, appropriate subclasses for flaccid or
flexible bags which are more than nominally claimed.
Subclass:
34.2
Paper containing (e.g., paperboard, cardboard, fiberboard,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article*
containing paper* according to the class definition.
(1) Note. Included are paper fibers, paperboard, cardboard,
fiberboard, etc.
Subclass:
34.3
Bag or tubular film (e.g., pouch, flexible food casing,
envelope, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.2. Article* in
the form of a flexible tubular film or bag-like product which
contains paper.
(1) Note. Tubular film includes products claimed or
specified as such or tubes claimed or specified as made from
such a film.
Subclass:
34.4
Glass, ceramic, or sintered, fused, fired, or calcined metal
oxide or metal carbide containing (e.g., porcelain, brick,
cement, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article*
which contains glass*, ceramic*, or a metal oxide or metal
carbide material which is sintered, fused, fired, or
calcined.
Subclass:
34.5
Contains fabric, fiber, particle, or filament made of glass,
ceramic, or sintered, fused, fired, or calcined metal oxide,
or metal carbide or other inorganic compound (e.g., fiber
glass, mineral fiber, sand, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.4. Article*
which contains fabric*, fibers, particles, or filaments which
are composed of glass, ceramic, metal oxide or metal carbide,
or some other inorganic compound.
(1) Note. Included are fiber glass, mineral fibers, sand,
graphite, carbon, glass chips, etc.
Subclass:
34.6
Multilayer (continuous layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.4. Article*
which has two or more distinct layers.
(1) Note. This subclass does not include as "multilayer",
discontinuous layers (i.e., designs on a vase or
nonwraparound label on a container), slightly overlapping
single sheet or film, or a coating on the seam, edge, or rim
only of a tubular article or container. A glass container
with a sleeve around a segment of or around the whole
container can be found in this subclass. An impregnated
single-layered article is considered multilayered only if the
depth of impregnation is defined (see the class definition,
Glossary, "Web" Note (2)). See subclass 34.4 for placement
of articles not meeting the definition requirements of this
subclass as stated herewith.
(2) Note. If unable to determine whether the article is
single or multilayered from the claims or the specification,
place the original classification in the first appropriate
subclass which will take either single or multilayers and
generally cross to the specific subclass for single layer or
multilayer, whichever is available.
Subclass:
34.7
Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.6. Article*
which contains any natural or synthetic polymer or resin.
(1) Note. A polymer or resin in this subclass requires a
repeat unit of an organic moiety.
(2) Note. In addition to the well-known polymers or resins,
also included are cellulose, cellulose derivatives and
proteins.
Subclass:
34.8
Flexible food casing (e.g., sausage type, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article*
which is a flexible casing for food products such as
sausage.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
35.2 for a tubular film with no reference to use as a food
casing.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, subclass 118.1 for
nonedible food casings with more than nominal wall
structure.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 802 for a
Cross-Reference Art Collection of shirred casings.
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, subclass 105, 135, and 138+ for edible food casings
or casings containing a food product.
Subclass:
34.9
Shrinkable or shrunk (e.g., due to heat, solvent, volatile
agent, restraint removal, etc):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article*
which has the characteristic of being shrinkable or already
shrunk by exposure to a special treatment.
(1) Note. Treatments may include a temperature increase,
the addition or removal of a solvent or other agent, or
removal of a restraint holding the article or a part of the
article in an expanded or unnatural state.
Subclass:
35.1
Single layer (continuous layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.9. Article*
which is a single layer.
(1) Note. See subclass 34.6, Note (1) for an explanation of
what makes a layer and Note (2) for situations where the
number of layers is unclear from the claims or the
specification.
Subclass:
35.2
Nonself-supporting tubular film or bag (e.g., pouch,
envelope, packet, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article*
which is a tubular film or bag-like container (e.g., pouch,
sack, packet, envelope, butterfly pouch, pouch, pocket-like
container, etc).
(1) Note. See subclass 34.3, Note (1) for tubular film
explanation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
35.7 for self-supporting or rigid tubular object. If unclear
from the claims or specification whether the tubular object
is nonself-supporting, place the original in subclasses 35.7+
and generally cross to subclasses 35.2+.
Subclass:
35.3
Elemental metal containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.2. Article*
which contains elemental metal*.
Subclass:
35.4
Contains vapor or gas barrier, polymer derived from vinyl
chloride or vinylidene chloride, or polymer containing a
vinyl alcohol unit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.2. Article*
which contains a claimed vapor or gas barrier property and/or
contains a polymer of vinyl chloride and/or vinylidene
chloride, or a polymer containing a vinyl alcohol unit.
(1) Note. If unclear as to whether vapor and gas barrier
properties are present from the claims, but the specification
recites the presence, place the original in the appropriate
subclass according to the claims and generally cross to this
subclass.
Subclass:
35.5
Single layer (continuous layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.2. Article* in
... with a single layer.
(1) Note. A single layer, bag-like article is one with two
layers or sheets sealed around the edges to form the bag-like
structure.
(2) Note. See subclass 34.6, Note (2) if unclear from the
claims or the specification whether the article is single or
multilayer.
Subclass:
35.6
Cellular material derived from plant or animal source (e.g.,
wood, cotton, wool, leather, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article*
which contains a cellular material derived from a plant or
animal source, but excludes fossilized matter.
(1) Note. Cellular material includes naturally occurring
material which still retains a certain amount of the original
tissue structure of the plant or animal. Such material
includes wood, wool, cotton, bark, cork, leather, hair, etc.
(2) Note. In the absence of information to the contrary, a
cellulose, cellulose derivative, or protein is presumed
devoid of cell structure unless indicated otherwise.
Subclass:
35.7
Polymer or resin containing (i.e., natural or synthetic):
This subclass is indented under subclass 34.1. Article*
which contains a polymer or resin of natural or synthetic
origin.
(1) Note. See subclass 34.7, Note (1) for definition of
polymer or resin and Note (2) for examples of polymers.
Subclass:
35.8
Elemental metal containing (e.g., substrate, foil, film,
coating, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article*
which contains elemental metal in the form of a substrate,
film, coating, particles, etc.
Subclass:
35.9
Three or more layers (continuous layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.8. Article*
which contains 3 or more layers.
(1) Note. See subclass 34.6, Note (1) for what a layer is
and what it is not. See Note (2) for what to do when the
number of layers is unclear from the claims or the
specification.
Subclass:
36.1
Textile, fabric, cloth, or pile containing (e.g., web, net,
woven, knitted, mesh, nonwoven, matted, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* of
... which contains a textile*, fabric*, cloth*, pile fabric,
felt, net, web, mesh, or the like.
(1) Note. The textile, etc., can be woven or nonwoven,
knitted, matted, etc.
Subclass:
36.2
Textile, fabric, cloth, or pile is sandwiched between two
distinct layers of material unlike the textile, fabric,
cloth, or pile layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 36.1. Article* of
... which has a textile, fabric, cloth or pile layer
sandwiched between two distinct layers of a material unlike
the textile, fabric, cloth, or pile.
(1) Note. An embedded textile, fabric, cloth, or pile is
not considered to be a sandwiched layer. It is considered a
single layer and therefore is subclass 36.1 subject matter.
Also considered subclass 36.1 subject matter is a
multilayered article where the layers on either side of the
textile, fabric, cloth, or pile layer are identical to the
textile, fabric, cloth, or pile layers.
Subclass:
36.3
Fiber or fibers wound around each other or into a
self-sustaining shape (e.g., yarn, braid, fibers shaped
around a core, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* of
... which contains a fiber or multiple fibers which are
wound around each other as in a braid or yarn or are wound or
wrapped around a core or in such a way to form a
self-sustaining structure or shape.
Subclass:
36.4
Randomly noninterengaged or randomly contacting fibers,
filaments, particles, or flakes:
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article* of
... which contains fibers, filaments, particles, or flakes
which are in random contact or random disarray with each
other.
(1) Note. The fibers, filaments, particles, or flakes do
not themselves give the claimed article a structure. They
can, however, be oriented in a given direction. These
fibers, etc., are usually included for reinforcement or as
fillers.
Subclass:
36.5
Foam or porous material containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article*
which contains a foam or porous material.
(1) Note. A porous material is cellular in that is has
small open or interconnected voids.
Subclass:
36.6
Contains vapor or gas barrier, polymer derived from vinyl
chloride or vinylidene chloride, or polymer containing a
vinyl alcohol unit:
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article*
which contains a vapor or gas barrier property, contains a
polymer derived from vinyl chloride and/or vinylidene
chloride, and/or contains a polymer with a vinyl alcohol
unit.
(1) Note. See subclass 35.4, Note (1) for cases where it is
unclear from the claims whether vapor and gas barrier
properties are present.
Subclass:
36.7
Vapor or gas barrier, polymer derived from vinyl chloride or
vinylidene chloride, or polymer containing a vinyl alcohol
unit is sandwiched between layers (continuous layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 36.6. Article*
where the vapor or gas barrier, the polymer derived from
vinyl chloride or vinylidene chloride, or the polymer
containing a vinyl alcohol unit is found in a layer
sandwiched between two other separate and distinct layers.
Subclass:
36.8
Natural or synthetic rubber or rubber-like compound
containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article which
contains a natural or synthetic rubber or rubber-like
compound.
Subclass:
36.9
Open-ended, self-supporting conduit, cylinder, or tube-type
article:
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article*
which is tubular or cylindrical, has openings at both ends,
and which can hold its own structure without the aid of a
filler or support.
(1) Note. The difference between the products in this
subclass and a hollow strand*, fiber* or filament in
subclasses 364+ is as follows: the present subclass 36.9 is
the locus for a conduit type article through which a fluid
passes and is generally of substantially larger size (e.g.,
3-dimensional) than the strand*, fiber* or filaments found in
subclasses 364+. If it is difficult to determine from the
disclosure whether the article is of the type which should be
classified in this subclass or in the latter, all doubts
should be resolved in favor of the strand*, filament*, or
fiber* and placement made in those subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
364 for a structurally defined or coated filament*, fiber*
or strand* which could be hollow or open at both ends, and
see (1) Note above for the line between the two subclasses.
Subclass:
36.91
Multilayer (continuous layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 36.9. Article*
which contains two or more layers.
(1) Note. See subclass 34.6, Notes (1) and (2) for what a
layer is and is not and for what to do when the number of
layers is unclear from the claims or the specification.
Subclass:
36.92
Single layer (continuous layer):
This subclass is indented under subclass 35.7. Article which
is a single continuous layer.
(1) Note. See subclass 34.6, Notes (1) and (2) for what a
layer is and is not and for what to do when the number of
layers is unclear from the claims or the specification.
Subclass:
37
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product wherein a strand* or strip* is arranged, and held in
fixed coiled relation and lying in a common plane to
constitute a unitary sheet*.
(1) Note. A patent wherein the convolutions of a spirally
flat-wound strand* or strip* are held in position by
stitching will be found in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
222 for a web* or sheet* containing a helical component*.
298.1 for parallel strands* or strand-portions* joined to
each other by adhesive.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
112, Sewing, subclass 412, for parallel strands*, or
strand-portions*, jointed to each other by sewing. a
receptacle, per se, which has structure or means for growing
a live plant (e.g., drain hole, watering wicks, etc.) or for
the combination of a receptacle and a freshly cut plant,
treated, or with means, to prolong the characteristics of
life.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses, for
a spirally wound product of the type provided for in that
class.
Subclass:
38
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Article* comprising at least two parts, the former permitting
passage of light therethrough and the latter, preventing
passage of light, forming a closed continuous frame or border
on at least a portion of the former part.
(1) Note. This subclass is the locus for an artificial or
natural stained glass window and for a safety glass auto
windshield having a frame therearound.
(2) Note. "Continuous" in the above definition is intended
to include a frame or border made of separate and individual
parts but abutting with each other to eliminate any space
between the parts.
(3) Note. Included in this definition is a light
transmissive single or plural layer* sheet* having an opaque
area forming a frame or border around a small portion of the
sheet*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34 for an article in which overlying light transmissive
masses are spaced from one another and sealed at their edges,
which seal may be opaque to light.
67 for similar structure in which the former portion does
not permit light to pass therethrough.
426 for sheets* of glass laminated to each other by an
intermediate layer* of light transmissive material but having
no frame or other opaque portion.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
73, Measuring and Testing, 323 for a similar device, the
sole disclosure of which is for use as a sight or inspection
window or gauge glass.
351, Optics: Eye Examining, Vision Testing and Correcting,
41 for similar subject matter in the form of a spectacle
lens within an opaque frame.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), for a product in which the opaque frame or border
comprises a netted or open-mesh component and there is no
light transmissive or translucent mass.
Subclass:
39
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product which is assembled from a plurality of discrete parts
which, taken together, give the appearance of, or
representation of, a real object and is at least partially
the result of the outline and contrast of the parts.
Subclass:
40.1
Layer or component removable to expose adhesive:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product comprising a composite*, web*, or sheet* having
layers* or components* which are removable one from the other
and one of which has an outermost coating comprising
adhesive, exposed when the layers* or components* are
separated, so as to enable the adhesive coating to be adhered
to another surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
352 for a composite web or sheet having a layer of adhesive
as an outermost coating and a release or antistick coating
associated therewith, usually on the side of the base
opposite to the adhesive layer.
Subclass:
40.2
Capsule or particulate matter containing: (e.g., sphere,
flake, microballoon, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains capsules
and/or particulate matter that are solid, hollow, or filled
with another material.
Subclass:
40.3
Bituminous:
Subject matter under subclass, 40.1 wherein the layer or
component contains bitumen, asphalt, or a tarlike component.
Subclass:
40.4
Ceramic, glass, glasslike, vitreous:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains a ceramic,
glassy, or vitrified component.
Subclass:
40.5
Wax containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains a natural or
synthetic wax.
Subclass:
40.6
Halogen containing compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains a halogenated
compound.
Subclass:
40.7
Fluorine:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.6. Subject
matter wherein the halogen is fluorine.
Subclass:
40.8
Coloring agent containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.6. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains a material
having tinctorial properties.
Subclass:
40.9
Metal containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains free metal or
combined metal and includes alloys and metal compounds.
Subclass:
41.1
Aluminum:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.9. Subject
matter wherein the metal is aluminum.
Subclass:
41.2
Coloring agent containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.9. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains a material
having tinctorial properties
Subclass:
41.3
Polymer derived from ethylenically unsaturated monomer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains a polymer
derived only from ethylenically unsaturated monomer(s), i.e.,
wherein the monomer contains a c=c which undergoes addition
polymerization to form long c-c chains.
Subclass:
41.4
Silicon:
This subclass is indented under subclass 41.3. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains silicon as
free element, combined element, or in a compound.
Subclass:
41.5
Polymer derived from material having at least oneacrylic or
alkacrylic group or the nitrile or amidederivative thereof:
(e.g., acrylamide, acrylate ester, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains a polymer
derived from at least one of the following reactants: R
XR////CH[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt]=C-C-N-R, CH[subscrpt]2[end
subscrpt]=C-C=N,R X/// CH[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt]=C-C-OR
and wherein X is chalcogen (i.e., oxygen, sulfur, selenium,
or tellurium) and R is hydrogen or alkyl.
Subclass:
41.6
Coloring agent:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains a material
having tinctorial properties.
Subclass:
41.7
Protective layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component is covered by a
resistant layer, e.g. resistant to heat, cold, oxidation,
pollution, etc.
Subclass:
41.8
Release layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains a bond
inhibiting material or parting material used to prevent
adhesion between lamina in areas that might otherwise bond in
the absence of the material.
Subclass:
41.9
Dissimilar adhesives:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter wherein the layer or component contains at least two
adhesives differing in composition, or differing in
tackiness
Subclass:
42.1
Ornamental, decorative, pattern, or indicia:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Subject
matter in which the layer or component contains a material
that has an appearance or other psychological effect which
conveys information or is designed to be esthetically
pleasing.
Subclass:
42.2
Sectional layer removable:
This subclass is indented under subclass 40.1. Product in
which the layer which is removable comprises a plurality of
components which are noncoextensive with either the length or
the width of the other layer.
(1) Note. This subclass contains for example a web or sheet
on which there is positioned a plurality of serially arranged
adhesively coated labels which are removed and then adhered
to a surface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
343 for a composite web or sheet in which there is
anadhesive coating exposed and on the outside hereof.
Subclass:
42.3
Adhesive is on removable layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 42.2. Product in
which the adhesive or sticky substance is on the part which
has been removed.
Subclass:
43
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product comprising a sheet*, web* or layer* having a portion
thereof made less strong so as to permit easy separation at
this portion through the thickness portion either
longitudinally or transverse or at an angle to the plane of
the product.
(1) Note. Examples of weakening are - perforating, scoring,
or dissolving a portion of the web, sheet or layer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
131 for similar structures including perforations or
apertures, however, not for the purpose of facilitating
separation of two portions at the perforations.
156 for similar structure including a score line, or
variation in thickness, but not for the purpose of providing
a tear line or weakened portion.
Subclass:
44
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product containing a single layer* of at least three
separate, discrete and identifiable parts both laterally and
longitudinally associated (i.e., in a nonthickness direction)
so that it is impossible to draw a single straight line
through the geometric center of all the parts of the single
layer*.
(1) Note. Excluded under this definition is a web or sheet
having a perimeter structure which appears to meet the
definition. The identifiable parts in this subclass do not
have any additional structure at the perimeter thereof. A
floor of tile squares is exemplary of the subject matter in
this locus.
Subclass:
45
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product which
has a border or other modification or embellishment of its
entire perimeter, not of the individual sections.
Subclass:
46
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product
comprising a part or layer which permits light to pass
therethrough.
(1) Note. Any layer or section may be transparent or
translucent for purposes of this subclass, e.g., the
sectional layer may be made of completely transparent
sections or an opaque sectional layer may be adjacent to a
continuous layer which is transparent.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
38 for a product which has a transparent or translucent part
fitted in or over a through opening in another part or in a
border therefor.
Subclass:
47
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product in
which the sectional layer is adjacent to a unitary web* or
sheet* which extends outwardly in both lateral and
longitudinal directions up to or beyond the boundary of the
sectional layer.
Subclass:
48
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Product wherein
the sectional layer has no voids or spaces in both
longitudinal and lateral directions.
(1) Note. The continuity of the layer may be due to edge
abutment of the parts thereof, or, if there be spaces between
the parts a material completely filling such spaces.
Subclass:
49
This subclass is indented under subclass 48. Product wherein
the distinct parts are made of (1) free or alloyed metal, (2)
glass* or (3) ceramic* material and the product is commonly
known as tile.
Subclass:
50
This subclass is indented under subclass 48. Product in
which the distinct parts comprise cellulose* in either its
natural or modified state.
Subclass:
51
This subclass is indented under subclass 47. Product wherein
at least one of the parts of the sectional layer has a
periphery other than four sides and four right angles.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
64.1 for a circular sheet.
80 for a sheet which is nonrectangular.
Subclass:
52
This subclass is indented under subclass 44. Product in
which the layer is made of parts at least two of which are
united by a distinct mechanical connection extending over the
edges thereof and so arranged as to permit movement between
the parts.
(1) Note. The motion may be due to (1) freedom in the
mechanical connection between the fastener and the part or
(2) free or lost motion in the fastener itself.
Subclass:
53
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product comprising at least three sheets* or webs*, all lying
in a single plane and each connected to another by an edge
portion which comprises at least two different planes and
having means joining the sheets* or webs* together.
(1) Note. The means for joining or securing may be either
mechanical or chemical (i.e., adhesive, etc.).
(2) Note. The different planes may be either in thickness,
i.e., the top image or or along a nonthickness surface*,
i.e., the lower image below. [figure] [figure]
Subclass:
54
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product formed of at least three parts joined at an end,
forming a layer* in which the parts extends longitudinally,
the longitudinal extent of each part being less than the
overall length of the product.
(1) Note. In the absence of a clear indication that the
sections of the sectional layer are longitudinally
coextensive with the longest dimension of the product, the
sectional layer will be presumed to be longitudinally
sectional for this and indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
44 for a product comprising a plurality of parts joined
together both laterally and longitudinally.
53 for a product which may be sectioned longitudinally, but
in which the separate parts interfit on complementary faces
and have additional joining or securing means.
189 for a product in which at least one side-edge of a layer
or component of a composite product is laterally offset from
the corresponding side edge of a second layer or component.
Subclass:
55
This subclass is indented under subclass 54. Product wherein
the layer of joined parts is contiguous to a unitary web or
sheet which extends outwardly in both directions (1) up to or
(2) beyond the boundary of the layer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
47 for a composite sheet or web comprising a layer sectional
in two dimensions adjacent to another sheet or web of equal
or greater size.
Subclass:
56
This subclass is indented under subclass 55. Product in
which the layer has no voids or spaces between the joined
parts in both directions of its plane.
(1) Note. The continuity of the layer may be due to edge
abutment of the parts thereof, or if there be voids or spaces
between the parts, a material filling such spaces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
48 for a composite* sheet or web comprising a continuous
layer sectional in two dimensions adjacent to another sheet
or web of equal or greater size.
77 for a composite product comprising two sheets, one of
which is longitudinally noncoextensive with the other.
Subclass:
57
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product wherein two sheets* or webs* are joined in either
edge abutting or edge overlapping relationship.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
38 for a translucent portion or part joined at the edge or
edges thereof in an aperture or frame.
53 for a product comprising at least three areas.
189 for a product comprising a plurality of components*
arranged edge to edge but not joined or spliced.
Subclass:
58
This subclass is indented under subclass 57. Product wherein
the sheets or webs are joined together so as to lie in a
single plane.
Subclass:
59
This subclass is indented under subclass 58. Product
comprising a plurality of sheets or webs connected to each
other and each sheet or web comprising a plurality of hills
and valleys extending parallel to each other.
(1) Note. The connection may be through the intermediary of
a planar sheet associated with the hills and valleys, or the
hills of one sheet may be directly connected to those of the
other.
(2) Note. An example of the products found herein is
corrugated cardboard.
Subclass:
60
This subclass is indented under subclass 58. Product wherein
the sheets or webs are joined along two or more planes or
joined along one plane not perpendicular to the surface of
the sheet or web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
53 for a product including at least three parts joined along
two or more planes.
Subclass:
61
This subclass is indented under subclass 58. Product wherein
the joint is reinforced by additional material which lies
outside the plane of the connected sheets or webs.
Subclass:
62
This subclass is indented under subclass 61. Product wherein
pile surfaced sheets or webs (e.g., rugs or carpets etc.) are
connected.
Subclass:
63
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product which comprises an article*, sheet* or web* which has
an aperture or indentation and material covering the aperture
or fitting the indentation so as to attempt to restore the
article, sheet or web to its original condition.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 36.1 for repairing or restoring articles for
reuse and subclass 30 for furnace lining formation or
repair.
425, Plastic Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating:
Apparatus, 11 for apparatus to repair or restore a product
by molding.
Subclass:
64.1
CIRCULAR SHEET OR CIRCULAR BLANK:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product whose outer boundary is that of a single curved line
every point of which is substantially the same distance from
a point at the center thereof.
Subclass:
64.2
Recording medium or carrier:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject
matter wherein the circular sheet or circular blank is a
tangible object upon which an information signal is to be
stored, the object having a characteristic which is, or may
be, modified at positional increments in accordance with the
time variation of information which is to be stored thereon.
(1) Note. The recording medium or carrier for purposes of
these subclasses need not be the specific layer that is
intended to contain the information signal. All layers of
the medium or carrier are considered to be the recording
medium or carrier.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
900 for a collection of magnetizable stock material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
360, Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 135 for a disc having information recorded thereon
in magnetic form.
369, Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval, 272 for a
disc having information recorded thereon in the form of
grooves.
Subclass:
64.3
Magneto optical recording medium or carrier:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.2. Subject
matter wherein the recording medium or carrier is composed of
a magnetic material and records information based on changes
in magnetization and the recorded information is readable;
e.g., by diffraction of polarized light through a magnetic
field, etc.
Subclass:
64.4
Optical recording medium or carrier:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.2. Subject
matter wherein the recording medium or carrier is designed to
undergo a chemical or physical change; e.g., irradiating the
medium with a laser beam to alter the optical characteristics
of the medium or carrier in the irradiated area, etc.
Subclass:
64.5
Tellurium containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.4. Subject
matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains
tellurium as a free element, combined element, or in a
compound.
Subclass:
64.6
Protective layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.5. Subject
matter wherein the tellurium containing recording medium or
carrier is covered by a resistant layer; e.g., resistant to
heat, cold, oxidation, pollution, etc.
Subclass:
64.7
Polycarbonate containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.4. Subject
matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains
linear polyesters containing plural carbonic acid ester
groups.
Subclass:
64.8
Coloring agent containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.4. Subject
matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains a
material having tinctorial properties.
Subclass:
64.9
Thickness specified:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.8. Subject
matter wherein the thickness of at least one layer or the
overall product of the recording medium or carrier is
specified.
Subclass:
65.1
Polymer derived from material having at least one acrylic or
alkacrylic group or the nitrile or amide dervative thereof:
(e.g., acrylamide, acrylate ester, etc.)
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.4. Subject
matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains a
polymer derived from at least one of the following reatants:
R X R
R X | | |
S S XCH2=C-C-N-R,
CH2=C-CbN, or CH2=C-C-OR and wherein X is chalcogen (i.e.,
oxygen, sulfur, selenium, or tellurium) and R is hydrogen or
alkyl.
Subclass:
65.2
Adhesive containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.4. Subject
matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains a
glue-like substance.
Subclass:
65.3
Magnetic recording medium or carrier:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.2. Subject
matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains
magnetizable material in the form of particles, film,
coating, layer, or impregnant which is intended for the
storage of more than a single bit of information to be read
by a magnetic head.
Subclass:
65.4
Lubricant containing:
Subject matter under 65.3 wherein the recording medium or
carrier contains a substance that reduces friction.
Subclass:
65.5
Protective layer containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 65.3. Subject
matter wherein the magnetic recording medium or carrier layer
is covered by a resistant layer; e.g., resistant to heat,
cold, oxidation, pollution, etc.
Subclass:
65.6
Aluminum containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 65.3. Subject
matter wherein the magnetic recording medium or carrier
contains aluminum as a free metal, combined metal, and
includes alloys and metal compounds.
Subclass:
65.7
Chromium containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 65.3. Subject
matter wherein the magnetic recording medium or carrier
contains chromium as a free metal, combined metal, and
includes alloys and metal compounds.
Subclass:
65.8
Lubricant containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.2. Subject
matter wherein the recording medium or carrier contains a
substance that reduces friction.
Subclass:
65.9
Fibrous material containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.2. Subject
matter wherein the recording medium or carrier is composed of
relatively short, slender, flexible elements of finite
length.
Subclass:
66.1
Gear:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject
matter wherein the circular sheet or blank is to be used as a
toothed wheel, e.g., sprocket, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
66.7 for gears wherein the size and/or shape of the teeth
may be recited.
Subclass:
66.2
Frictional:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject
matter wherein the circular D-5 sheet or blank is to be
utilized as a means for stopping or reducing motion; e.g.,
brake or clutch, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
188, Brakes, appropriate subclasses, for a product having
frictional properties where said property is enhanced by
claimed external structure (e.g., disc shape, surface
configuration or internal structure such as discrete zones of
friction material or particular arrangements of strands*,
fibers* or layers* and where the sole disclosure is that the
product is used as a brake.
192, Clutches and Power-Stop Control, appropriate subclasses
for a product as above described and in which the product is
solely disclosed as used for a clutch, or as a brake or
clutch alternatively.
Subclass:
66.3
End closure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject
matter wherein the circular sheet or blank is to be used to
plug or close an opening at the end of a container or
conduit.
Subclass:
66.4
Seal, gasket, or packing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject
matter wherein the circular sheet or blank is to be utilized
between or around members or joints to prevent leakage there
between or therefrom.
Subclass:
66.5
Ornamental, decorative, pattern, or indicia:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Subject
matter wherein the circular sheet has an appearance or other
psychological effect which conveys information or is designed
to be esthetically pleasing.
Subclass:
66.6
Aperture containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Product which
has a through opening.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, 531 for washers to be used with a
fastener of Class 411.
Subclass:
66.7
Edge structure:
This subclass is indented under subclass 64.1. Product in
which the structure of the outer perimeter or boundary is
recited.
Subclass:
67
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Article* comprising a base* or substrate* and set within the
surface thereof, or into an opening or depression therein, at
least one element* which is larger than the size usually
attributed to that of a particle* or granule*, the element*
being visible and resulting in a composite* product or a
mosaic*.
(1) Note. Excluded from this subclass is a roofing felt
containing a layer of granules or particles which may be
embedded in the felt. Such a product will be found below on
other features; see search notes, below.
(2) Note. Excluded from this subclass is a product in which
the embedded element is completely enveloped; see search
notes, below.
(3) Note. Excluded from this subclass is a product in which
the element is "visible" only because it causes a variation
in thickness, not because it is actually seen in the
substrate.
(4) Note. Included in this subclass are articles such as
jewelry, mosaics, faucet handles having decorative inlays,
etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
38 for a structure in which the embedded element permits
light to pass therethrough and is set into an opening or
casing therefor provided in a base or substrate.
68 for a product in which one element is completely covered
by another.
87 for a product having a pile or nap surface and which has
particles which may be embedded therein.
141 for a product having a surface or layer which is
nonuniform or irregular and which comprises particles.
323 for a composite web or sheet in which one layer contains
structurally defined particles or granules which may be
embedded therein.
338 for a single layer web or sheet having a structurally
defined particle or granule which may be embedded therein.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), appropriate subclasses for a woven or knitted fabric
and particulate matter associated therewith and which may be
embedded in the fabric.
Subclass:
68
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product comprising a base sheet* with a distinct layer* of
material enclosing all the edges and at least one
nonthickness surface*.
(1) Note. The enclosing layer of material may either be
unitary or may comprise a plurality of separate and distinct
portions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
126 for a sheet* having a fold at opposed marginal edges and
forming an annular cover of the product.
Subclass:
69
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product which
contains a nonliquid fluid which is (1) other than the usual
atmosphere or (2) at less than normal atmospheric pressure.
(1) Note. Foamed or expanded materials produced by
introduction or in situ production of gas other than air will
be placed in this subclass only when there is a specific
disclosure or claim that the gas remains in the final product
and has a desired useful function therein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
310 for a composite* web* or sheet in which at least one
layer comprises foamed or expanded materials.
Subclass:
70
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product wherein
an enclosed sheet comprises inorganic material which has been
set to a solid product by hydration.
(1) Note. Examples of settable inorganic materials are
portland cement, gypsum, plaster of paris, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Composition: Coating or Plastic, 638 for compositions
containing ingredients which set up or solidify by
hydration.
Subclass:
71
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product wherein
the enclosed sheet comprised a heterogeneous mixture of a gas
phase dispersed therethrough.
(1) Note. See (1) Note and search note in subclass 69
above, regarding the placement of certain foamed or expanded
products.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
158 310+ and 423+, for other products containing foamed or
expanded material, especially urethane.
Subclass:
72
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product
comprising elements or portions of the layer or enclosure
which act together to form closed compartments.
(1) Note. The cells may be formed by a single enclosed
layer which has apertures therethrough and which apertures
coact with the casing or cover.
(2) Note. The cells or compartments may be vacant or
occupied with a material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
178 188 and 304+, for other products in which at lease one
layer comprises cellular material, or in which components*
and/or layers cooperate to form cells.
Subclass:
73
This subclass is indented under subclass 72. Product wherein
the compartments are perpendicular to a nonthickness surface
of the product.
(1) Note. The compartments need not be hexagonal or six
sided as in the usual honeycomb; they may be of any shape but
must have a continuous closed peripheral wall.
Subclass:
74
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product in
which the sheet comprises noninterengaged strands* in the
form of a self sustaining bat or mat (e.g., felt, etc.) or in
the form of loose or free flowing or fluent material.
Subclass:
75
This subclass is indented under subclass 74. Product wherein
the enclosing layer comprises free metal or an alloy.
Subclass:
76
This subclass is indented under subclass 68. Product wherein
all surfaces and edges of the sheet are enclosed.
Subclass:
77
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product wherein one or more sheet* is attached to a
nonthickness surface* of a base sheet* or web* in face to
face relationship, the base sheet or web being of greater
length than the attached sheet.
(1) Note. Excluded from under this definition is a print,
design or indicia or other similar discontinuous or
differential coating. The present subclass (77) is intended
to take only complete sheets with the adjacent base.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
55 for a plurality of parts arranged longitudinally and next
to a unitary sheet of greater extent.
67 for a product in which a sheet lies in a recess of
another sheet.
131 for a product in which a sheet lies entirely in a
through aperture in a single layered product.
195 for a sheet which has a discontinuous or differential
coating, impregnation or bond, in effect yielding a composite
layered coextensive with the lower.
Subclass:
78
This subclass is indented under subclass 77. Product wherein
the base sheet or web is larger than the attached sheet in
both length and width.
Subclass:
79
This subclass is indented under subclass 78. Product wherein
the attached smaller sheet has an embellishment or adornment
on the outline thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
64.1 and 80, for composite products of this type in which
the smaller sheet may be of the circular or nonregular form
and is so claimed.
Subclass:
80
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product which is a sheet having an outer perimeter other than
rectangular (i.e., four sides with right angles between each
two adjacent sides).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
51 for a two-dimensional sectional layer in which the
sections are nonrectangular.
64.1 for a circular sheet.
Subclass:
81
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product which is a sheet* wherein the structure of at least
three edges or at least two nonadjacent corners is recited.
(1) Note. A sheet or web recited as "rectangular" is
excluded from under this definition unless some specific
perimeter or corner structure is also recited.
Subclass:
82
This subclass is indented under subclass 81. Product wherein
the sheet has a pile or nap on at least one nonthickness
surface*.
Subclass:
83
This subclass is indented under subclass 81. Product in
which the corner or perimeter structure defines a channel or
U-Shape.
Subclass:
84
This subclass is indented under subclass 81. Product
comprising a sheet of paper*.
(1) Note. The paper may be either single or plural layer*.
Subclass:
85
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product comprising a web*, sheet*, layer* or element* from
the surface of which and attached thereto or integral
therewith, extends looped or free ended filamentary*
material, resulting in a bristly, fuzzy or resilient
surface.
(1) Note. Animal skin in which the fur remains intact is
considered to be pile or nap surface and will be placed in
this group of subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
15 for an imitation or treated natural product (other than
animal skin in which the fur remains intact) which has a pile
or nap type surface, especially subclass 17 for artificial
grass or turf.
623 for two sections of a pile rug or carpet connected edge
to edge by means of a binding tape or strip not co-planar
with the sections.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
15, Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning, 208 for a
cleaning implement or applicator having a pile working face.
66, Textiles: Knitting, subclass 191 and 194 for a knitted
fabric including a fleece or pile type surface.
112, Sewing, 410 for a pile fabric in which the pile
elements are attached to a base by a stitching operation.
139, Textiles: Weaving, 391 for a woven pile fabric, per
se.
Subclass:
86
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in
which the free ended or looped filamentary material is
completely embedded in a layer or component* or is disposed
between layers or components*.
Subclass:
87
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in
which the web, sheet or layer also has particles* associated
therewith.
Subclass:
88
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product wherein
(1) there is variation in the height, angles or type of the
pile in different areas of the web or sheet, (2) spaced or
interrupted arrangement of pile areas define a figured or
sculptured design effect; or (3) the pile or nap structure at
an edge of the web or sheet differs from the structure which
exists over the remainder of the web or sheet.
(1) Note. A patent to a product wherein the base web* is
embossed so as to product a nonplanar pile surface will be
placed in this subclass.
(2) Note. Variation in type of pile may be based on use of
different materials or the same material varying in a
physical property (e.g., coarseness of fiber, etc.). Mere
difference in color will not be considered a difference in
type of pile.
(3) Note. A mere random variation in height or angle of
pile which does not product a figured or sculptured design
effect will not support placement of a patent in this
subclass and will be classified below on other features.
Subclass:
89
This subclass is indented under subclass 88. Product in
which (1) the height of the filamentary material from the
surface of the web or sheet or layer is different in spaced
areas or (2) the filamentary material differs in physical
property (e.g., coarseness, proximity of filaments to each
other, etc.) in different areas of the web, sheet or layer.
Subclass:
90
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product wherein
the free-ended material comprises individual fibers*, either
integral with a fibrous or fiber-containing base and
extending outwardly therefrom, or randomly distributed and
adhesively retained on a base.
(1) Note. A patent for a fabric* having pile which has been
treated additionally so as to separate individual fibers of
the pile strands from each other will be placed here.
Subclass:
91
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in
which the fibers* are integral with a fibrous or fiber
containing base and extend outwardly therefrom.
(1) Note. Nap is generally raised mechanically by an
element moving on a fibrous material to separate individual
fibers* therefrom and cause the fibers to extend outwardly.
Subclass:
92
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in
which the form or arrangement of the free ends or loops of
the filamentary material is defined.
Subclass:
93
This subclass is indented under subclass 92. Product in
which the filamentary material comprises either reversely
bent discrete strand-portions* or continuous strands* secured
to the web or sheet at bights which engage the strands* or
strand portions*.
Subclass:
94
This subclass is indented under subclass 93. Product in
which the filamentary material comprises an indeterminate
length or a continuous strand and is joined by an adhesive or
cement to the web, sheet or layer or to another part
associated with the web, sheet or layer.
Subclass:
95
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in
which is defined the arrangement or constituents of (1) the
web, sheet or layer to which the filamentary material is
attached or (2) an additional part attached to or associated
with the web, sheet, or layer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
310 for a foam material which may be used as the backing for
a carpet or other pile or nap surface.
Subclass:
96
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product which
is covered or saturated, at least in part, with extraneous
material or is joined to another part by an adhesive
substance.
Subclass:
97
This subclass is indented under subclass 85. Product in
which the claim defines (1) the elements* or constituents*
which form the filamentary material or (2) the ingredients
which compose the adhesive associated with the web, sheet or
layer.
(1) Note. Only a single ingredient or constituents* need be
recited to qualify for this subclass, but must be
specifically recited. Thus: a synthetic fiber* is not
sufficient for placement in this subclass, but polyamide* or
polyester* is sufficient; cement* or glue* does not qualify,
but casein adhesive does.
Subclass:
98
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product comprising a single or plural layer* web* or sheet*
in which (1) the overall web* or sheet* has a particular
size, shape or other physical configuration; (2) components*
or constituents* thereof are arranged in an orderly fashion
relative to a surface of the product; (3) the product
comprises at least two layers* or components*, each claimed
as possessing a particular characteristic which is different
from the other (e.g., hardness, density, etc.); (4) the
product includes a particular characteristic claimed in
relation to a surface thereof; (5) there is a nonuniform
thickness, planarity, surface, coating, impregnation or bond;
(6) there are apertures; (7) any other characteristic is
present by which the overall web* or sheet* may be identified
as having a particular structure or configuration.
(1) Note. A patent directed to a plural layer stock
material product identified solely in terms of the
composition of at least one layer thereof will be placed in
subclasses 411+ of this class (428).
(2) Note. See the Class Definition, Criteria for Patent
Placement in thei Class, first paragraph, for subject matter
excluded from this class (428).
(3) Note. Although a naturally occurring fibrous material
such as wood is considerd to have "grain" direction (see
subclasses 105 and 114) such material is not considered as a
fiber-containing material in this or any indented subclass.
(4) Note. Included under this definition of "significant
size" is any recitation of a measurable extent or range
thereof, no matter how wide (e.g., "up to .075 mils, etc.").
(5) Note. Included under this definition of physical size
is a recitation of a weight unit (e.g., grams, pounds etc.)
spread over a unit of area (e.g., square feet, square meters,
etc.). See also the class definition, Framework of the Class
for other examples of structure.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
221 for a web* or sheet* containing a structurally defined
element* or component*.
357 for a structurally defined rod*, strand*, fiber*,
particle* or other element* or constituent* thereof, or a
mass thereof, and especially subclasses 364+ for a product
having a width substantially equal to the thickness thereof
(e.g., rod*, strand*, fiber*, filament*, etc.) and claimed in
terms of its particular shape or size or the shape, size or
arrangements of its constituents.
411 for a nonstructural plural layer*, web* or sheet*
wherein a second component* thereof is defined in terms of
its molecular orientation or crystalline structure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
36, Boots, Shoes, and Leggings, subclass 30 and 44 for a
laminated shoe part.
112, Sewing, 400 for a sewn web or sheet; and see section VI
A1(a)(4) of this definition.
198, Conveyors: Power-Driven, appropriate subclasses for an
endless belt or stock material including specific structure
for carrying material in a horizontal plane.
248, Supports, for a vibration damping ring support.Also, see
section VI of this definition for additional classes related
to this subclass.
400, Typewriting Machines, 237 for an inking ribbons
especially adapted for typewriting machines.
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions, 443
for a web or sheet including a composition of that class.
Subclass:
99
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product in
which the web or sheet has means secured thereto or integral
with a surface or edge thereof for attachment and detachment
at will to a surface or support or to cooperating fastening
means.
(1) Note. A buttonhole, nail hole or similar aperture is
not considered an external fastening means within the
definition of this subclass.
(2) Note. This subclass is the residual locus for a web or
sheet including an external fastener.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
223 for a composite product in which plural layers are
connected by a separate and distinct mechanical connecting
member extending over the edges of and/or into a plurality of
layers or components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
24, Buckles, Buttons, Clasps, etc., 572 for
separable-fasteners.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), appropriate
subclass, for a building structure component with external
fastening means.
112, Sewing, 406 for a separable fastener secured to a base
web or sheet by stitching; subclass 431 for a sewn buttonhole
including a floating strand around its edge; and subclass
437, for a sewn buttonhole.
Subclass:
100
This subclass is indented under subclass 99. Product in
which the fastener comprises a part which (1) is curved or
otherwise bent back towards itself and has a free end on
which another part may be caught or held or (2) has a point
curving or projecting backwards therefrom and onto which
another part may be caught or held.
(1) Note. The hook or barb may be part of a fiber or
filament or strand in a component so made as to catch or hold
onto another component.
Subclass:
101
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
layers or components are arranged in overlying relation and
are permanently connected in such manner as to permit
relative translational movement between them (i.e., in one
plane only, vertical, horizontal or oblique).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
223 for a composite web or sheet in which the components are
joined to each other by a fastener extending over the edges
of and/or into a plurality of layers or components.
Subclass:
102
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
the web or sheet is embellished by, or has portions joined,
reinforced or held in position by, a strand* so disposed
within the product that it must have been introduced therein
by an eyed needle, and also has at least some portion thereof
(1) held in position by a separate and distinct mechanical
connecting member(s) (2) covered or saturated with extraneous
material, or (3) joined to another portion by adhesion or
cohesion.
(1) Note. A patent for a product which includes individual
stitch fastening elements, such as short pieces of wire, will
be placed in this subclass.
(2) Note. Needling is not considered to be a mechanical
connection or a discrete fastener; therefore a patent to a
product wherein portions are joined by sewing and needling
(i.e., interlocking of fibers) will not be placed in this or
the indented subclasses, but will be found below on other
features, see Class 442, subclasses 402+, for example.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
54 for a product which consists of 3 or more components not
longitudinally coextensive, and which may have been made by
stitching and another fastener, coating or bond.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
112, Sewing, 402 for a sewn web or sheet, per se, and see
section II of the definitions of that class (112) for the
scope of that class and its relationship to other classes.
Subclass:
103
This subclass is indented under subclass 102. Product
wherein the coating, impregnation or bond occurs in spaced
zones, or over an area which is substantially less than the
total area of the composite web, or is of a different
character in different areas of the web.
(1) Note. A patent for a product wherein a narrow tape is
adhered over a line of stitching will be placed in this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
195 for a patent to a similar product which does not include
stitching.
Subclass:
104
This subclass is indented under subclass 103. Product
wherein the coating, impregnation or bond is limited to the
areas where the stitches penetrate the web and, optionally,
the area immediately adjacent thereto.
Subclass:
105
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product
including a plurality of layers or components wherein at
least two of said layers or components include substantially
parallel, narrow, elongated elements* (such as strands*,
strips* or fibers*), with those of one layer or component
being arranged at an angle to those of another.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
114 for a product in which the elongated elements in
respective layers or components are substantially parallel to
each other.
188 for a product in which the longitudinal axis of a
tubular element(s) of one layer or component is at an angle
to the like axis of a tubular element(s) in a second layer or
component.
Subclass:
106
This subclass is indented under subclass 105. Product which
comprises layers or components of wood, wherein the elongated
elements are fibers forming the natural grain of the wood,
with the grain of one layer arranged at an angle to the grain
of another layer.
(1) Note. This is the locus for sheets of plywood.
Subclass:
107
This subclass is indented under subclass 105. Product in
which the elemental structures are strands* or
strand-portions*.
(1) Note. A patent for a product comprising distinct layers
of strands crossed and bonded at their junctions will be
placed in this subclass, but where the angularly related
strands are interengaged (e.g., interwoven, etc.) the patent
will be placed in the subclass defining interengaged strands,
etc. such as for example, subclasses 175+ and 196+, and Class
442, subclasses 181+, depending on the claimed features.
Subclass:
108
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Product in
which the Longitudinal axis of the strands or strand portion
follows a curvilinear or multidirectional path.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
362 and 369+, for a rod, strand fiber or filament whose
longitudinal axis follows a multidirectional or curvilinear
path.
Subclass:
109
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Product in
which there is at least one layer of material in addition to
the layers or components which contain the strands or strand
portions in angular relation.
Subclass:
110
This subclass is indented under subclass 109. Product in
which there are at least two such additional layers, at least
one of which is positioned on each side of the two layers of
components which contain the strands or strand-portions in
angular relation.
Subclass:
111
This subclass is indented under subclass 110. Product which
includes a layer or component of mechanically intertwined,
intertangled, interwoven or interlooped strand or
strand-portion.
Subclass:
112
This subclass is indented under subclass 107. Product
wherein the trands or strand-portions are at an acute angle
with respect to the longitudinal axis of the web.
Subclass:
113
This subclass is indented under subclass 105. Product in
which the elemental structures are fibers.
Subclass:
114
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product
including a plurality of layers or components having
distinctly oriented elemental constituents (such as strands*,
strips* or fibers*) all arranged in the same general
direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
105 for a product wherein the elemental constituents in some
respective layers may be parallel to each other whereas those
in other respective layer are in angular relation to each
other.
298.1 for a web or sheet product in which strands,
strand-portions or strips are not mechanically interengaged,
but are parallel to one another.
Subclass:
115
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product having
a plurality of strand-portions* or strand* loops extending
freely in individual or grouped arrangement from an edge of
the web, sheet or component.
(1) Note. Excluded are fringed manufactures which are the
result merely of a simple textile fabrication, such as
weaving or braiding.For placement in this subclass, a patent
must be directed to a product whose manufacture transcends
the function of the textile producing apparatus (such as a
loom or a knitting machine).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
112, Sewing, subclass 409 for a web having a fringe secured
thereto by sewing.
139, Textiles: Weaving, subclass 385 for a woven fabric
wherein loose unwoven ends of the constituent strands form a
fringe.
Subclass:
116
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product
comprising a layer or component including either discrete
elements (e.g., tubular constituents) or components which
form or cooperate to form, cavities the longitudinal axes of
which are at an angle to the plane of the web or sheet.
(1) Note. An integral layer (e.g., molded or apertured
layer) including curvilinear or polygonal through openings
therein is not considered to fall within the definition of
this subclass. See particularly subclasses 131+ below.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
131 for a web or sheet embodying an apertured component
(e.g. layer with through openings, expanded metal, etc.) and
particularly indented subclasses 132+ where such component
comprises struck-out portions.
156 for a web or sheet embodying a component of varying
thickness (e.g., layer with open cavities) and especially
subclass 161 for such component cooperating with a second
component to form inter-laminar spaces.
174 for a web or sheet embodying a nonplanar component and
especially subclasses 178 and 180 where such component
cooperates with a second component to form closed cells.
188 for a web or sheet including a longitudinally or
transversely extending tubular cavity or cell.
593 for corresponding metallic* honeycomb stock-material*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 783.1 for a
sandwich or hollow panel having a discrete interlaminar
fastener, and subclass 60 for a honeycomb-like layer not
having mechanical connecting means between components.
Subclass:
117
This subclass is indented under subclass 116. Product in
which the cavities contain a material other than the
atmosphere.
(1) Note. The cells need not be completely filled with the
material. For example a coiled piece of foil within the cell
is sufficient to qualify for this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
69 for a product comprising a sheet and cover therefor, the
space therebetween being filled with a gas other than air.
Subclass:
118
This subclass is indented under subclass 116. Product in
which the cavities are bounded by a continuous six sided
wall.
Subclass:
119
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product having
one or more components or sheets disposed with nonthickness
surfaces* thereof at right angles to a nonthickness surface*
of the composite product and nonintegral therewith.
(1) Note. A patent for a product comprising a plurality of
relatively narrow sheets or components assembled with their
respective nonthickness surfaces in face-to-face contact and
their edges forming the nonthickness surfaces of the
composite web or sheet will be included in this subclass.
(2) Note. A patent directed to a product wherein the
components lie in parallel planes which are at an acute angle
to the nonthickness surfaces of the composite product will be
placed in subclass 112.
(3) Note. A patent directed to a product comprising a
component having a portion integral with and disposed
perpendicular to a second portion (e.g., L-shaped, channel
shaped, etc.) will be placed in subclasses 121+ on the basis
of a particular edge feature.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
116 for a product including sheets or components disposed
perpendicular to the plane thereof where said sheets or
components form or cooperate to form a honeycomb layer.
Subclass:
120
This subclass is indented under subclass 119. Product in
which the component or sheet is not at the edge of the base
web or sheet but is disposed inwardly toward the center.
Subclass:
121
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
a portion if the web or sheet, or of a component thereof, is
turned out of the plane of the web or sheet along a
longitudinal axis thereof and at a longitudinally extending
marginal portion of the web or sheet.
(1) Note. A corrugated web or sheet comprising a
corrugation pattern which involves a fold at an edge thereof
will be placed in subclass 179*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
157 for a web or component having an integral nonfolded edge
thicker than the body of the web or component.
174 for a nonplanar layer or component in general.
176 for a similar product comprising a folded strand-type
fabric, cloth or textile.
179 for a longitudinally corrugated web or sheet wherein the
corrugation pattern involves a fold at an edge thereof; and
see (1) Note above.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel, 383
for a web or sheet with a folded edge to accommodate
fastening to an elongated element (e.g., frame, etc.) and
especially subclass 387 for a hem in such a web or sheet.
Subclass:
122
This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product
wherein the folded component is a relatively narrow
trough-shaped strip with the walls thereof embracing a
longitudinal edge of at least one other component of the web
or sheet.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
85 for a product comprising a pile type surface in a
U-shaped or channel shaped article.
358 for a strand type product having a channel shape.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
112, Sewing, subclass 419 for a sewn channel-shaped
binding.
Subclass:
123
This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product
wherein a strand* or strand-portion* lies between layers of
the edge-folded web or sheet.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 716.1 for molding
trim combined with attaching means.
112, Sewing, subclass 147 for a similar sewn product.
Subclass:
124
This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product
wherein the web or sheet is composite* and a longitudinally
extending portion of a surface component is turned back upon
itself or around an edge or a second component of the web.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
112, Sewing, 147 for a sewn webor sheet including a reverse
fold at an edge.
Subclass:
125
This subclass is indented under subclass 124. Product in
which the folded portion of the surface component has a free
end enclosed within the body of the web out of contact with
the exterior surface of any face layer.
Subclass:
126
This subclass is indented under subclass 124. Product
wherein the surface component has either an acute or reverse
fold along each of the opposed edges of the product.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
68 for a sheet including a distinct layer of material
enclosing all the edges and at least one nonthickness
surface* of the sheet.
Subclass:
127
This subclass is indented under subclass 126. Product in
which the reversely folded component is part of an enveloping
means which forms the complete (or substantially complete)
exterior of the web or sheet.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
68 for a sheet having another distinct layer of material
enclosing all the edges and at least one nonthickness surface
of the sheet.
364 for a strand comprising a core with an annular cover.
Subclass:
128
This subclass is indented under subclass 127. Product
wherein the reversely folded component, per se, constitutes
the entire enveloping means.
Subclass:
129
This subclass is indented under subclass 128. Product
wherein free ends of the enveloping component lie in adjacent
edge-to-edge contact or overlie one another.
Subclass:
130
This subclass is indented under subclass 121. Product
wherein the turned out portion has particular structure
(e.g., perforations, shape, serrations, etc.) or is
dimensionally related to an exterior of the composite web or
sheet component.
Subclass:
131
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
the web or sheet or a component thereof, has one or more
discrete through openings with the peripheral wall or walls
of each opening defined by either a line or closed loop
passing through the thickness of the component while
following a unidirectional or multidirectional rectilinar
path.
(1) Note. Reticulation (a form of apertures), may be
mechanically or chemically produced (e.g., spinning a polymer
in a net-like or web-like form, etc.).
(2) Note. The periphery of said loop may vary in size while
passing through the component or the loop may pass through
the component edgewise to form a slit.
(3) Note. A product including a component with openings the
walls of which are defined by loops following a
nonrectilinear (e.g., tortuous or haphazard, etc.) path
through the thickness dimension of the component will be
placed in subclasses 304+.
(4) Note. A patent wherein the apertures are solely for the
purpose of passing a stitching thread through the web will be
found in Class 112, Sewing, subclasses 402+ and especially
subclass 591.
(5) Note. Woven, knitted or netted products are excluded
under this definition of aperture, unless it is the intent
that apertures be specifically provided, other than the usual
and normal openings between the strands due to the nature of
the weave, knit or mesh. Generally a woven, knitted or
netted product encompasses strands which lie above and below
other strands in the same layer. Apertures must be
deliberately made to meet the definition of this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
17 for artificial turf having apertures in the base or
substrate to permit draining.
43 for a web or sheet or layer which is perforated or
apertured to permit separation of portions thereof at these
weakened sections.
119 for a grill-like product comprising perpendicularly
disposed components and intersecting strips*.
155 for a stock material with minute crevices extending
thereinto, but not therethrough.
188 for stock material including a longitudinal or a
transverse tubular cavity or cell*.
304 for a product including a porous component.
596 for corresponding metallic* stock-material*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 633 for an
"openwork" product for that class, and especially subclass
660 for a "lattice" type product (grating, foraminous
reinforcement, grille) primarily of use as a rigid component
of a building structure and structurally similar structures
of more general application. See the search notes in
subclass 660 for other classes providing for fabric or
lattice openwork structures.
55, Gas Separation, subclass 525 for an apertured product
with specific structure to facilitate gas separation.
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel, 385
for stock material having an apertured edge disclosed for
attachment to an elongated support.
181, Acoustics, appropriate subclasses for a web or sheet
with either internal or external structure wherein said
structure is disclosed to be provided for the purpose of
deadening or amplifying sound, and especially 284 where said
structure is provided for the purpose of muffling or
filtering sound.
277, Seal for a Joint or Juncture, for a packing element
comprising a web or sheet having (a) a definite peripheral
shape, (b) a modified service opening, or (c) a configuration
or feature particularly adapting the element as a packing,
935 for a seal made of a particular material.
Subclass:
132
This subclass is indented under subclass 131. Product
wherein the web or sheet, or a component thereof, has one or
more portions which project or protrude from a nonthickness
surface of the component and form at least a part of the
periphery of a through opening therein.
Subclass:
133
This subclass is indented under subclass 132. Product in
which the component with struck-out portions is within a
layer or the struck-out portions of said component extend
into, interlock with, enmesh or clench an adjacent layer.
Subclass:
134
This subclass is indented under subclass 131. Product in
which the wall defining a through opening is of a shape other
than a continuous curved line at a constant distance from a
central point.
Subclass:
135
This subclass is indented under subclass 134. Product in
which the aperture is shaped as (1) a four sided closed
figure in which two opposite angles are acute and the other
two are obtuse or (2) a six sided closed figure.
Subclass:
136
This subclass is indented under subclass 134. Product in
which the aperture is elongated in relation to its width.
Subclass:
137
This subclass is indented under subclass 131. Product
wherein the web or wheel comprises a plurality of components
of which at least one is apertured.
Subclass:
138
This subclass is indented under subclass 137. Product
containing at least one apertured component and one
imperforate component.
Subclass:
139
This subclass is indented under subclass 138. Product
wherein a protruding portion of one component enters into and
engages the periphery of an aperture in another component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
77 for a panel of sheet attached to a surface of a base
sheet or web and having a portion extending into an aperture
in the base.
222 for a product embodying a component threaded through
spaced apertures in another component.
Subclass:
140
This subclass is indented under subclass 139. Product
wherein the apertured component is disclosed between two
components with portions of each of said two components
entering the aperture or wherein the apertured component is
completely embedded within the thickness dimension of a
layer.
Subclass:
141
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product in
which an area of the web or sheet has a structure which
extends substantially across the area but which is made up of
pits, depressions, furrows or other such irregularities of no
regular design or pattern, so as to give the surface a design
or pattern, so as to give the surface a desired feel or
texture and which area may be (1) exposed or (2) covered with
a layer designed to permit light to pass therethrough and
render the area visible or (3) covered with a material which
is opaque but designed to protect the area from injury.
(1) Note. The difference between this subclass and 156+ is
that in the latter, the layer is desired to vary in
thickness, while in the present subclass there is no
substantial variation in thickness except merely that
necessitated by virtue of the surface irregularities.
(2) Note. Excluded from this and the indented subclasses
are products which are knitted, braided, woven, etc. The
surface characteristics of such products are considered to be
uniform and regular or patterned, not irregular, as required
by subclasses 141+.
(3) Note. Excluded from this and the indented subclasses
are products in which the textured surface is provided solely
for bonding two layers to one another through the textured
surface. This will be classified below on other features such
as the compositions of the layers.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
85 for a surface which is made up of looped filamentary
material or free ended material extending from and integral
with the surface of a web or sheet, resulting in a bristly,
fuzzy or resilient surface.
156 for a web or sheet in which a layer or component varies
in thickness across its width or length.
Subclass:
142
This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product
comprising an additional layer over the textured or irregular
surface which (1) permits the passage of light so as to make
the surface visible, or (2) guards against marring or
spoiling of the surface.
Subclass:
143
This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product in
which the irregularities comprise small pieces or granules of
matter.
(1) Note. Included in this subclass are products which are
used as roofing or siding on homes. To complete the search
for such products the appropriate subclasses in Class 52,
Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), should be considered.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), appropriate
subclasses especially 518 for shingles particularly provided
for therein.
Subclass:
144
This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in
which each of the pieces or granules is previously covered at
least partially with a material before placing on the web or
sheet.
Subclass:
145
This subclass is indented under subclass 144. Product in
which the material contains the elements silicon in either
the elemental or combined state.
Subclass:
146
This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in
which the pieces or granules comprises a carbohydrate.
(1) Note. Flour, starch and cellulose are examples of
carbohydrates which may be found in this subclass.
Subclass:
147
This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in
which the pieces or granules comprise either a natural or
synthetic resin or polymer.
(1) Note. Examples of the resins or polymers found herein
are: natural rubber, polyamide (either natural or
synthetic), polyethylene.
Subclass:
148
This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in
which the pieces or granules comprises either a metal in its
elemental state or a compound of a metal.
Subclass:
149
This subclass is indented under subclass 143. Product in
which the pieces or granules comprises the element silicon in
either its uncombined or compound state.
Subclass:
150
This subclass is indented under subclass 149. Product in
which the silicon containing bits or granules are in the form
of sand, clay or comminuted ordinary rock or that known as
slate.
Subclass:
151
This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product in
which the surface irregularities resemble or are made to be
similar to the arrangement of fibers*, particles* or layers
forming the natural lines in lumber or natural animal skin.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
473 for a laminated product comprising a layer of natural
animal skin or membrane.
904 an art collection for an artificial leather product.
Subclass:
152
This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product which
contains furrows, ridges, nonrectilinear wrinkles, creases or
crinkles.
Subclass:
153
This subclass is indented under subclass 152. Product
wherein the web, sheet or component, is made of paper.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
155 for stock material which is cracked, crazed or slit and
which may be made of paper.
Subclass:
154
This subclass is indented under subclass 153. Product
wherein there are a plurality of such paper components which
are ridged, crinkled, creased or creped.
Subclass:
155
This subclass is indented under subclass 141. Product in
which the web, sheet or component contains crevices of
relatively small lateral dimension extending thereinto but
not therethrough.
(1) Note. A slit extending completely through a layer or
component is considered an aperture and a disclosure of such
product will be found in subclasses 131+ above.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, subclass 90 for a wrinkled or
crackled coating.
Subclass:
156
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
the distance between the nonthickness surfaces of a web or
sheet or a component thereof, deviates from point to point
along the transverse or longitudinal axis of the product.
(1) Note. As implied in the subclass definition, variation
in total thickness (or bulge) caused by overlapping
components, is excluded from the concept of this subclass.
See search notes below to subclasses 88, 174+ and 189.
(2) Note. A patent directed to a component with minute
surface irregularities in the form of very small pits or
projections will be placed in subclasses 141+.
(3) Note. The presence of either a plain or countersunk
through hole in a layer is not considered to provide a
variation in thickness of an otherwise uniform thickness
layer. See subclasses 131+.
(4) Note. Under the definition of this subclass, the sheet
or web may be either single or plural layer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
43 for a web or sheet which has a tear line or other
weakened portion caused by a variation in thickness, to
permit separation of the sheet or web through its thickness.
77 especially 78+ for a composite web or sheet, one layer of
which is smaller than the other and also one layer of which
may vary in thickness.
88 for a "sculptured" pile surface of varying height.
121 for a web whose thickness varies by virtue of a fold at
its edge.
139 for a variation in thickness in the form of a projection
which enters an aperture in a mating component.
174 for a product comprising a folded component in which
pleats are formed by the folds.
189 for a composite web or sheet whose total thickness
varies due to the overlapping of laterally noncoextensive
components.
397 for a rod or strand which varies in thickness.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
15, Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning, 238 for a
floor mat including blade-like elements for cleaning
purposes.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 716.1 for a rigid
channel or trim member with a feature for attaching to an in
situ erected type structure.
434, Education and Demonstration, 112 for a reading device
for the blind as an embossed product (i.e., Braille).
Subclass:
157
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product
wherein the difference occurs only at or in the area
adjacent, an edge of the web, sheet or component; or in which
the thickness variation at or adjacent the edge differs
substantially from that which exists over the remainder of
the web, sheet or component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
177 for similar marginal nonuniformity in nonplanar
uniform-thickness material.
192 for a product with marginal characteristic of more
general nature.
Subclass:
158
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product
including a component which contains (1) open or
interconnected voids throughout which have been made by means
of a gas or other agent (blowing agent or heat, etc.)
enlarging the voids or the material of the component so as to
occupy more space or (2) closed cavities (empty or filled).
Subclass:
159
This subclass is indented under subclass 158. Product which
comprises a compound of relatively large molecules and high
molecular weight, whose molecules consist of recurring
smaller chain structural units.
(1) Note. Examples of polymers under this definition are:
natural or synthetic rubber, polyester, polyamide, etc.
Subclass:
160
This subclass is indented under subclass 159. Product in
which the polymer comprises poly (amido ester) or
polyisocyanate, commonly known as polyurethane.
Subclass:
161
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product
wherein the component of nonuniform thickness has a nonplanar
surface and a second component is in continuous interfacial
contact with said surface.
Subclass:
162
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in
which the opposite surface of the nonuniform thickness
component is also nonplanar and a third component is in
continuous interfacial contact with such opposite surface.
Subclass:
163
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in
which the nonplanar face of the nonuniform thickness
component is in the form of ridges and/or furrows of
substantial length and width extending along or across the
component and in mutual parallelism.
Subclass:
164
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in
which one of the components comprises a free metal or a
compound thereof.
(1) Note. Excluded from this subclass are glass*, asbestos,
porcelain*, ceramic*, etc., which, though containing a metal
are not ordinarily included therewith.
Subclass:
165
This subclass is indented under subclass 161. Product in
which one of the components contains a natural rubber or a
cellusosic* material in its natural or modified state.
Subclass:
166
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product,
wherein a nonplanar surface of a variable thickness layer
comes into contact with an adjacent layer (or a component
thereof) in such a manner as to define therebetween
individual or interconnected three-dimensional zones, either
separate or interconnected.
(1) Note. The spaces may be empty or occupied, in whole or
in part, by a filler material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
158 for a product in which the interlaminar spaces take the
form of cells* in a foamed material.
178 for a web or sheet embodying a component of a nonplanar
uniform-thickness material which forms or cooperates with an
adjacent component to form cells*.
182 and especially subclass 186 for web or sheet embodying a
nonplanar uniform-thickness component of sinuous wave form
secured to an adjacent planar component so as to provide
spaces therebetween.
188 for a longitudinal or transverse cavity* or cell* within
a layer.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
5, Beds, 449 and particularly subclasses 455+ for a
compartmented air mattress.
Subclass:
167
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product in
which the variation in thickness occurs in the form of
parallel ridges and/or furrows of substantial length and
width extending along or across the product.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
30 for a striated surface which exhibits in irridescent
effect.
163 for a similar product having a component of nonplanar
surface with a nonplanar and a second component is in
continuous interfacial contact with said surface and in which
there are also ridges or furrows extending along or across
the component.
Subclass:
168
This subclass is indented under subclass 167. Product
containing small bits or pieces of solid matter.
Subclass:
169
This subclass is indented under subclass 167. Product in
which the ridges and/or furrows lie at an acute angle to the
longitudinal axis of the web or sheet.
Subclass:
170
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product
wherein the mass per unit volume of the web, sheet, or
component also varies.
(1) Note. This density usually varies with the thickness of
such product as in a layer with compressed zones.
Subclass:
171
This subclass is indented under subclass 170. Product
comprising a component which consists of or includes fibers.
Subclass:
172
This subclass is indented under subclass 156. Product
comprising at least two layers.
Subclass:
173
This subclass is indented under subclass 172. Product in
which an outer surface of the composite* sheet or web has
dents or depressions and there is an extraneous material in
at least one such dent or depression, lying beneath the
topmost rise of the walls defining such dent or depression.
Subclass:
174
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
the web or sheet, or a component thereof, has nonthickness
surfaces* which are (1) defined other than by two parallel
planes and (2) equidistantly spaced at all points.
(1) Note. Excluded from this definition of nonplanar is a
roll or coil of material; the product itself must be
nonplanar, not the manner of packaging or storing.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
121 for a product wherein the nonplanarity is in the form of
a fold at a longitudinal edge of the web.
161 for a nonplanar uniform thickness component following
the nonplanar surface of a layer or component of varying
thickness.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
139, Textiles: Weaving, subclass 386 for a nonplanar,
woven, web or sheet product of a process provided for in that
class.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, 109 for a
nonuniform, irregular or configured product of a paper making
process.
Subclass:
175
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product
comprising a layer, or component consisting of strands*,
strand*portions* or relatively narrow ribbon like elements,
mechanically interwoven, intertangled, intertwined or
interlooped.
(1) Note. This defines a textile or other woven or knitted
material which is then treated to form embossments or other
nonplanarities, but retaining the uniform thickness.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
152 for a product which does not consist of a weave or knit
fabric, but which has numerous irregular, nonrectilinear
ridges or creases.
Subclass:
176
This subclass is indented under subclass 175. Product
wherein the nonplanarity comprises integral substantially
flat portions of the layer or component disposed in face
abutting relation or in substantially equi-distantly spaced
relation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
181 for a nonstrand web, sheet or layer embodying a
component with pleats or otherwise parallel adjacent folds.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
112, Sewing, subclass 427 for a pleated and sewn web.
Subclass:
177
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product in
which the nonplanarity occurs only at or in the area
adjacent, an edge portion of the total product; or in which
the nonplanarity at or adjacent the edge of the product
differs substantially from that which exists over the
remainder thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
121 for a product wherein the marginal nonplanarity is in
the form of a fold.
Subclass:
178
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product
wherein the nonplanar component (1) is so shaped as to form
closed compartments, either vacant or occupied, the walls of
which are an integral part of said nonplanar component or (2)
cooperates with an adjacent component to produce closed
compartments, which are either vacant or occupied by a
material not integral with either component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
72 for a sheet including a cover or casing in which there
are elements which cooperate to form cells*.
166 for spaces between layers, one of which varies in
thickness.
188 for a product which includes a longitudinal or
transverse cavity* or cell*, in general.
304 for a cellular layer, in general.
Subclass:
179
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product
wherein there is a plurality of discrete deviations of the
nonthickness surfaces* of the web, sheet or component from
the parallel plane condition in a repetitive pattern and said
deviations are arranged in one or more rows or are elongated
and extend generally in the same direction.
Subclass:
180
This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Product
wherein the Nonplanarity is in the form of a regular
geometrical pattern of polygonal protuberances and/or
depressions, each having a centrally located flat land
portion.
Subclass:
181
This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Product
wherein the deviations include planar portions which are
either substantially in face contact or spaced from one
another in mutual parallelism.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
102 for a pleated product including stitching and coating,
impregnation, or adhesion.
175 for a pleated strand-type fabric.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
112, Sewing, subclass 427 for a sewn web or sheet which is
pleated or tucked.
Subclass:
182
This subclass is indented under subclass 179. Product
wherein the nonplanarities are elongated and are arranged to
extend generally in the same direction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
163 and 167, for a product embodying a component of varying
thickness and including ribs and/or grooves.
178 for a product wherein a ribbed, uniform-thickness,
component forms or cooperates to form closed cells*.
Subclass:
183
This subclass is indented under subclass 182. Product
wherein the peaks of the corrugations are indented at spaced
zones therealong or wherein there are two series of
corrugations in one layer with those of one series crossing
or extending between and at an angle to those of the second
series.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
178 for a product wherein the deformations of the peaks of
the corrugations engage an adjacent layer and thereby form
closed cells*.
180 for a product wherein crossing ribs or grooves form a
waffle pattern.
185 for a product wherein ribs or grooves in respective
components of a composite web cross in plan projection.
Subclass:
184
This subclass is indented under subclass 182. Product which
includes two or more corrugated components.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
178 for plural corrugated components cooperating to form
cells*.
Subclass:
185
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Product
wherein the corrugations of one component cross the
corrugations of a subjacent or superjacent component at an
angle.
Subclass:
186
This subclass is indented under subclass 184. Product having
in addition another component each of whose nonthickness
surfaces* lies in a single plane (i.e., planar).
(1) Note. The planar component may be bonded to either or
both corrugated components.
Subclass:
187
This subclass is indented under subclass 174. Product
wherein the nonplanarity is in the form of a figured pattern
or a presentation of information.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
79 for a composite sheet* in which one layer is smaller than
the other and has a decorative outline.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
434, Education and Demonstration, 112 for reading devices
for the blind in the form of embossed sheets (Braille
writing).
Subclass:
188
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
the web or sheet has one or more elongated hollow spaces of
substantially uniform cross-section located between and lying
with their axes substantially parallel to, the nonthickness
surfaces* of the web or sheet and being either open or closed
at their ends.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
72 for a sheet including a cover or casing and in which
there are elements* which cooperate to form cells*.
116 for a honeycomb-like web or sheet wherein the cavities
or cells are arranged with their axes at an angle to the
nonthickness surface of the structure.
166 for a product including a component of varying thickness
with interlaminar spaces.
178 for cells* formed by one or more nonplanar components.
181 for tubular cavities* formed by two components, at least
one of which has parallel folds.
184 for a similar structure wherein the cavities* or cells*
are formed by a wave-form component cooperating with another
component.
304 for a composite web or sheet including a cellular
component in which the cell* do not lie longitudinally or
transversely of the web or sheet.
338 for a single layer product including structurally
defined cells* which do not lie longitudinally or
transversely of the nonthickness surface*.
357 for a mass including structurally defined cells* of any
shape.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclass for a
tubular product of specific structure as provided for therein
and see the definition of this Class 428, section VI B,
reference to Class 138.
Subclass:
189
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
at least one side edge of a layer* or component* of a
composite web is laterally offset (in either spaced or
overlapping relation) relative to a corresponding edge of a
second layer* or component* of the product.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
44 for a two dimensionally sectional layer in which two
components are laterally noncoextensive.
54 for a composite layer comprising at least three parts in
which each part has a longitudinal extent less than the
longest dimension of the layer.
57 for webs and/or sheets joined in edge to edge relation to
form a sectional web or sheet.
188 for a product including components, separated by
elongated spacers to form a longitudinal or transverse
cavity* therebetween.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
160, Flexible or Portable Closure, Partition, or Panel, 123
for plural hanging or drape type devices hung from a single
support in side by side overlapping relation, subclasses 130+
for interconnected flexible strips, slats and/or panels and
also for a plurality of rigid strips, slats and/or panels
which are connected for relative motion and form a single
unit, and subclasses 330+ for a sectional fabric which hangs
suspended (e.g., drape, etc.).
Subclass:
190
This subclass is indented under subclass 189. Product in
which one of the components is a cloth*, fabric* or
textile*.
Subclass:
191
This subclass is indented under subclass 189. Product in
which one of the components is a cellulosic* material in any
of its natural or chemically modified forms (e.g., wood,
paper, rayon*, viscose*, etc.).
Subclass:
192
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product having
structure at an edge thereof or in the area adjacent an edge
thereof which differs from that of the remainder of the web.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
44 for a two dimensional sectional layer having perimeter or
edge structure.
66.7 for a circular sheet having defined edge structure.
81 for a sheet having complete perimeter structure or corner
structure.
88 for a pile or nap type surface component having
particular edge structure.
115 for a web or sheet having a fringed edge.
121 for a web or sheet having a folded edge.
157 for a web or sheet having a differential nonuniformity
in thickness at a margin.
177 for a web or sheet of nonplanar uniform thickness having
a differential nonplanarity at a margin.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, 284 for a process of coating a
product along an edge or border.
Subclass:
193
This subclass is indented under subclass 192. Product
comprising a layer of material having strand*,
strand-portions* or relatively narrow ribbon like elements
mechanically intertangled, interwoven, intertwined or
interlooped.
(1) Note. A product of this type of mechanical
interengagement of such elements is commonly known as a
weave, knit or mesh.
Subclass:
194
This subclass is indented under subclass 192. Product in
which the structure at the edge comprises a saturation of
fluid thereinto or an adhesion to another component, which
saturation or adhesion is not continuous along the edge.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
189 for a web or sheet having at the edge thereof a
continuous and longitudinally coextensive coating.
Subclass:
195
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
at least one component or layer has spaced areas,
substantially less than the total area of the involved
surface of the layer or component, which are either, (1)
faced or saturated with fluent or plastic material or (2)
joined to other portions of the layer or components or to
another layer or component by adhesion or cohesion; or
wherein the facing, saturation or junctures set forth in
clauses (1) and (2) above is of a different character (e.g.,
strong bond next to weak bond) in different areas of the web
or sheet.
(1) Note. A design or printed matter or indicia of any sort
will be considered as a discontinuous coating for this
subclass unless clearly disclosed as uniform.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
103 for a composite sheet or web which includes a
differential or discontinuous coating or impregnation or bond
and a zone or stitching.
178 for a nonplanar layer or component bonded to a planar
component at discrete zones.
187 for a nonplanar uniform thickness material which has a
design or other indicia thereon.
189 for a web or sheet including laterally noncoextensive
components wherein said components may constitute a
discontinuous or differential coating or impregnation.
411 for a laminate including one component having a
continuous and coextensive surface coating, impregnation or
bond.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
33, Geometrical Instruments, 12 for a fabric with pattern
lines thereon.
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, 427 for artwork, or a
photograph having an enhanced visual effect.
101, Printing, appropriate subclasses, especially 368 for a
product having a nonuniform coating thereon when disclosed
solely for use as a printing member. See also definition of
this Class 428, section VI B, reference to Class 101.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 1 for a process of
providing a print, impression or pattern of animal skin,
(e.g., human fingerprints, etc.) on a base and subclass 256
for the process of producing a nonuniform coating on a
substrate.
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, 9 for a chemically defined photograph.
434, Education and Demonstration, 81 for inventions in
teaching or demonstrating visual arts and crafts.
Subclass:
196
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Product in
which at least one layer comprises strands*, strand-portion*
or relatively narrow ribbon like elements which are
mechanically intertwined, intertangled, interwoven or
interlooped.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
175 for a similar product in which the web or sheet or layer
or component thereof has nonthickness surfaces which are
defined other than by two parallel planes and are equidistant
at all points.
192 for a similar product which has particular structure at
an edges or adjacent thereto which is different from that of
the remainder of the web.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
152, Resilient Tires and Wheels, especially 548 for a tire
carcass including a layer of noninterengaged strands.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), 181 generally for a product having mechanically
interengaged strand and other features.
474, Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components,
particularly 237 for a friction drive belt, or for stock
material disclosed solely for use as a drive belt, which may
include noninterengaged strands, such as for reinforcing
elements, in the body of the belt.
Subclass:
197
This subclass is indented under subclass 196. Product in
which the strand type component comprises interlocked loops
of strand material and the strand at spaced areas is adhered
or cohered to itself or to another strand forming the loop.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
196 for a web or sheet or component of interengaged strands
(other than knitted) in which the strands may be adhered to
others in the same layer, or to another adjacent component.
198 for a web or sheet or layer adhered to another component
or web or sheet at spaced areas.
Subclass:
198
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Product in
which components are joined to each other in discrete spaced
areas of relatively small extent.
Subclass:
199
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Product in
which the discontinuous or differential coating or
impregnation comprises (1) normally nonvisible indicia or (2)
portions which are dissolvable and, in both (1) and (2)
above, when treated in other than normal use, would become
visible.
(1) Note. This is the locus for so-called safety or bank
paper, which, when an erasure or eradication is attempted,
clearly indicates such attempt.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
29 for an article having a latent image which is visible or
barely visible and must be treated to become more visible on
intended use.
915 and 916, for cross reference art collections of
documents which are treated to indicate alterations or
erasures or other fraud attempts.
Subclass:
200
This subclass is indented under subclass 165. Product
including a layer which is activated by an increased
temperature to adhere to another surface or to be removed
from cohesion with an adjacent component.
Subclass:
201
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Product in
which the component or layer having the spaced areas of
saturation or facing lies between and adjacent to other
layers or components.
Subclass:
202
This subclass is indented under subclass 201. Product in
which one of the adjacent layers lies on the outermost
surface of the web or sheet and is removable from the web or
sheet or is so made as to prevent adhesion to a surface in
contact therewith.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
200 for a product which must be heated in order to destroy
the adhesion or cohesion of a layer to an adjacent layer or
component.
Subclass:
203
This subclass is indented under subclass 201. Product in
which one of the adjacent layers lies on the outermost
surface of the web or sheet and permits light to pass
therethrough.
(1) Note. The translucent layer is usually for the purpose
of protecting or viewing the layer there-beneath.
Subclass:
204
This subclass is indented under subclass 203. Product in
which the middle layer has small particles of solid material
in its facing or saturation.
(1) Note. Many of the patents in this subclass have a
design or image made with particles* of colored material and
are covered with a transparent layer to permit viewing of
such design.
(2) Note. The material may be white, black or any color.
Subclass:
205
This subclass is indented under subclass 203. Product in
which the translucent layer include natural oil*, a wax* or
waxy material*, a resin*, gum* or the polyamides* known as
glue or gelatine.
Subclass:
206
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Product which
includes small particles* of solid matter.
Subclass:
207
This subclass is indented under subclass 206. Product in
which the small particles* comprise coloring material.
(1) Note. The coloring material may be white, black or any
color.
(2) Note. The particles* themselves may be the coloring
matter (i.e., pigment) or the particles may have a dye
coating thereon.
Subclass:
208
This subclass is indented under subclass 206. Product in
which the small grains or bits of matter include a free
metal* or a natural, mined compound.
Subclass:
209
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Product which
includes a layer of free metal*.
Subclass:
210
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Product in
which one of the layers contains fused clay* (ceramic*), a
fine, white, translucent hard earthenware (porcelain*), or
the fused mixture of the silicates of the alkali and alkaline
earth or heavy metals (glass*).
(1) Note. Included under this definition of glass is glassy
or crystalline silica or quartz*.
Subclass:
211
This subclass is indented under subclass 195. Product in
which one of the layers contains fibers* of paper*.
Subclass:
212
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
two components of a web, sheet or layer possess the same
physical property but in different amount or intensity and
are so claimed.
(1) Note. For purposes of this subclass porosity or
cellularity is not considered to be a physical
characteristic; a product having plural components which
differ in this characteristic will be found in subclasses
304+ see search note below.
(2) Note. For purposes of this subclass, a component in
which the physical characteristics of an element (e.g.,
fiber*, filament*, particle*, etc.) is defined and it is this
characteristic which varies in another component, will not be
included in this subclass, but will be found below, see
subclasses 292.1+ and 323+.
(3) Note. For purposes of this subclass and its indents, if
a composite sheet is claimed as having the same physical
characteristic (e.g., thickness, etc.) this is considered to
be a special case of "differing" degree and the patent will
be classified in this group of subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
292.1 for a composite web or sheet in which at least one
component has structurally defined fibers which may be
compared to the characteristics of the fibers in another
component.
304 for a web sheet layer of or containing components
differing in degree of porosity.
323 for a web, sheet layer of or containing components which
differ in variations of structurally defined particles.
332 for a composite web or sheet in which the thickness of
only one component is specified.
Subclass:
213
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Product in
which the physical property relates to thickness of the
components.
Subclass:
214
This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Product in
which the components are layers which act as bonds between
two other layers.
Subclass:
215
This subclass is indented under subclass 213. Product in
which absolute dimensions of two components are specified.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
213 for a product in which the relative thickness, or the
ratio of the thickness, between two components is specified.
Subclass:
216
This subclass is indented under subclass 215. Product in
which the thickness of each layer or components as specified
does not excess 5 mils or the equivalent.
Subclass:
217
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Product in
which the physical property relates to resistance to
deformation or fracture by pressure.
(1) Note. Included in this subclass are recitations
relating to units of measurement of hardness (e.g., Brinnell
hardness, etc.).
Subclass:
218
This subclass is indented under subclass 212. Product in
which the physical property relates to a weight per unit
volume of the component or the degree of compactness
thereof.
Subclass:
219
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product in
which a physical characteristic of the overall web or sheet
is recited in terms of its weight per unit area of the
product.
(1) Note. Since weight per unit area and a physical
dimension are related, cross-referencing between this
subclass and the succeeding one has been minimized. Both
subclasses should be considered in the search.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
220 for a product in which the absolute dimension of the
overall product is specified.
Subclass:
220
This subclass is indented under subclass 98. Product wherein
the size of the overall web or sheet is claimed as an
absolute dimension.
(1) Note. The difference between this subclass and 332+ is
that in the latter the size of only a component* or layer* is
claimed*, whereas in this subclass the size of the overall
web or sheet is recited.
(2) Note. The preceding subclass 219 contains many patents
in which the physical dimension of an overall web or sheet is
disclosed and/or claimed. To complete the search for such a
feature, the preceding subclass must be considered since the
cross-referencing between the two subclasses has been
minimized.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
212 for a composite* web or sheet wherein the size of one
component* relative to another is claimed.
219 for a sheet or web in which the physical dimension is
indicated in a weight per unit area but in which an absolute
dimension may be disclosed and/or claimed.
332 for a composite* web or sheet in which the absolute size
of an element* or component* is claimed.
357 for a rod*, strand*, fiber*, filament*, particle* or
other element* claimed as having a specific dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), appropriate
subclasses, for a modular building panel with a physical
configuration for interengagement with an abutting panel.
Subclass:
221
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product comprising a single or plural layer* web*, or sheet*
which contains a component* or an element* (e.g., fiber*,
strand*, filament*, particle*, etc.), the size or some
structural feature of which is claimed, (e.g., orientation or
relation to another element or component, bond at
intersecting points, weave or knit, cellularity or porosity,
etc.).
(1) Note. For purposes of this group of subclasses, a
disclosed fabric, textile or cloth will be considered to be
included under "structurally defined element or component".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
98 for a web or sheet (single or plural layer) in which the
web (1) has a particular overall shape, significant size or
other particular configuration such as an edge feature or (2)
the components are arranged in an orderly fashion relative to
a surface of the product or (3) the product comprises plural
layers with each layer thereof claimed as possessing a
particular characteristic such as density or hardness or
thickness or (4) the product includes a particular
characteristic claimed in its relation to a surface or edge
thereof, all to an end that the overall web or sheet may be
identified as having a particular structure.
360 for a mass (not a sheet or web) of staple length fibers
bonded at their intersections only.
Subclass:
222
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product
wherein (1) components are twisted or folded about one
another or (2) a web or sheet, or a component thereof, is
arranged in a series of mutually parallel convolutions
extending along the longitudinal axis of the web or sheet.
(1) Note. The product formed by (1) above, must be the
result of twisting or folding (e.g., braiding) of components;
where the product is formed by braiding strands,
classification is proper in Class 87, Textiles: Braiding,
Netting, and Lace Making; see search note below.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
131 for a product formed by threading one component through
spaced longitudinal openings or apertures in another
component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, subclass 259
and 260 for a strand structure made up wholly or in part of
twisted tape as claimed.
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, 3 for a
fabric of intertwisted strands and subclasses 8+ for a fabric
of braided strands as claimed.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, 129 and 154 for a
solid-wall tubular structure which includes helically
arranged convolutions of web or strand material as claimed.
Subclass:
223
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product in
which a plurality of layers or components are connected by a
separate and distinct mechanical connecting member extending
over the edges of and/or into a plurality of layers or
components.
(1) Note. Stitching is not considered to be a mechanical
fastener.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
99 for a product in which there is a mechanical fastener for
attaching the product to an external surface or another
product.
101 for a similar product having plural components which are
relatively movable.
198 for a similar product in which a plurality of components
are spot bonded to one another.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 782.1 for a
sandwich or hollow panel including a discrete interlaminar
fastener.
Subclass:
292.1
Noninterengaged fiber-containing paper-free web or sheet
which is not of specified porosity:
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product
wherein a fiber-containing web or sheet comprises of one or
more structurally defined fibers embedded in or on the
surface of a matrix wherein the fibers are not interengaged
with one another or formed into a fabric having structural
integrity prior to association with the matrix material, the
fiber-containing web or sheet being neither paper nor of
specified porosity.
(1) Note. Matrix materials containing fiber as a filler
material do not belong in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
311.11 311.31, 311.51, 311.71, and 311.91, for articles of
specified porosity wherein the article comprises solely a
continuous matrix of fibers (e.g., porous paper, etc.).
317.9 for articles of specified porosity wherein the article
contains fibers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, subclasses 100-231,
for paper products, per se.
Subclass:
292.4
Fiber-containing wood product (e.g., hardboard, lumber, or
wood board, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject
matter wherein the web or sheet comprises at least one layer
in the form of a wood product such as hardboard, lumber, or
wood board.
Subclass:
292.7
Including paper layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.4. Subject
matter wherein the web or sheet is in association with a
paper layer.
Subclass:
293.1
Fiber embedded in a metal matrix:
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject
matter wherein the web or sheet comprises a metal matrix
having fibers embedded therein.
Subclass:
293.4
Fiber embedded in a ceramic, glass, or carbon matrix:
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject
matter wherein the web or sheet comprises a ceramic, glass,
or carbon matrix having fibers embedded therein.
Subclass:
293.7
Fibers are aligned substantially parallel:
This subclass is indented under subclass 293.4. Subject
matter wherein the fibers are oriented in a particular
direction, the fibers being parallel to one another.
Subclass:
294.1
Fiber is precoated:
This subclass is indented under subclass 293.7. Subject
matter wherein the fibers are coated with a material prior to
incorporation in the matrix material.
Subclass:
294.4
Free metal or alloy fiber:
This subclass is indented under subclass 293.4. Subject
matter wherein the fiber is metal in elemental or alloy
form.
Subclass:
294.7
Fiber embedded in a layer derived from a water-settable
material (e.g., cement, gypsum, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject
matter wherein the web or sheet comprises a water-settable
material (e.g., cement, gypsum, etc.) which forms a distinct
layer having fibers embedded therein.
Subclass:
295.1
Fibers embedded in or on the surface of a natural or
synthetic rubber matrix:
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject
matter wherein the web or sheet comprises a rubber matrix,
the rubber being natural or synthetic rubber and having
fibers embedded therein or on the surface of the matrix.
Subclass:
295.4
Fibers are aligned substantially parallel:
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Subject
matter wherein the fibers are oriented in a particular
direction, the fibers being parallel to one another.
Subclass:
295.7
Fiber is nonlinear (e.g., crimped, sinusoidal, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.4. Subject
matter wherein the fibers, per se, are specifically stated to
be crimped, sinusoidal, coiled, etc., or the orientation of
the fibers in the matrix material is nonlinear.
Subclass:
296.1
Fiber is precoated:
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.4. Subject
matter wherein the fibers are precoated with a material prior
to being embedded in the matrix or affixed to the matrix
surface.
Subclass:
296.4
Fiber is precoated:
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Subject
matter wherein the fibers are coated with a material prior to
incorporation in the matrix material or being affixed to the
matrix surface.
Subclass:
296.7
Composite or conjugate fiber (e.g., fiber contains more than
one chemically different material in monofilament or
multifilament form, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Subject
matter wherein the embedded or surface fibers contain at
least two chemically different materials in monofilament or
multifilament form.
Subclass:
297.1
Two or more layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 295.1. Subject
matter wherein the fiber-containing rubber matrix is
associated with one or more additional layers.
Subclass:
297.4
Fiber embedded in or on the surface of a polymeric matrix:
This subclass is indented under subclass 292.1. Subject
matter wherein the web or sheet comprises a polymeric matrix
having fibers embedded in or on the surface thereof.
Subclass:
297.7
Fiber is on the surface of a polymeric matrix having no
embedded portion:
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.4. Subject
matter wherein the fibers are affixed to a surface of the
polymeric matrix.
Subclass:
298.1
Fibers are aligned substantially parallel:
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.4. Subject
matter wherein the fibers are oriented in a particular
direction, the fibers being parallel to one another.
Subclass:
298.4
Fiber is nonlinear (e.g., crimped, sinusoidal, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 298.1. Subject
matter wherein the fibers, per se, are specifically stated to
be crimped, sinusoidal, coiled, etc., or the orientation of
the fibers in the polymeric matrix is nonlinear.
Subclass:
298.7
Fiber is precoated:
This subclass is indented under subclass 298.1. Subject
matter wherein the fibers are coated with a material prior to
incorporation in the polymeric matrix.
Subclass:
299.1
Carbon or carbonaceous fiber:
This subclass is indented under subclass 298.1. Subject
matter wherein the embedded fibers are carbon (graphite) or
carbonaceous fibers.
Subclass:
299.4
Glass fiber:
This subclass is indented under subclass 298.1. Subject
matter wherein the embedded fibers are glass fibers.
Subclass:
299.7
Polymeric fiber:
This subclass is indented under subclass 298.1. Subject
matter wherein the embedded fibers are polymeric fibers.
Subclass:
300.1
Fiber is precoated:
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.4. Subject
matter wherein the fibers are coated with a material prior to
being incorporated in the polymeric matrix or being affixed
to a surface of the polymeric matrix.
Subclass:
300.4
Two or more chemically different fibers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.4. Subject
matter wherein the fibers include at least two chemically
different fibers.
Subclass:
300.7
Two or more layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 297.4. Subject
matter wherein the fiber-containing polymeric matrix is
associated with one or more additional layers.
Subclass:
301.1
Including a free metal or alloy constituent:
This subclass is indented under subclass 300.7. Subject
matter wherein the layers comprise a metal in elemental or
alloy form (i.e., other than in the form of a chelate, salt,
or compound resulting from the chemical reaction of a
metal).
Subclass:
301.4
At least one thermosetting synthetic polymeric material
layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 300.7. Subject
matter wherein the layers comprise a thermosetting synthetic
polymeric layer.
Subclass:
304.4
Composite having voids in a component (e.g., porous,
cellular, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Subject matter
which consists of at least two components, at least one of
which has internal spaces either containing at least a gas
and/or devoid of identifiable contents.
(1) Note. This subclass and its indented subclasses have
been established to provide a search field for those
inventions in stock material in which the void-containing
nature of a component is the essence of the invention; thus,
to be classified in this group of subclasses, the
void-containing nature of the component must either (a) be
expressed explicitly in a claim, (b) be necessary for a
claimed utility of the product or (c) be disclosed in the
specification and be incorporatable into the claims to
resolve an ambiguity in the claims.
(2) Note. The designation of a component as porous,
cellular or permeable will be construed as void-containing.
(3) Note. A porous layer or component having an impervious
skin thereon will be considered to have two components for
purposes of this subclass, the skin being one of the
components or layers.
(4) Note. An impregnated material is assumed not to contain
voids and must be disclosed or claimed as still containing
porosity in order to warrant placement in this or indented
subclasses. Thus, paper is not considered to be a
void-containing component unless it is specified as being
porous or permeable.
(5) Note. The inclusion in a component of hollow or porous
fibers or particles will be assumed to make the component a
void-containing component only when it is clearly disclosed
that the fibers or particles maintain their hollowness or
porosity after being compounded into the component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
131 for a web, sheet or layer with rectilinear through
openings (apertures) which may render the product inherently
porous.
188 for a web or sheet including an elongated tubular cell
located between and lying with its axis substantially
parallel to the nonthickness surfaces of the web or sheet.
320.2 for a composite having a component which includes
filled "voids".
323 for a composite sheet or web including a particulate
layer.
357 for a mass or single layer of or containing, elements
which may by inherently porous or cellular or wherein the
disposition of the elements renders the product porous or
cellular but wherein such porosity is not claimed.
550 566 and 613, for similar subject matter which is all
metal or comprises adjacent metals.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
34, Drying and Gas or Vapor Contact With Solids, 95 for a
drying device (e.g., blotter) which includes a porous and
therefore liquid-adsorbent sheet.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate
subclasses for a porous or void-containing composition of
that type, even in the form of a single layer sheet or web
which lacks any other definite structural features. See
particularly 40, 122, 601+, and 672+.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
77 for a method of forming pores in a lamina during or
subsequent to lamination.
181, Acoustics, 284 for a web or sheet with either internal
or external structure, which structure is disclosed as
provided for the purpose of muffling sound.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, 500.1 for material
peculiarly adapted for use as a liquid separation filter and
see Relation to Material or Composition Classes of the
definition of this class (428).
252, Compositions, subclass 62 for heat or sound insulating
compositions.
501, Compositions: Ceramic, subclass 39 and 80+ for
pore-forming compositions.
521, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, 50 for methods of
making a cellular resin product and such products, even in
the form of a single layer web or sheet, which lack definite
structural features.
604, Surgery, 358 for diapers and absorbent pad materials.
Subclass:
305.5
With chemically effective material or specified gas other
than air, N, or carbon dioxide in void-containing component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter wherein the voids of a component contains a gas
specified to be other than air, nitrogen or carbon dioxide;
or where the void-containing component contains also a
material which is susceptible to a ready chemical reaction in
use of the product, e.g., to decomposition at an elevated
temperature, etc.
(1) Note. The chemically effective material often is
incorporated in the product for fire or flameproofing
purposes.
(2) Note. Removal of water of hydration from a hydrated
compound is considered to be a chemical reaction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
321.1 for a composite product having a decomposable liquid
impregnated in a previously void-containing component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
252, Compositions, 2 and 601 for fire-extinguishing and
fire-proofing compositions, per se, respectively.
Subclass:
306.6
Void-containing component partially impregnated with adjacent
component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter wherein a void-containing component is partially
impregnated with the material which constitutes an adjacent
component of the composite.
(1) Note. The impregnating material may itself be
void-containing, e.g., a foam, etc.
(2) Note. Ordinarily the void-containing component is in a
solid, self-sustaining form during the impregnation, while
the impregnant is in a fluent form.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
309.9 for a product made by commingling some material of two
adjacent foam layers, usually in fluent or uncured form, to
make an intermediate layer.
Subclass:
307.3
Void-containing component is inorganic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 306.6. Subject
matter in which the matrix of the void-containing component
is inorganic, e.g., carbide, metal, graphite, refractory,
ceramic, glass, etc.
Subclass:
307.7
Inorganic impregnant:
This subclass is indented under subclass 307.3. Subject
matter in which the impregnant also is inorganic, e.g.,
glass, hydraulic cement, etc.
Subclass:
308.4
Void-containing component is synthetic resin or natural
rubbers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 306.6. Subject
matter in which the void-containing component is identified
as a synthetic resin composition and claimed as such, e.g.,
polyvinyl chloride, polyurethane,
acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene, etc.
(1) Note. A synthetic resin is the material described in
the definition of Class 520, subclass 1.
Subclass:
308.8
Void-containing component is wood or paper:
This subclass is indented under subclass 306.6. Subject
matter wherein the void-containing component is cellulosic
and is claimed as wood or paper.
Subclass:
309.9
With internal element bridging layers, nonplanar interface
between layers, or intermediate layer of commingled adjacent
foam layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter wherein an interface between layers of a composite is
claimed in such fashion that a wavy, keyed or otherwise
nonflat function of the layers is required to meet the terms
of the claims or an intermediate layer is created by
commingling some material of two adjacent foam layers,
usually in fluent form or wherein an element of the composite
such as a fiber, etc., passes from one layer to another of
the composite.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
609 and 612, for similar subject matter which is all metal
or has adjacent metals.
Subclass:
310.5
With gradual property change within a component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter wherein a component has a property, e.g., density,
composition, pore size, hardness, concentration of
ingredients, etc., which varies gradually from one surface to
another surface of the same component.
(1) Note. The change of property usually is so gradual that
no area within the component can be identified as an
interface between components.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
547 and 610, for similar subject matter which is all metal
or has adjacent metals.
Subclass:
311.11
Void-containing component has a continuous matrix of fibers
only (e.g., porous paper, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter wherein a component of the composite is one which
depends solely upon fibers for its continuity.
Subclass:
311.31
And a force disintegratable component (e.g., stencil sheet,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 311.11. Subject
matter wherein a component of the composite may be locally
disintegrated by the application of a sudden force thereto;
for example, by a typewriter key.
(l) Note. Where the product is designated as having a
stencil sheet, wherein an ink is to pass through the product
in its final use, it is assumed that the nondisintegrated
component is porous. See the definition of subclass 304.4,
(1) Note, (b).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
321.1 for a composite which includes liquid.
488.1 for so-called "carbon paper", comprising not
necessarily porous paper and a waxy component having pigment,
dye, or color forming reagent.
Subclass:
311.51
Fibers of defined composition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 311.11. Subject
matter wherein the chemical makeup of the fibers is
specified, as, for example, natural leather, polypropylene,
etc.
Subclass:
311.71
Cellulosic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 311.51. Subject
matter wherein the fiber is made of cellulose or a cellulose
derivative (e.g., paper, etc.).
Subclass:
311.91
Plural cellulosic components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 311.71. Subject
matter wherein the composite comprises two or more layers of
fibrous cellulose material.
Subclass:
312.2
Inorganic matrix in void-containing component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter in which the void-containing component has a
continuous phase of material, e.g, porous cermic, etc., which
is free from carbon atoms or contains carbon atoms only as
elemental carbon, as a carbide, carbonate, cyanide or
cyanate.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
317.9 for a composite wherein the void-containing component
contains an organic matrix with inorganic fibers or particles
distributed discontinuously therein.
Subclass:
312.4
Of hydraulic-setting material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 312.2. Subject
matter wherein the inorganic material is cementitious and is
set or hardened by hydration or hydrolysis, e.g., concrete,
plaster, etc.
Subclass:
312.6
Of silicon-containing material (e.g., glass, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 312.2. Subject
matter wherein the inorganic matrix comprises elemental
silicon or a compound formed of silicon, e.g., quartz, glass,
silicon carbide, etc.
Subclass:
312.8
Of metal-containing material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 312.2. Subject
matter wherein the inorganic material is specified as being
elemental metal, an alloy or a metal compound, e.g., a
ceramic, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
312.6 for a similar composite having quartz or glass as the
continuous phase.
Subclass:
313.3
Preformed hollow element-containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter wherein voids of the component result from the
incorporation therein of a filler, aggregate, etc., which
itself is hollow, rather than merely from voids, the walls of
which constitute the material of the continuous matrix.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
320.6 for a composite having in a component preformed
capsules containing a color forming material.
Subclass:
313.5
Resin or rubber element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 313.3. Subject
matter wherein the preformed hollow element is composed of
resin or rubber, e.g., a hollow resin capsule containing air,
etc.
(1) Note. A synthetic resin is the material described in
the definition of Class 260, subclass 2.01.
Subclass:
313.7
Mineral element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 313.3. Subject
matter wherein the preformed hollow element is a mineral
which is naturally void-containing or which has been treated
to create voids, e.g., by heating, etc., such minerals
including expanded vermiculite, perlite, mica, clay, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
252, Compositions, subclass 378 for exfoliated or intumesced
compositions in general.
Subclass:
313.9
Metal- or silicon-containing element:
This subclass is indented under subclass 313.3. Subject
matter wherein the element contains metal or silicon in free
or combined form, e.g., refractory, ceramic, glass, etc.
Subclass:
314.2
Void shape specified (e.g., crushed, flat, round, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter wherein the geometric configuration of the voids,
whether regular or irregular, is specified in the claims.
(1) Note. Use of the term "crushed", designated a foam
which has been treated, usually by pressure, to reduce the
size of the foam cells and give the cell walls a broken
and/or irregular configuration, is sufficient to place a
patent in this subclass.
Subclass:
314.4
Voids specified as closed:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter wherein the voids in the void-containing component are
specified as being closed, rather than forming a series of
interconnected voids, e.g., closed-cell foam, etc.
Subclass:
314.8
Specified thickness of void-containing component (absolute or
relative), numerical cell dimension or density:
This subclass is indented under subclass 314.4. Subject
matter in which either the thickness of the void-containing
component is claimed in terms of numbers or in relation to
the thickness of another component, e.g., thicker, thinner,
etc.), a numerical cell size (microns, etc.) or density
(pounds per cubic foot, etc.) is claimed.
Subclass:
315.5
Voids specified as micro:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter wherein the voids of the void-containing component are
claimed as being invisible to the naked eye.
(1) Note. Where the voids are described using the word or
prefix "micro", the voids are assumed to be invisible to the
naked eye.
Subclass:
315.7
Specified thickness of void-containing component (absolute or
relative) or numerical cell dimension:
This subclass is indented under subclass 315.5. Subject
matter in which the thickness of a void-containing component
is claimed in terms of numbers or in relation to the
thickness of another component, e.g., thicker, thinner, etc.
or a numerical cell size is claimed, usually expressed in
terms of microns, angstroms, etc.
Subclass:
315.9
Composite has more than two layers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 315.5. Subject
matter in which the composite comprises at least three
layers.
Subclass:
316.6
Plural void-containing components:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter having more than one component containing voids.
Subclass:
317.1
With component specified as adhesive or bonding agent:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter having a component which is claimed as having an
adhesive function serving to bond other components together,
etc.
(1) Note. The void-containing component may serve as the
bonding component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
40 for a composite in which an outer layer is removable in
order to expose an adhesive, e.g., certain protected
pressure-sensitive adhesive tapes, etc.
Subclass:
317.3
As outermost component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 317.1. Subject
matter wherein the adhesive or bonding component is an
outermost layer of the composite, that is, the composite is
designed to be adhered to a material or object outside of the
composite.
Subclass:
317.5
Adhesive or bonding component contains voids:
This subclass is indented under subclass 317.1. Subject
matter wherein the bonding or adhesive component itself
contains voids, e.g., a poromeric, cellular, foam, etc.,
component itself is used to bond nonvoid component together.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
316.6 for a composite in which a void-containing component
is used to bond another void-containing component.
Subclass:
317.7
Composition of adhesive or bonding component specified:
This subclass is indented under subclass 317.1. Subject
matter wherein the void-containing component is identified in
the claims by its chemical makeup, e.g, a resin, asphalt,
etc.
Subclass:
317.9
Void-containing component contains also a solid fiber or
solid particle:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter in which a solid particle or solid fiber is dispersed
in the void-containing component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
305.5 for such subject matter where the fiber or particle is
of a chemically effective material.
311.11 for such subject matter where fibers are present in
such amount and arrangement as to constitute a continuous
matrix.
Subclass:
318.4
With nonvoid component of specified composition:
This subclass is indented under subclass 304.4. Subject
matter wherein the composite has a layer without voids which
is claimed in terms of its composition.
(1) Note. A mere statement of that the nonvoid component is
"a substrate", "a layer", "a film", etc., is not sufficient
for placement in this subclass, but identification of the
component as "metal", "organic", etc., is sufficient.
Subclass:
318.6
Of about the same composition as, and adjacent to, the
void-containing component:
This subclass is indented under subclass 318.4. Subject
matter wherein a void-containing component has, next to it, a
component without voids which varies not more than about 10%
in the proportion of its solid constituents from the
composition of the void-containing component.
(1) Note. Insofar as synthetic resins, per se, are
concerned, the 10% permissible variation is to be applied to
the monomer residue content of the finished polymer;
differences in molecular weight, crystallinity, etc., are not
considered to be differences in composition.
Subclass:
318.8
Integrally formed skin:
This subclass is indented under subclass 318.6. Subject
matter in which the nonvoid component is identical in
composition to the composition of the void-containing
component and is formed simultaneously with the
void-containing component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
521, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, subclass 51 for a
process of preparing a cellular resin product having an
integral skin.
Subclass:
319.1
Inorganic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 318.4. Subject
matter in which the nonvoid component is free from carbon
atoms or contains carbon atoms only as elemental carbon, as a
carbide, carbonate, cyanide or cyanate.
Subclass:
319.3
Synthetic resin or natural rubbers:
This subclass is indented under subclass 318.4. Subject
matter in which the nonvoid component is a synthetic resin.
(1) Note. A synthetic resin or natural rubbers is the
material described in the definition of Class 260, subclass
2.01.
Subclass:
319.7
Linear or thermoplastic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 319.3. Subject
matter wherein the nonvoid component is a synthetic resin
without cross-linkages, that is, one which softens reversably
under the influence of heat.
Subclass:
319.9
Hydrocarbon polymer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 319.7. Subject
matter wherein the resin contains carbon and hydrogen only.
Subclass:
320.2
Composite having a component wherein a constituent is liquid
or is contained within performed walls (e.g.,
impregnant-filled, previously void-containing component,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Subject matter
consisting of at least two components, at least one of which
contains liquid or has a constituent trapped inside walls
made before combination with the other constituent.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
408 for an impregnated, self-sustaining, carbon mass.
439.5 for a consolidated metal powder product impregnated
with a nonmetal.
540 for an impregnated natural product.
Subclass:
321.1
Constituent is in liquid form:
This subclass is indented under subclass 320.2. Subject
matter wherein a component contains a material which is a
liquid at ambient temperature or is a liquid at the
conditions under which the product is used.
(1) Note. A liquid for purposes of this subclass is a
material of definite volume which takes the shape of its
container at ambient temperature or temperature of use of the
claimed product. It includes collodial dispersions in which
liquid is the continuous or dispersant phase.
Subclass:
321.3
Ink in pores:
This subclass is indented under subclass 321.1. Subject
matter wherein the liquid is claimed as ink and is trapped
within pores of a carrier material.
(1) Note. Generally, the ink is extrudable from the pores
under the influence of pressure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, 20 for ink
compositions, per se.
Subclass:
321.5
Encapsulated liquid:
This subclass is indented under subclass 321.1. Subject
matter wherein the liquid has been encapsulated in a solid
material before incorporation into the component in
question.
(1) Note. A statement that the liquid is in the form of
"microcapsules" is sufficient for placement of the patent in
this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
313.3 for composite stock materials containing "empty"
microcapsules.
Subclass:
322.2
Indefinite plurality of similar impregnated thin sheets
(e.g., "decorative laminate" type, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 320.2. Subject
matter comprising an unspecified number, greater than two, of
sheets bonded together, each sheet being of similar material
to the others and having at least one negligible dimension,
each sheet having once been porous but having lost its
porosity by being impregnated with a fluid material before or
after assembly of the stack.
(1) Note. The impregnant usually is a nonfully, polymerized
resin and the bonding usually includes completion of
polymerization, i.e., curing, of the resin.
(2) Note. The products usually are "decorative laminates",
such as those used for counter-tops, dishes, etc., sold under
trade names such as Formica, Melmac, etc.
Subclass:
322.7
Differentially filled foam, filled plural layers, or filled
layer with coat of filling material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 320.2. Subject
matter wherein the structure of a foamed material bridges two
or more distinct components, wherein a solidified impregnant
permeates two or more adjacent previously porous components
of an assembled composite or wherein such an impregnant
permeates a previously porous component and also coats an
outside surface of the component.
Subclass:
323
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product which
comprises at least two components, one of which consists of
or includes grains or extremely small pieces or fragments of
material claimed in terms of (1) their particular size or
shape (natural or fabricated) or (2) an orderly arrangement
relative to one another or (3) their particular
interengagement within the component, or (4) their engagement
with the material of an adjacent component.
(1) Note. A web, sheet or layer claimed as having a
haphazard arrangement of its particulate constituents is not
considered as possessing an orderly arrangement of its
particulate constituent within the definition of this
subclass.
(2) Note. A composite web or sheet in which its particulate
constituents are claimed as being in an orderly arrangement
relative to a surface of the web or sheet is considered to be
a structurally defined web or sheet and will be found in
subclasses 98+.
(3) Note. Coated particles* are considered to be
structurally defined and therefore, a composite web in which
one layer or component contains coated particles will be
placed in this or an indented subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
304 for a web or sheet comprising a component embodying
porous or cellular particles so claimed.
357 for a mass of or containing oriented or structurally
defined particles.
411 for a nonstructural laminate incorporating particulate
material neither oriented nor structurally defined.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
149, Explosive and Thermic Compositions or Charges, 110 for
a product of that class (149) embodying particulate material
of a certain size(s).
Subclass:
324
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in
which the particles* comprises any of the group of mineral
silicates commonly called "mica".
(1) Note. The term "mica" will be construed as connoting
flakes of flat configuration and therefore structurally
defined unless the disclosure clearly contradicts such an
interpretation; see (1) Note in subclass 454.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
363 for a mass or single layer of or containing mica
flakes.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, 415 for a
composition of that class (106) including mica.
252, Compositions, subclass 378 for a composition containing
exfoliated or intumesced material.
Subclass:
325
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product
wherein the particles are of material made from clay*,
usually by the agency of fire.
(1) Note. Included under this definition of ceramic* are
those materials termed as glass*, pottery, enamel, cement,
refractories*, porcelain* or quartz.
Subclass:
326
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product
wherein the particles comprise carbohydrate material derived
from the structural matter of plant life, usually from the
stems thereof.
(1) Note. This carbohydrate is commonly termed cellulose*
and may be further treated to yield esterified, modified or
regenerated substances such as rayon* or viscose*.
Subclass:
327
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in
which the particles comprise an organic substance which is
synthetically produced by union (polymerization or
condensation) of a large number of molecules of one or more
relatively simple compounds.
(1) Note. Particles of naturally occurring polymeric
material or reaction products thereof, e.g., carbohydrate,
polypeptides and cellulosic products, are excluded from this
definition of polymer and will be found in other subclasses
on other features, e.g., subclass 326 for carbohydrates,
etc.
Subclass:
328
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in
which the particles comprise (1) a free metal* having a
specific gravity or density greater than 4, or (2) the free
metal* aluminum or (3) a compound having the metal* of either
(1) or (2) above in its molecule.
Subclass:
329
This subclass is indented under subclass 328. Product
wherein the metal is iron or aluminum and is present as the
oxide.
Subclass:
330
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in
which the particles comprise a metal* selected from the group
consisting of Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Mg, Ca, Sr and Ba (i.e., the
alkali or alkaline earth metals) in either the free form or
combined with other elements and forming either an inorganic
or organic compound.
Subclass:
331
This subclass is indented under subclass 323. Product in
which the particles comprise the element silicon (Si) in
either its free or combined form.
Subclass:
332
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product in
which the size of an element, constituent, or component of a
web or sheet is claimed.
(1) Note. The difference between 212+ and this subclass and
indents (332+) is that in the former the thickness of two
components* are recited, while in the latter the thickness of
only the base or layer is specified. Where the dimensions of
two components* are specified so that one can be compared to
another, classification in 212+ is indicated.
(2) Note. In this and the indented subclasses a size in
units of length must be specified in the claim. A recitation
of weight per unit area is excluded from this group of
subclasses and will be found in subclasses 340+ below.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
212 for a composite web or sheet in which the thickness of
two components is claimed either in terms of their relative
thickness or in absolute dimensions.
220 for a product in which the absolute dimension of a web*
or sheet* is claimed.
340 for a recitation of a weight per unit area which can be
calculated to yield a physical dimension, if another
parameter, such as density, is known.
Subclass:
333
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product in
which the claimed size is defined in terms of molecules of
the material or of wave length of light.
(1) Note. Included within this definition are recitations
setting forth (1) a certain number (one or more) molecules
thick or (2) a portion of a wave length of any color of
light.
Subclass:
334
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product in
which the absolute physical dimension specified is the
thickness of a coating layer* and which does not exceed 5
mils or the equivalent thereof.
(1) Note. Examples of equivalents are: 1 mil=.001
inch=.0254 mm (milli- ter)=25.4 u or mu(micron)=254,000 A
(Angstroms)
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
332 for a product in which a coating layer is recited in a
range which starts at less than 5 mils but transcends this
figure (e.g., 4-17 mils, etc.).
Subclass:
335
This subclass is indented under subclass 334. Product in
which the thickness does not exceed 3 mils or its
equivalent.
Subclass:
336
This subclass is indented under subclass 335. Product in
which the thickness does not exceed 1 mil or its equivalent.
Subclass:
337
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product in
which the absolute size of the base* or substrate* of a
composite web or sheet is claimed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
220 for a web or sheet in which the size of the entire sheet
or web is claimed.
Subclass:
338
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product
consisting of a single layer of material in which the
dimension of an element (e.g., particle*, etc.) is claimed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
220 for a product in which the absolute size of the web or
sheet is defined.
Subclass:
339
This subclass is indented under subclass 332. Product in
which there is a component comprising a man made resin or
polymer.
Subclass:
340
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product in
which is recited the weight of a material related to its
area.
(1) Note. The "material" may be a web, sheets component,
base*, coating, layer or element.
(2) Note. Some examples of terms used are: pounds per
square meter, grams per square centimeter, pounds per square
foot, grams per quire of certain size paper, etc.
(3) Note. This is excluded from subclasses 332+ even though
the thickness can be calculated if the density of the
material be known.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
332 for an element or component recited in terms of its
actual physical dimension in units of length (e.g., mils,
inches, microns, etc.).
Subclass:
341
This subclass is indented under subclass 340. Product in
which it is the weight of a coating over a given area which
is specified.
Subclass:
342
This subclass is indented under subclass 341. Product in
which the specified coating is on the surface of a
cellulosic* material.
Subclass:
343
This subclass is indented under subclass 221. Product
comprising a composite* web or sheet in which an outermost
layer is capable of sticking to a surface to which it may be
applied or of being activated to have such capability.
(1) Note. The adhesive layer need not be applied to an
extraneous surface; it could be applied to and caused to
adhere to itself or to another portion of the composite* web
or sheet, as in heat sealable packaging films.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
40 for a product which comprises at least two layers or
components, one of which must be removed to expose an
adhesive coating.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), 59 for a product comprising mechanically interengaged
strands or strand portions, etc., having an adhesive coating
or impregnation associated therewith.
Subclass:
344
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in
which the adhesive layer is adjacent a metal* layer.
Subclass:
345
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in
which at least one of the components of the composite sheet
has been subjected to a source (1) of ultraviolet radiation,
especially wavelengths of 250-300m u, or (2) energy
transmitted by various mediums.
(1) Note. Examples of irradiation or wave energy devices
are: light or electron emitters, sonic devices, electric
glow discharges, etc. and the term wave energy includes
radiations, electromagnetic waves, neutron, proton, deutron
and other corpuscular radiations.
Subclass:
346
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in
which the adhesive is caused to become capable of adhering to
a surface by virtue of having been contacted with a material
which causes at least a portion of the adhesive to be
dissolved or otherwise activated, or by having its
temperature increased, usually by contact with a heated
surface.
Subclass:
347
This subclass is indented under subclass 346. Product in
which the adhesive is caused to adhere by increase in
temperature.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
200 for a product which comprises a nonuniform (i.e.,
differential or discontinuous) coating and in addition an
adhesive layer which is caused to either adhere or delaminate
by means of increase in temperature.
Subclass:
348
This subclass is indented under subclass 347. Product in
which the adhesive contains a compound which is described as
a wax (e.g., beeswax or paraffin, etc.) or having the
physical characteristics of a wax or is a recognized wax*
(e.g., carnauba, etc.).
Subclass:
349
This subclass is indented under subclass 347. Product in
which the adhesive contains a man-made resin or polymer.
Subclass:
350
This subclass is indented under subclass 346. Product in
which water is the material which contacts the adhesive to
cause it to adhere to another surface.
Subclass:
351
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in
which a component has been made hydrophobic or less
hydrophilic (i.e., waterproof or moistureproof or
resistant).
Subclass:
352
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product which
contains an additional layer or component of such
characteristics that it does not permanently adhere to a
surface (which may be another layer of the product) with
which it may come into contact.
(1) Note. A release or anti-stick coating such is that
under this definition is usually provided on the side of the
base* opposite that which supports the adhesive, in order to
prevent adherence when stacked or rolled.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
40 for a product in which a release layer is removed to
expose another layer or component having an adhesive coating
thereon.
Subclass:
353
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product
comprising a three layered product in which there is a layer
between the adhesive and the substrate, which layer is used
to increase the cohesiveness between the adhesive layer and
the substrate.
(1) Note. The intermediate layer may be called by various
names, e.g., primer or bonding layer, or anchor coat, etc.
Subclass:
354
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in
which three or more layers are claimed either in the form of
plural coatings on a substrate or a laminate of two or more
layers having an adhesive layer therebetween.
Subclass:
355
This subclass is indented under subclass 343. Product in
which the adhesive composition is recited.
(1) Note. For classification in this or the indented
subclass, at least one of the ingredients of the adhesive
must be recited specifically, for example as "gum arabic",
"linseed oil", etc., not nominally, as for example, "oil",
"gum", etc.
Subclass:
356
This subclass is indented under subclass 355. Product in
which an ingredient of the adhesive composition comprises (1)
rubber* from a natural source or (2) a metal* in either its
free or combined state.
(1) Note. The term "reclaimed" rubber is considered to be
natural for purposes of this subclass unless it is clear from
the disclosure that a synthetic rubber is intended, in which
case classification in subclass 355 is indicated.
(2) Note. If it is not clear whether natural or synthetic
rubber is intended from either the disclosure or claims, then
classification is in subclass 355 on the basis of synthetic
rubber, with a cross reference, if necessary, to subclass
356.
Subclass:
357
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product containing, or consisting of, at least one strand*,
strand-portion*, macroscopic fiber*, grain, small bit of
matter, cell*, particle* or any other substance, claimed in
terms of (1) a particular size or shape (natural or
fabricated), (2) a plurality of such elements* claimed in
terms of an arrangement relative to one another, (3) a
particular interengagement of a plurality of such elements*
or (4) a coating associated therewith.
(1) Note. The molecular orientation or crystalline
structure of a product is considered a mere manifestation of
the nature of the material thereof; accordingly, the
recitation of either is not considered structure within the
meaning of that word as used in this subclass.
(2) Note. A patent directed to a single layers or mass* of
a particular composition which is further defined as
"cellular", "particulate" or "porous" (by name only), will be
placed in the appropriate composition class in the absence of
defined structure (see above clauses in the definition of
this subclass).
(3) Note. A patent to a structurally defined particle will
be placed in this, or the appropriate indented subclass as a
subcombination of the subject matter provided for herein,
unless specifically provided for elsewhere.
(4) Note. Excluded from this or indented subclasses is a
rod, strand, fiber or filament which is merely impregnated
with or has associated therewith a material, without any
specified indication as to the depth of the impregnation, or
without any other recited structure; such a combination is
classified on the basis of the composition, e.g., for Classes
106, 260, 520, etc.
(5) Note. The term "sizing" or "sized" will be construed to
be a coating for this group of subclasses unless it is clear
that only an impregnation is intended; see (4) Note above.
(6) Note. A mass of fibers merely bonded together with no
recitation of structure, is excluded from this Class 428 and
will be found in the appropriate composition class; see
search notes below.
(7) Note. The term "flake" is construed as structure,
indicating a flat piece of matter.
(8) Note. Included under this definition of "significant
size" is any recitation of a measurable extent, no matter how
wide (e.g., up to 0.5 mils, etc.).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
221 for a web* or sheet* of fibers or filaments* which are
claimed as being bonded at their intersections.
292.1 for a composite* web or sheet in which one component*
contains fibers.
323 for a composite* web or sheet in which one component
contains particles which are structurally defined.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate
subclasses, for a composition provided for in that class
(106) which may include structurally defined particles or
fibers; and see II Note under the class definition of that
class (106) with regard to the elements, per se, for use in
such composition; and see (4) Note above.
149, Explosive and Thermic Compositions or Charges, subclass
21 and 110+ for an explosive or thermic composition or
charge including structurally characterized particles.
252, Compositions, subclass 378 for a composition containing
exfoliated or intumesced material.
427, Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses, for coating a
rod, strand fiber or particle, or for coating with flakes,
granules or particulate matter.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), for a textile*, cloth* or fabric* in which the
strands, fibers, or other constituents* thereof are
structurally defined, as set forth therein.
492, Roll or Roller, for a roll, per se, not elsewhere
provided for, especially subclass 48 for a roll cover, per
se, and see the notes thereunder.
520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, for a synthetic
resin or natural rubber composition containing an ingredient
which may be coated, impregnated, or has a defined size or
shape.
521, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, 50 for a synthetic
resin composition (or single layer) in cellular form.
588, Hazardous or Toxic Waste Destruction or Containment, 249
for containment of hazardous or toxic waste.
Subclass:
358
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product
comprising a substantially U-shaped groove or slot.
(1) Note. Many of the patents herein disclose
weatherstripping of strand* form having a U-shaped groove in
which a pane of glass usually fits.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
85 especially subclasses 89 and 95 for a channel shaped
product including pile structure and acting as window pane
channel.
Subclass:
359
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product
comprising a fiber which is approximately 1 1/2 to 2 inches
in length, (i.e., the usual staple length).
(1) Note. A claim which recites a "staple" fiber or
"staple" length fiber will be classified in this subclass; a
claim which calls for "short" or other similar term, which,
by sole disclosure, is staple length will be classified in
this subclass.
Subclass:
360
This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Product
comprising a plurality of staple length fibers which are
intertangled and which are bonded only at their cross-over or
contact points.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
197 for a textile* or cloth* product comprising knitted
strands*, filaments* or strips* and which are bonded to each
other only at selected points.
221 for a web* or sheet* comprising fibers* or filaments
which are bonded at their intersections only.
292.1 for a composite web* or sheet* in which one component
comprises fibers* which are structurally defined in some
manner and which may be bonded at their intersections only.
Subclass:
361
This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Product in
which the staple length fiber is permeated, saturated, or
covered with an extraneous material.
Subclass:
362
This subclass is indented under subclass 359. Product in
which the longitudinal direction of the staple length fiber
follows a curvilinear or multi-directional path.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
369 for a fiber of greater than staple length which is
nonlinear.
Subclass:
363
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product
comprising a grain or small bit of material (i.e., particle*)
which is a flat platelet of any of the group of mineral
silicates commonly called "mica"*
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
454 for a nonstructural laminate including mica* in nonflake
form (i.e., as ground or pulverized).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, 415 for a product
provided for in that class (106) embodying shells, scales,
micaceous material or similar lamellate material.
Subclass:
364
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product
comprising a rod, strand, fiber or filament*.
(1) Note. A solid rod, fiber or strand product of uniform
circular cross-section and extending in a straight line
without deviation will not be considered for placement in
this or an indented subclass. However, such a product, when
coated will be considered as sufficient for subclass 375 even
in the absence of structure. An impregnated fiber, strand,
strand-portion, etc., unless qualified by structure (e.g.,
size, shape, etc.) will be considered as composition for the
appropriate class (e.g., 106, 520, etc.; see (4) Note in
subclass 357 and (2) Note below.
(2) Note. A patent to a rod, strand or fiber distinguished
solely by its composition will be placed in the appropriate
composition class. See particularly Class 106, Compositions:
Coating or Plastic; see also; Class 520, Synthetic Resins or
Natural Rubbers, for a synthetic resin or natural rubbers
filament. For the purpose of patent placement in this
subclass, the recitation of molecular orientation or
crystalline structure in a fiber is not regarded as a
structural limitation and patents claiming such fibers with
no additional structure will be placed in the appropriate
composition class. Also, a patent for a fiber where the
presence of structure or the degree thereof is a mere
manifestation of the composition will be placed in the
appropriate composition class. A fiber defined in terms of
its properties or other descriptors (e.g., tensile strength,
per cent elongation) is not considered a structurally defined
fiber.
(3) Note. A patent directed to a rod, wire or filament of
indeterminate length will be placed in Class 204, Chemistry:
Electrical and Wave Energy, where a process under the
definition of Class 204 appears to be a necessary limitation
to the product. A product of a 157.15+ process will be
classified as in the (2) Note above.
(4) Note. A patent for a strand consisting of woven
constituents is provided for in subclasses 383+ of Class 139,
Textiles: Weaving and a patent claiming a strand consisting
of knitted constituents is provided for in subclasses 169+ of
Class 66, Textiles: Knitting; however, a patent for a
composite strand including either of such strands in
combination with another unlike constituent (e.g., knit core
with woven sheath) will be placed in this subclass 364 where
not provided for elsewhere.
(5) Note. A patent for a composite rod or strand reciting
or claiming at least one twisted or twined constituent will
be placed in Class 57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, or
Twining, but where said constituent is a preformed coiled
spring element, the patent will be placed in subclasses 369+
below. See section VI Relation to Certain Other Classes, in
the main class definition, reference to Class 57 for guide
lines relating to placement of "yarns", "cords", etc.
(6) Note. Excluded from this and indented subclasses are
patents to one or more transparent elongated structures
(e.g., rods, fibers or pipes) used to transmit light rays
from one point to another within the confines of their outer
surface, and involving internal reflections or modal
transmission.
(7) Note. See (1) Note in the definition of subclass 36 for
the distinction between a hollow strand, fiber or filament
and a conduit type article.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34.1 for an article* (e.g., 3 dimensional or of substantial
size) which is a cylinder or a conduit open at both ends and
disclosed to conduct fluids and, disregarding the size, may
be similar to a hollow fiber, filament or strand.
544 for corresponding metallic* stock-material*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, 256 for strand or elongated rod-like element
used as a stiffening or stay means for garments.
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, appropriate subclasses,
for a monofilament of fiber which is the product of an
operation provided for in that class.
14, Bridges, subclass 22 for cable peculiar to the
suspension of a bridge.
15, Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning, 208 for an
implement which includes rods, strands or fibers having
particular shape, size or arrangement.
19, Textiles: Fibers Preparation, appropriate subclasses for
drawing, carding or other fiber preparations involving no
twisting.
26, Textiles: Cloth Finishing, appropriate subclasses for
treatment of the constituents of a textile subsequent to
fabrication of the product to obtain a better marketable
condition.
28, Textiles: Manufacturing, appropriate subclasses for
methods and apparatus for the mechanical interengagement of
fibers.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 720.1 for an
elongated rigid member specialized to use as or in in situ
erected structures.
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 200 for a
product reciting twisted or twined rod(s), strand(s) or
fiber(s) and see (5) Note above.
66, Textiles: Knitting, 169 for a knitted product not
elsewhere provided for.
84, Music, subclass 199 and 297+ for a musical instrument
string.
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, subclasses
1-13 for a product embodying braided, knotted or
intertwisted strands.
104, Railways, subclass 240 for railway traction cable.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate
subclasses for a structurally defined fiber strand as
provided for in that class (106) and see II under the class
definition note of that class (106).
112, Sewing, subclass 400 for a sewn strand (e.g., strand
with stitches along its length).
131, Tobacco, subclass 331 for stock material specified as
being a filter and of indeterminate shape (e.g., mass) or
approximating the shape (e.g., coil, tube, cylinder, rod) of
the article or appliance with which it is intended to be
used, requiring no further treatment than tearing or cutting
to proper size; stock material of any other shape, recited so
that some shape modification is required is classified in
Class 428.
139, Textiles: Weaving, 383 for a web or sheet claimed in
terms of the particular arrangement or material(s) of the
warp and/or weft; subclass 395, for a woven chenille strand;
subclasses 457+ for method and apparatus for weaving a
tubular or circular fabric; and subclasses 420+ for a woven
textile possessing a certain texture resulting from the
nature or form of the strands or fibers employed in the
manufacture thereof.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, especially 450
for electrophoretic or electro-osmotic processes. Also, see
the (3) Note above..
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 76, 138+, and 152+ for
a rod, wire, or filament formed by electrolytic coating
processes.
249, Static Molds, subclass 213 for tie rods.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, appropriate subclasses,
for a rod, strand or fiber, by name only, of a particular
composition provided for in that class (260) and see (1) and
(2) Notes of this subclass.
277, Seal for a Joint or Juncture, 536 for a dynamic seal of
fibrous composite construction contained or compressed by a
gland member in a packing box, subclass 937 for a seal made
of a composite material including glass particles or
filament, or subclas 938 for a seal made of a composite
material including cartoon or graphite particle or filament.
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, subclass 357 for
an electrode in the form of a rod.
385, Optical Waveguides, appropriate subclasses for light
transmitting rod, fiber, or pipe, of the type provided for in
that class.
401, Coating Implements With Material Supply, appropriate
subclasses for a rod or strand which is adapted to coat or
leave a mark on a surface by virtue of its shape (e.g., point
or taper, etc.), whether or not the rod or strand itself is
coated. For example, a pencil having a paper wrapping
therearound is in Class 401, whereas a similar rod or strand
with a paper wrapping, but with no coating implement feature
would be proper for subclass 377 below.
431, Combustion, subclass 325 for a strand structure
employed as a burner wick.
474, Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components,
particularly 237 for a friction drive belt which may be
formed of or include strand structure.
606, Surgery, 228 for filamentary material used as a suture
or ligature. See section VIA5 of this definition.
Subclass:
365
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product which
comprises textile*, cloth* or fabric*.
(1) Note. The textile*, cloth of fabric may be in the form
of a tubular cover for a core or may itself be covered with
another material or may be the only element claimed, in which
case it must be structurally defined.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
222 for a sheet* or web* of textile*, cloth* or fabric*
which is, or has a component* which is, helically wound
either around itself or another component*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), for textile*, cloth*, or fabric* in the form of a
sheet* or web*.
Subclass:
366
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product in
which the rod, strand, filament or fiber comprises the
element boron in either the free or combined state.
(1) Note. Excluded from this subclass is a rod, strand,
filament or fiber which is composed of steel or other alloy
or an intermetallic compound having boron as a constituent
thereof; such products of sheet or other alloy will be found
in subsequent subclasses on other features (see especially
subclasses 379+). This subclass 366 is intended to be the
locus for the high modulus boron filament or fiber.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
423, Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds, 276 for a process of
making free boron or a compound thereof or the product, per
se, which does not claim structure enough to be placed in
this Class 428.
Subclass:
367
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product in
which carbon, as either the element or as a compound thereof,
comprises the rod, strand or fiber or filament or is present
as a covering on a rod, strand, fiber or filament of another
material.
(1) Note. Excluded from this subclass is a product in which
the carbon or its compound is a minor constituent of steel or
other alloy; fibers, filaments, etc., of steel or other alloy
will be found in other subclasses below on other features
(see subclasses 379+). This subclass 367 is intended to be
the locus for the high modulus carbon fiber or filament.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
423, Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds, 414 for a process for
making free carbon or a compound thereof or the product, per
se, (e.g., rod, fiber, etc.) where no significant structure
is recited.
Subclass:
368
This subclass is indented under subclass 367. Product in
which the free carbon or the compound thereof forms a
covering for a rod, strand, filament or fiber.
Subclass:
369
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product
wherein the longitudinal axis of the rod, strand or fiber,
considered as a unit, follows a curvilinear or
multi-directional path.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
32 for a 3 dimensional object part of which has a winding or
coil or braid of a strand, usually for decorative purposes,
as for example, on the hilt or scabbard of a sword.
37 for a product comprising a spirally flatwound strand or
strip, e.g., in the form of a braided rug.
108 for a product in which strands or strand-portions in a
plurality of layers* are angularly related to one another and
in which the longitudinal axis of the strands or
strand-portions follows a multi-directional or curvilinear
path.
222 for a composite* web* or sheet* in which one of the
components* is helical.
292.1 for a composite* web* or sheet* in which one of the
components* comprises structurally defined fibers which may
be nonlinear in extent (e.g., crimped or coiled).
362 for a fiber of staple length which is nonlinear in
extent.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, appropriate subclasses,
for a fiber or monofilament with nonlinear shape wherein said
shape is disclosed as resulting from one or more of the
bleaching, dyeing, fluid treatment or chemical modification
operations provided for in that class (8); subclass 114.5
for a product with differential creping, and subclass 117 for
a wool-like or crinkled article.
140, Wireworking, appropriate subclasses, for a methods or
apparatus for the working of wire products, especially
subclass 105 which is directed to the forming of crimps or
kinks in wire or wire fabrics.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 69
for a conduit, cable or conductor which is nonlinear to
render the product extensible; and subclasses 108+ for a
conductive strand or other elongated conductive element
applied spirally about one or more insulated conductors.
289, Knots and Knot Tying, subclass 1.2 for a strand(s) with
a portion(s) thereof intertwined and forming or cooperating
to form a knot.
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, subclass 341 for a
filament with a nonlinear axis designed to be heated by the
flow of electric current, and especially indented subclass
344 for a coiled filament.
Subclass:
370
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Product in
which the filament of fiber is made up of at least two
different compositions of matter, (e.g., polyester-cotton,
cellulose-polyamide) (polyamides of different compositions,
etc.).
Subclass:
371
This subclass is indented under subclass 369. Product in
which the curvilinear or multi-directional path comprises a
helix- i.e., made by a point rotating around an axis while
advancing along the axis.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
370 for a product comprising a composite or bifilar or
collateral filament in the form of a spiral or helix or
coil.
Subclass:
372
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product having
in addition particulate matter (e.g., chips, powder,
granules, small grains, etc.) which is defined in some
structural manner (e.g., shape, size, arrangement, etc.).
(1) Note. See definition of subclass 357 for meaning and
intent of "structurally defined".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
87 for a pile or nap type product including particulate
matter which may be structurally defined.
143 for a sheet* or web* which has a continuous but
nonuniform surface finish caused by particulate matter which
may be structurally defined.
195 for a web* or sheet* which has a discontinuous or
differential coating, impregnation or bond and which may
contain particulate matter, and especially subclasses 206+
for a product as above and also having as part thereof
particulate matter which may be structurally defined.
292.1 and 323+, for a composite* web* in which one
component* includes structurally defined fibers which may be
small enough to qualify for particles and structurally
defined particles, respectively.
306 for a composite* web* or sheet* in which a component*
includes particles which may or may not contain adhesive.
403 for coated particulate matter.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate
subclasses, especially 400 for composition of particles,
grains, etc., as provided for therein.
132, Toilet, subclass 93 for a strand impregnated with an
abrasive material (e.g., dental floss).
139, Textiles: Weaving, subclass 425 for a woven fabric
including metal particles in the texture.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, appropriate
subclasses for a conduit, cable or conductor insulated with
powdered or granular material.
451, Abrading, 526 for a strand including an abrasive
material.
Subclass:
373
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product
comprising a plurality of fibers or filaments which have been
simultaneously formed by being forced through separate
openings in a die or spinneret, and in which (1) the
individual fibers or filaments are side-by-side with a
connecting web therebetween or (2) one fiber or filament is
substantially enclosed in the other (sheath-core type).
(1) Note. The fibers are usually of different composition
so that on cooling or heating the crimp or nonlinearity may
be controlled due to the differing rates of expansion or
contraction.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
370 for a composite, bifilar, conjugate or collateral fiber
or filament whose longitudinal axis follows a curvilinear or
multidirectional path (e.g., helical, crimped, etc.).
Subclass:
374
This subclass is indented under subclass 373. Product in
which the axis of the fibers or filaments do not coincide,
i.e., one is laterally spaced from the other.
Subclass:
375
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product in
which the rod, strand, fiber or filament is (1) partially or
completely covered with a material or (2) is structurally
defined as set forth in the definition of subclass 357 and,
in addition, may also be partially or completely saturated or
permeated with a material or adhered to another material or
strand, fiber or filament or rod or contain a central
portion.
(1) Note. A patent directed to a product including a
wrapped constituent* will be placed in this subclass;
however, a patent directed to such product will be placed in
subclasses 139+ of Class 57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting,
and Twining, where it is claimed that said constituent is
wrapped progressively along the length thereof (i.e.,
coiled)
(2) Note. A patent for a strand formed by a knitting or
weaving operation and coated, impregnated or covered after
completion of said operation will be placed in this
subclass.
(3) Note. A patent directed to a strand including a twisted
or twined constituent and further including an encircling
sheath formed by an extrusion process will be placed in this
subclass (375).
(4) Note. The term "sized" or "sizing" will be construed as
a coating and will be placed in this group of subclasses,
unless it is clear than only an impregnation is intended.
(5) Note. Attention is directed to section V of the class
definition: Guidelines for Placement of Patents Having no
Significant Structure. A patent having a claim to a coating
material and also a claim to a product of a rod, strand or
fiber coated with this material and in which the product
claim includes details of the coating material, is classified
in the appropriate composition or compound class in the
absence of recited structure (e.g., dimension, shape, etc.).
Cross-referencing into this Class 428 of such patents from
the appropriate compound or composition class (e.g., Class
106, Class 260, etc.) has been kept to a minimum. For a
complete search, the other pertinent class should be
considered.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
98 and 221+, especially the subclasses so entitled for a
coated or impregnated web* or sheet* comprising rods, strands
or fibers or for coated rods, strands or fibers forming
elements* of a web or sheet.
615 for corresponding metallic* stock-material*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, for a fiber product of a
process provided for in that class and especially 114 and
115.51+ for a product of the chemical modification of a
textile or organic fiber; subclass 115.6 for such product
which further includes a coating, size or lubricant, and
subclasses 495+ for a fiber dyed and impregnated.
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 258+
especially 258 for a coated or impregnated rod or strand
comprising a twisted or twined constituent (as claimed) and
including such product regardless of whether the constituents
thereof are coated or impregnated before, during or after
assembly thereof to form the product.
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, subclass 1
for a strand product of that class, whether the constituents
thereof are coated or impregnated before, during or after the
braided strand with a core. Also See section VI A 1 a (3) of
this definition.
132, Toilet, subclass 93 (dental floss), for strand
structure impregnated with an abrasive material(s).
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, for a product
which conducts electricity and is coated or covered with a
dielectric, where the product includes (1) some structure of
the conductor specifically designed to conduct electricity or
(2) some structure of the dielectric especially designed to
space conductor either from ground or from a device of
different electric potential.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, 450 for
electrophoretic or electro-osmotic processes. Also, see
section VI, B, of the class definition of Class 428.
277, Seal for a Joint or Juncture, subclass 537 for a
dynamic seal of composite construction, having a distinct
sheath or covering, contained or compressed by a gland member
in a packing box, or subclasses 652+ for a static contact
seal for other than internal combustion engine, or pipe,
conduit or cable having a distinct sheath or covering.
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, subclass 345 for a
coated filament or electrode; and subclasses 352+ for a
cored, coated or laminated composite electrode.
Subclass:
376
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product having
a central or inner portion which contains one or more voids.
(1) Note. The void or voids may be either coextensive or
noncoextensive with the longitudinal extent of the central
portion.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34.1 for a tube type or cylindrical article* open at both
ends, similar in form, but of substantially greater size than
the hollow products of this subclass 376.
Subclass:
377
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product having
(1) a central or inner portion which is wound about itself or
(2) a layer* or material wound or wrapped about a central or
inner portion, both (1) and (2) being in the form of a spiral
or helix.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
32 for an article* having as an ornamental portion thereof,
a strand which is wound, woven or braided around a part.
37 for a spirally flat-wound strand or strip (e.g., braided
rug, etc.).
222 for a web* or sheet* including a helical component*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 200 for
similar strand products in which there is a layer of material
wound or wrapped about a core portion but in which the core
or wrapping also is twisted or plied or doubled, as required
by the class definition thereof.
242, Winding, Tensioning, or Guiding, 159 for a storage
package of material made particular by the manner by which it
is wound.
Subclass:
378
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product
comprising a plurality of rods, strands, fibers or filaments,
each of which is (1) permeated or saturated with, (2) covered
with or (3) bonded to, an extraneous material.
Subclass:
379
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product in
which either (1) the fiber, strand, filament or rod or (2) a
coating or impregnation or bond or core therefor, comprises a
free metal* or an alloy or a compound of a metal.
(1) Note. The metal compound may be organometallic.
(2) Note. See (4) Note of subclass 375 above for placement
of patents having no significant structure.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
621 for stock-material* having adjacent metal components in
addition to a nonmetal (including a metal compound)
component.
Subclass:
380
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product in
which the fiber, filament, rod or strand has a least two
distinct coating layers thereon.
(1) Note. At least the substrate or one of the plural
coating layers must comprise a metal, alloy or a compound of
the metal.
Subclass:
381
This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Product in
which at least one of the coating layers comprises free metal
or an alloy.
Subclass:
382
This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Product in
which at least one of the coating layers contains a latex*
from a natural source.
Subclass:
383
This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Product in
which the plural coating layers comprise man made resins* or
polymers*, each of which differs from at least one other in
composition (e.g., polyester, polyamide, polyolefin, etc.).
Subclass:
384
This subclass is indented under subclass 380. Product in
which at least one of the plural coating layers comprises (1)
a fused mixture of the silicates of the alkali and alkaline
earth or heavy metals, (2) fused or burned clay* or (3) the
compound formed by the union of oxygen and a metal.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
389 and 390, for a rod, strand, fiber or filament with a
coating containing silicic material or a metallic oxide.
Subclass:
385
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product in
which the substrate is a free metal and the coating
therearound comprises a composition which affects the seam
formed when two pieces of metal are joined by heating or
melting the substrate and permitting it to flow into the
joint between the metals (i.e., fusion welding).
(1) Note. When welding is performed, the molten metal tends
to oxidize and therefore the seam or joint is weakened. The
coating composition around the weld rod metal tends to
prevent this oxidation by (1) generating a gaseous atmosphere
around the fusion bond, (2) producing a slag which will not
oxidize, etc. It is in this manner that the coating
"affects" the weld to form a better joint or seam.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass 302 for a welding rod
or electrode defined by composition only and without
significant structure.
219, Electric Heating, 145.1 and 146.1+ for similar welding
rods defined by structure and not merely as a coated rod or
by the composition.
Subclass:
386
This subclass is indented under subclass 385. Product in
which the coating contains the element titanium in either its
free or combined state.
Subclass:
387
This subclass is indented under subclass 385. Product in
which the coating contains the element silicon in either its
free or combined state.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
390 for a rod, strand fiber or filament having a coating
which does not modify a weld, but which may contain silicic
material.
Subclass:
388
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product
comprising a substrate of the (1) fused mixture of the
silicates of the alkali and alkaline earth or heavy metals
(glass composition) or (2) free element silicon or its
compounds, such substrate being in the form of a fiber or
filament, and a coating of a free metal or alloy coating on
the substrate.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
392 for a fiber or filament of glass, which may be
structurally defined or which may have a coating thereon of
other than free metal or an alloy.
Subclass:
389
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product
comprising a fiber, rod, filament or strand of any character
having thereof a layer* of metal* or a compound thereof.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
381 and 384, for a rod, strand, fiber or filament having
plural coatings, at least one of which may include a metal or
alloy thereof, or metal oxide, respectively.
Subclass:
390
This subclass is indented under subclass 379. Product
comprising a rod, fiber, filament or strand and a layer*
thereof of natural latex* or synthetic rubber*, free silicon
or a compound thereof or the carbohydrate known as cellulose
(whether natural or modified).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
384 for a rod, strand, fiber or filament having plural
coatings, at least one of which contains a silicic material
(e.g., glass or ceramic, etc.).
387 for a metal rod, strand, fiber or filament which is
coated with a weld modifying composition including a silicic
material.
Subclass:
391
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product in
which the coating comprises (1) a compound similar to
hydrocarbon in which tetravalent silicon replaces the carbon
atom as Si H[subscrpt]4[end subscrpt] monosilane or
silicomethane, (2) an elastomer in which the carbon linkages
of a polymerized hydrocarbon are replaced by Si-O linkages or
(3) any of a class of compounds that contain alternate
silicon and oxygen atoms in either a linear structure (as
H[subscrpt]3[end subscrpt]Si(O Si H[subscrpt]2[end
subscrpt])[subscrpt]n[end subscrpt]O Si H[subscrpt]3[end
subscrpt]) or a cyclic structure as H[subscrpt]2[end
subscrpt](Si O)[subscrpt]n[end subscrpt] and that may also
contain methyl, phenyl or other organic radicals in place of
some or all of the hydrogen atoms and are made by hydrolysis
of chlorosilanes or alkoxy-silanes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
405 for particulate matter which is coated with silane,
silicone or siloxane.
429 for a silicone, silane or siloxane layer next to quartz
or glass.
447 for a layer of silicone, silane or siloxane next to a
layer of any other composition.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 81 and 99 for a fabric which has an
organosilicon coating or impregnation thereon.
Subclass:
392
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product
comprising a substrate of fiber or filament which is coated
or is structurally defined - which fiber or filament is not a
natural product, but is man made.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
388 for a glass or silicic fiber or filament with a coating
of free metal thereon.
415 417 and 426+, for a nonstructural laminated product in
which one layer is glass or quartz.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 180 for a coated or impregnated glass fiber
fabric.
Subclass:
393
This subclass is indented under subclass 392. Product in
which the synthetic fiber or filament comprises cellulose
(e.g., rayon, viscose, etc.).
Subclass:
394
This subclass is indented under subclass 392. Product in
which the synthetic fiber or filament comprises a man-made
resin or polymer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
383 for a rod, strand, fiber, filament or fiber containing
plural coatings, each being a different polymer or resin.
405 412, 413+, 421+, 423+, 430+, 435, 436+, 441+, 447, 451,
458+, 460, 461, 473.5, 474.4+, 480+, 494+, and 500+ for
nonstructural laminated products, in which one layer*
comprises a synthetic resin or polymer.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), 164 for a coated or impregnated synthetic organic
fiber fabric (e.g., nylon, etc.).
Subclass:
395
This subclass is indented under subclass 394. Product in
which the resin or polymer comprises (1) a polymeric compound
containing amide groups through which the monomers are
linearly linked and includes the reaction products of
polyamines and polybasic acids or the polymer of amino acids
(e.g., nylon, peptides and protein) or (2) a polymeric
compound containing ester groups through which the monomers
are linearly linked to one another.
(1) Note. Urea-aldehyde is not considered to be a polyamide
or polyimide for purposes of classification in this schedule
and will be found in the subclass providing for condensation
products of aldehyde and ketone.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
327 for a product comprising a composite web or sheet
including a second component which contains structurally
defined particles of polymetic or resinous material which may
be polyamide or polyester particles.
430 435, 458, 473.5, 474.4, and 480+, for a nonstructural
laminate in which one layer includes polyamide, polyimide or
polyester.
Subclass:
396
This subclass is indented under subclass 375. Product in
which the fiber, strand, rod or filament is either partially
or completely saturated with an extraneous material.
(1) Note. Excluded from this subclass is a rod, strand,
fiber or filament which is merely impregnated with or has
associated therein or therewith a material without any
specified indication as to the depth of impregnation or other
structure; such a combination is classified on the basis of
the composition e.g. for Classes 106, 520, etc.
Subclass:
397
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product
claimed in terms of the particular shape of a section
transverse to the longitudinal axis thereof or wherein the
particular shape or arrangement of the constituent thereof is
claimed and wherein the transverse section is other than
circular and of uniform diameter.
(1) Note. See (1) Note under subclass 364 for placement of
a coated rod, strand, fiber, etc.
(2) Note. A rod, filament or fiber with surface
deformities, e.g., ridges, furrows, etc., is included under
this definition and will be found in subclass 400.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
373 for a conjugate or composite or collateral fiber or
filament of side-by-side or other nonuniformly circular
configuration.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification of Textiles and Fibers, for the process provided
for in that class for preparing a fiber or monofilament of
particular cross section; subclass 112 for the process of
treating a strand or fiber to improve its felting properties;
subclasses 114+ for a process of treating a rod or strand to
produce an ornamental effect (e.g., creping, etc.);
subclasses 115.51+ for the process of chemically modifying a
fiber and the corresponding product and subclass 130.1 for
the process of swelling or plasticizing a synthetic strand or
fiber and the corresponding product.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate
subclasses for a structurally defined rod or fiber product
provided for in that class (106).
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators for a conduit,
cable or conductor of noncircular cross-section.
474, Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components,
particularly 237 for a friction drive belt which may be in
the form of a strand having a particular cross section.
Subclass:
398
This subclass is indented under subclass 397. Product
containing one or more voids which are either coextensive or
noncoextensive with the longitudinal extent of the product.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34.1 for a similar, hollow rod or strand which however is of
much larger size usually and is disclosed as being used to
conduct a fluid.
376 for a rod, strand, fiber or filament (1) coated, (2)
impregnated or (3) with core wherein the constituents of the
product form one or more tubular passageways lengthwise
therein.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, appropriate
subclasses for a tubular rod or strand wherein at least one
constituent thereof is either twisted or wound, as claimed.
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making, subclass 9
for a tubular braided strand.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits for a tubular product which
has claimed structure relating the product to its use as a
conduit; e.g., specific inner and outer wall composition,
(particular seams, etc.). In the absence of claimed
limitations as to wall structure, such a tubular stock
material is classified in Class 428.
139, Textiles: Weaving, 387 for a woven tubular strand or
fabric.
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, subclass 356, for a
tubular or hollow sleeve type electrode.
Subclass:
399
This subclass is indented under subclass 397. Product
wherein the cross section of a rod, strand or fiber changes
along the length thereof either dimensionally or in shape.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, Tool-Deformed, or
Locked-Threaded Fastener, 442 for a string of connected
impact driven fasteners (e.g., nails, staples, etc.).
Subclass:
400
This subclass is indented under subclass 397. Product
wherein an exposed face thereof or region immediately
adjacent said face, has a particular claimed physical
property or structure.
(1) Note. A product including grooves extending
longitudinally thereof is included in this subclass.
(2) Note. Included under this definition is a variation in
the composition in the surface region of the product.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
141 for a web* or sheet* having small indentations or
crevices in a surface thereof.
372 for a rod, strand or fiber having structurally defined
particulate matter.
409 for a web, sheet or block having a particular surface
property or characteristic.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate
subclasses for a delustered product provided for in that
class (106).
Subclass:
401
This subclass is indented under subclass 364. Product, which
is claimed to be of specified size in at least one direction
or whose constituents are of specified size (absolute or
relative).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
220 for a web* or sheet* whose overall physical dimension is
recited.
332 for a composite* web or sheet* wherein the physical
dimension of a component* or constituent* is claimed.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate
subclasses for a dimensioned rod or fiber product provided
for in that class (106).
Subclass:
402
This subclass is indented under subclass 357. Product
comprising structurally defined or coated small grains or
bits of matter.
(1) Note. A patent reciting a coated or encapsulated
material with claimed utility (ies) or solely disclosed
utility is classified with the composition classes. A
similar patent with (a) multiply disclosed utilities or (b)
undisclosed utility is classified in this Class 428,
subclasses 402.2+. However, in the latter two cases (a) and
(b) above, when the coating or encapsulating material
stabilizes a compound against physical or chemical
degradation, classification is appropriate for and subject to
the limitations set forth in one of the compound (element)
classes. The order of superiority of the composition classes
are listed below under SEARCH CLASS. Those classes with an
asterisk after the description are not composition classes
but deemed appropriate for further search.
(2) Note. The recitation of any term, e.g., encapsulation,
microencapsulation, sphere, microsphere, capsule,
microcapsule, etc. which describes or gives evidence for a
microencapsulated product is adequate for placement herein.
Lacking such description or evidence the particle will be
considered a "coated" particle and therefore appropriate in
this class, subclass 403. For example, a patent reciting the
encapsulated product of eugenol with dextrinized corn starch
is sufficient for placement in this subclass. However, a
"clathrate" of the some product would be classified in Class
536, subclass 103. (See (3) Note, below on clathrates and
intercalates).
(3) Note. Clathrates and intercalates (inclusion compounds),
per se, are classified hierarchically and subject to the
limitations set forth in the compound (element) classes based
both on the encapsulant and encapsulate. See the section,
LINES WITH OTHER CLASSES, subsection D. CLATHRATES AND
INTERCALATES, for examples.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
504, Plant Protecting and Regulating Compositions. (See
subclass 100 for seeds coated with agricultural chemicals
other than fertilizers.)
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Composition, 16
for coated, impregnated or layered feature.
426, Food or Edible Material: Processes, Compositions, and
Products, 89.
71, Chemistry: Fertilizers (See subclass 64.11 for slow
release forms.)
149, Explosive and Thermic Compositions or Charges, 3 for a
coated component.
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, subclass 138 for a microcapsule.
252, Compositions, 9.
44, Fuel and Related Compositions; see, for example, subclass
6, coated or impregnated material.
148, Metal Treatment, 22 for composition and 31.5 for a
coated stock-material.
252, Compositions (special uses or functions) to subclass
194.
502, Catalys, Solid Sorbent, or Support Therefor: Product or
Process of Making, 60 and 527.11-527.24.
252, Compositions (special uses or functions), subclass 478
and those following, except subclasses 302+, 363.5, 372+, and
378.
8, Bleaching and Dyeing; Fluid Treatment and Chemical
Modification or Textiles and Fibers, subclass 526 for a dye
in specified form other than mere powder.
429, Chemistry: Electrical Current Producing Apparatus,
Product, and Process.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic for a filler or
pigment for a coating composition which may include size or
structure of the constituent particles or fibers which
recitation does not serve to exclude from Class 106. See
especially subclass 31.14 (invisible inks), 36, 84, 97+,
103, 108, 117, 235, 241, 251, 253+, 266, 272, 275, 276, 280,
281+, 288+, and 308 (coated material) in Class 106. See also
Relation to Material or Composition Classes, above in
definition.
501, Compositions: Ceramic
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition;
e.g., subclass 295 for impregnating or coating an abrasive
tool.
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, (Alloys).
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions.
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, (rest of class).
520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers; see, for example,
Class 523, subclass 161, invisible ink composition and 200+
for a composition containing product in the form of
surface-coated, impregnated, encapsulated or surface-modified
materials.
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, 709.
208, Mineral Oils: Processes and Products.
252, Composition (nonspecial uses or functions i.e., 302,
363.5, 372+, and 378).
585, Chemistry of Hydrocarbon Compounds (mixture
subclasses).
118, Coating Apparatus, subclass 303 for apparatus for spray
coating particulate material.*
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 4 for processes or encapsulating liquid core
materials.*
427, Coating Processes, 213.3 for processes of encapsulation
solid core materials.*
Subclass:
402.2
Microcapsule with fluid core (includes liposome):
This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Subject matter
wherein the microcapsule is comprised of a Fluid core (at
ambient temperatures) encapsulated by a solid wall or shell.
(1) Note. Liposomes are formed of mesomorphic walls (i.e.,
a state of matter intermediate between crystalline solid and
normal isotropic liquid) and are classified here based on
their solid characteristics.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 4.1, for the process of encapsulating a liquid.
521, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, in particular
subclass 76, preparing a cellular product or precursor
thereof utilizing a stated ingredient which is a solid
particle containing a fluid encapsulated therein. See also
(4) Note under subclass 50 in conjunction with this.
Subclass:
402.21
Solid-walled microcapsule from synthetic polymer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 402.2. Subject
matter wherein the microcapsule wall contains at least one
synthetic polymer (see Class 520, subclass 1 for a definition
to synthetic polymer).
(1) Note. The chemical modification of a natural product
does not constitute a synthetic resin, e.g., the reaction of
cellulose with toluene diisocyanate, etc. However, the
addition of certain specified reactants, e.g., a polyol to
the cellulose and a diisocyanate would constitute a synthetic
resin. See Class 527, subclass 100 for a definitive
explanation.
Subclass:
402.22
Addition polymer from unsaturated monomers only:
This subclass is indented under subclass 402.21. Subject
matter wherein the synthetic polymer is derived only from
ethylenically unsaturated reactants.
(1) Note. The term "ethylenically unsaturated" includes
acethlenic-type compounds but excludes homocyclic aromatic
compounds, i.e., benzene-type compounds. Compounds, such as
pyridine, diazine, pyrrole would be ethyienically
unsaturated.
Subclass:
402.24
Microcapsule with solid core (includes liposome):
This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Subject matter
wherein the microcapsule contains solid core, e.g., a
microcapsular opacifier containing titanium dioxide
encapsulated with urea-formaldehyde polymer shell, etc.
(1) Note. Liposomes are formed of mesomorphic walls (i.e.,
a state of matter intermediate between crystalline solid and
normal isotropic liquid) and are classified here based on
their solid characteristics.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, 213.3 for solid encapsulation, e.g.,
microencapsulating a solid with a microcapsule wall derived
from a synthetic polymer, etc. However, if the core material
is disclosed to be an expanding (blowing) agent see Class
521, subclass 50, (4) Note for limitations to those
subclasses.
Subclass:
403
This subclass is indented under subclass 402. Product
comprising small pieces of matter, granules, grains or the
like with a coating thereon.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 255 for a loose composition
containing metal particles.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate
subclasses, especially 400 for a compositions including
coated particulate matter provided for in that class.
Subclass:
404
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Product in
which the particulate matter comprises (1) silicon or (2) a
material containing a metal* from Group IV B, V B or VI B of
the periodic system, known as refractory metals and
consisting of Ti, Zi, Hf, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo and W.
(1) Note. The silicon or the refractory metal* can be
present as either the free element or as a compound
containing the element.
(2) Note. The silicic or refractory material can be present
as either the base* (substrate*) or the coating.
Subclass:
405
This subclass is indented under subclass 404. Product in
which the coating comprises (1) a compound similar to
hydrocarbons in which the tetravalent silicon replaces the
carbon atom, as Si H4- monosilane or silicomethane, (2) an
elastomeric in which the carbon linkages of a polymerized
hydrocarbon are replaced by Si-O linkages or (3) any of a
class of compounds that contain alternate silicon and oxygen
atoms in either a linear structure (such as H[subscrpt]3[end
subscrpt] Si (O Si H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt]) O Si H
[subscrpt]3[end subscrpt]) or a cyclic structure as
H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt](Si O)[subscrpt]n[end subscrpt] and
that may also contain methyl, phenyl or other organic
radicals, in places of some or all of the hydrogen atoms and
are made by hydrolysis of chlorosilanes or alkoxy-silanes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
391 for a rod, strand, fiber or filament which is coated
with a silane, siloxane or silicone.
429 for a laminated structure comprising a layer of glass*
or quartz* next to silane, siloxane or silicone.
447 for a laminated product including a layer of silane,
siloxane, or silicone.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 81 and 99 for a fabric which has
organosilicon coating or impregnation thereon.
Subclass:
406
This subclass is indented under subclass 404. Product in
which the particulate matter comprises pieces of the fused
mixture commonly known as glass* and as defined in subclass
426.
(1) Note. The glass* particles or spheres may have been
enlarged or foamed or may contain channels or voids.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
312 for a composite product in which one component is either
porous or cellular and may comprise glass* foam.
404 for particulate matter in which glass* is present as the
coating thereon.
Subclass:
407
This subclass is indented under subclass 403. Product in
which the particulate matter comprises a man-made resin or
polymer, either as the substrate* or as the coating.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
394 for a rod, strand, fiber or filament make of a synthetic
resin or polymer and having a coating thereon.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), 164 for a coated or impregnated synthetic organic
fiber fabric (e.g., nylon, etc.).
Subclass:
408
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product which comprises a web*, sheet* or shape retaining
body of free carbon in any of its allotropic forms and which
is saturated, permeated or covered with extraneous material.
(1) Note. Typical of the products found herein is a carbon
brush for an electric motor or a carbon rod for an arc lamp,
which rod may be permeated or impregnated with an extraneous
material and not structurally defined as set forth in the
definition of subclass 357.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
367 for a structurally defined or coated fiber, rod, strand,
filament of carbon.
Subclass:
409
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product comprising a web*, sheet* or block* in which an
exposed area of the product or the region immediately
adjacent thereto has a particular claimed physical property
or structure.
(1) Note. The surface characteristic must not be that of a
web, sheet or component* of different composition applied as
a layer* or coating or laminate; the characteristic must be
due to treatment of the surface of a material of generally
the same composition throughout so that if the superficial
outermost area is removed, the result is a product of the
same composition, but of different surface characteristic.
(2) Note. Treatment of the surface by a chemical (e.g.,
etching, etc.) or by wave or other form of energy which
yields the desired characteristic is placed in this or the
indented subclass; however treatment by a coating which
reacts with and forms a layer of totally different
composition is excluded and will be found below on other
features, such as composition of the layers, (see especially
subclass 420).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
40 for a product comprising a plurality of separable parts,
at least one of which must be removed to expose an adhesive
coating.
141 for a web or sheet which has a continuous but nonuniform
or irregular finish which may be a coating and need not be on
the outermost surface. The main difference between
subclasses 141 and 409+ is that in the latter, the surface
characteristic is that obtained by treating or modifying the
surface without adding a layer. The superficial surface
must have the same composition as the remainder of the sheet;
in the former the finish may be due to a coating. In
subclasses 141+ the surface must be textured or irregular; in
subclasses 409+ the surface can be smooth but must have some
characteristic not present in the remainder, e.g.,
smoothness, hardness, temper, etc.
Subclass:
410
This subclass is indented under subclass 409. Product
comprising the composition commonly known as glass* in which
the surface has been treated and so altered to yield a
physical proper different from the portion adjacent thereto.
(1) Note. Examples of surface modifications are: tempering
or strengthening, crystallizing, etc.
Subclass:
411.1
This subclass is indented under the class definition. Stock
material comprising plural layers* or surfaces, adhered or
cohered to each other, identified by the composition of the
layers*, and not elsewhere provided for.
(1) Note. Each and every layer disclosed, whether
considered in the document as a base* layer* or an adhesive
layer, is construed to be a separate layer for purposes of
placement in this or indented subclasses. No distinction is
made in consideration of whether a layer is an adhesive,
prime coat, thin film or base*; each is considered to be an
individual layer. For a detailed explanation of the
principles used as the basis of classification of the group,
i.e., the "layer-pair" concept see section IV of this
definition of this class (428).
(2) Note. A claimed pair of layers is read in the light of
the disclosure. A patent claiming merely metal* adhered to
glass*, and disclosing that the metal* and glass* are
actually bonded by an epoxy* resin, is placed on the basis of
the two pairs, glass* -epoxy* and metal* -epoxy*. Thus,
the "original" copy of this patent is placed in subclass 415
and a copy is cross-referenced in subclass 416.
(3) Note. In each of the indented subclasses, the layer is
identified by an ingredient, sole or otherwise; i.e., such
layer includes, but need not be solely composed of, the
material by which the layer is identified.
(4) Note. A disclosure of a layer* which is comprised of
copolymerized material is placed in the first appearing
subclass in the schedule which provides for the polymer,
e.g., a patent claiming a laminate of a copolymer of styrene
(addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*) and alkyd*
(polyester*) is placed under polyester*. A patent to a
laminate including a layer containing mixtures is placed as
an original on the basis of the ingredient provided for in
the first appearing subclass and cross-referenced in all
other subclasses which provide for the other ingredients.
(5) Note. In this group of subclasses, the "original" copy
of a patent claiming several pairs will be placed in the
first appearing subclass providing for a claimed pair and
other copies cross-referenced to all other subclasses
providing for other claimed pairs. In the case of disclosed
but not claimed pairs, only those disclosures which add to
the broad general concept of a particular subclass will be
cross-referenced to that subclass. As an example of this
discretionary use of cross-references, a disclosure of
phenol-formaldehyde* next to paper* (admittedly old) would
not be cross-referenced in subclass 531, but a disclosure of
a resin comprising 83% phenol-formaldehyde and 17%
cresol-formaldehyde next to paper would be cross-referenced
in subclass 531 (provided it was not known that a disclosure
of the specific layer* pair already existed therein).
Briefly, the basic principles which determine placement of
the original copy of a patent in this or an indented subclass
are: (1) only claimed subject matter is relied upon when
comparing coordinate "first-line indent" subclasses (e.g.,
subclasses 98 and 411) of this class; (2) such original copy
will be placed in the first-occurring "first-line indent"
subclass which provides for the claimed subject matter;
however, where such "first-line indent" subclass has a
further indented subclass which specifically provides for
more specific claimed subject matter, the original copy will
be placed in the further indented subclass; (3) an original
copy containing, for example, two claims where one such claim
is provided for in a subclass which is indented under a
superior subclass which provides for the other claim, will be
placed in such superior and generic subclass (since it is
first occurring) and crossed into the indented subclass; (4)
as between coordinate subclasses (e.g., subclasses 435 and
436) which are indented under the same "first-line indent"
subclass, the original copy of a patent will be placed in the
first-occurring of the coordinate subclasses which provides
for the claimed subject matter. Once placement of the
original copy of a patent has been determined, a
cross-reference copy of the patent is mandatory in every
subclass in this group (411+) (or in any other class) which
provides for other separately claimed subject matter.
Cross-reference copies may be placed in any subclass where
the disclosed subject matter is considered to render the
patent a useful reference, for example in subclasses superior
to subclass 411 in this class.
(6) Note. To be considered a "laminate" for inclusion in
this class at least two layers of surfaces must be indicated
by name or composition. The laminate may include surfaces
which are bonded solely by molecular attraction as e.g.,
vinylidene chloride to another material or to a second layer
of vinylidene chloride, provided an interface can be
detected. Where a particular "layer" of the composite is
identified in the claims in only functional terms, e.g., only
as a "substrate", the patent is classified as an original in
the first appearing subclass provided for a material named in
the claims, and may be cross-referenced to those subclasses
providing for materials only disclosed and not claimed; see
the rule of thumb elaborated on in (5) Note. above.
(7) Note. Exceptions to the general scheme of the
nonstructural schedule are: (a) urea-aldehyde is not
classified with polyamide* but with aldehyde or ketone
condensation product*. See notes to subclasses 474+ and 524.
(b) a patent directed to a laminate of pyroxylin* (which
usually is plasticized with camphor and/or castor oil) is
placed as a cellulosic* or broadly carbohydrate* layer rather
than natural oil or natural gum*. See notes to subclasses
497 and 532. (c) an acetal of polyvinyl alcohol is both an
addition polymer from unsaturated monomers* and an aldehyde
condensation product* and consequently is classified in the
subclass which appears first in the schedule. A patent to a
laminate including a layer of an acetal of polyvinyl alcohol
will be placed in the appropriate first appearing subclass
directed to an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers* or
to an aldehyde or ketone condensation* product as explained
in (4) Note above.
(8) Note. All layers or surfaces as claimed in the patents
of these subclasses (411+), are coextensive. If a layer is
claimed in terms of sized relative to another layer, such
limitation is regarded as structural, so that the patent will
be placed in the appropriate subclass above; (see especially
subclasses 44+, 77+, 189+, 195+, and 212+).
(9) Note. In the subclasses directed to papers, indented
under this subclass (411 nonstructural laminates), the
product is a laminate which incorporates as the paper* layer
a finished paper* product. For purposes of placement in the
indented subclasses, the term paper*, standing alone and
without further elaboration, in a patent will be construed to
mean a self-sustaining layer of cellulosic* fibers*, as
exemplified by paper, per se, cardboard, pasteboard or water
laid wood pulp. This class (428) has the same residual
relation to Class 162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, as
it has to other stock material classes. Thus, a patent to a
paper-including laminate, produced by a process provided for
in Class 162, will be placed in that class.
(10) Note. A patent to a web, sheet or single-layer
product, of material described in nonstructural terms, is
placed in the appropriate material or composition class.
This rule holds even where a single layer of one material is
completely impregnated with a second material, with only a
few exceptions. (See subclass 539.5, 540 and 541 of this
class 428). Relative thereto, alloys and other compositions
of free metal are found in Classes 75 and 420; Inorganic
chemical compounds and nonmetal elements such as carbon
fabric are found in Class 423; hydrocarbon products are found
in Class 585; Synthetic Resins are found in Classes 520-529;
other organic (carbon) compounds are found in Class 260 and
its daughter Classes 530-570; other coating and plasted
compositions are in Classes 106 and 501; medicinal or
biocidal or hair or skin treating compostions are found in
Class 424; compositions of general use are found in Class
252. The superiority of these and other material or
composition classes is set forth in (2) Note under the class
definition of Class 106.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
77 189+, 195+, and 614, for a laminate comprising layers that
are not coextensive and see (8) Note above.
85 for a laminate including a layer a layer or component*
which has a pile or nap or flock surface.
98 for a laminate stock material that is claimed in terms of
its structure.
221 for a laminate stock material that is claimed in terms
of the structure of one of its components* or textile*.
304.4 for a composite having a porous layer.
615 for a composite having two or more adjacent layers of
free metal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
33, Geometrical Instruments, subclass 567 for plural layer
product disclosed solely for use as a gauge block*.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate
subclasses for a coating composition.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
325 for the use of a particular adhesive in laminating
process.
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, especially 100 for a
laminate including paper*, which laminate is produced by a
process provided for in that class (162); and see Search
Class note under IV in the class definition of this class
(161) and (9) Note above.
252, Compositions, appropriate subclasses, for a single layer
or mass of a composition of general use; and especially 9
for a lubricant; subclass 62 for an insulating composition;
subclass 62.3 for a barrier layer composition; subclass 478
for an X-ray shield composition; and subclasses 301.2+ for a
fluorescent or phosphorescent composition; and see (12) Note
above.
403, Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses for a
connection or seal between two members at substantially a
single locus, where the structure or shape (e.g., ring,
flange, angular) relation of at least one of the members is
specifically recited.
427, Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses for the method
of coating a base* with a nonpreformed layer.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), appropriate subclasses for a laminate including a
fabric layer.
520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, for a resin or
natural rubber adhesive or composition containing same used
as an adhesive in a laminate, and see the (11) Note, above.
Subclass:
412
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer contains linearly recurring diester
linkages of carbonic acid and a polyhydric alcohol.
(1) Note. The linearly recurring ester linkages of carbonic
acid require that at least a single carbonyl oiety (C=O) be
linked to two different oxygen atoms, each of which is
further linked to carbon atoms. The term "diester" used
here, does not include the reaction product of two carbamic
acid molecules with a glycol (i.e., the term does not include
polyurethane*). The reaction product of carbamic acid and a
glycol is considered a poly (amido ester*) and a patent
claiming a laminate comprising such a product will be placed
in subclass 190 below.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
423 for a laminate comprising a layer including poly (amido
ester*) e.g., esters of carbamic acid; and see (1) Note
above.
Subclass:
413
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which one layer contains a resin produced by polymerization
of an epoxide (e.g., vic-alkylene oxide or epichlorohydrin)
with a dihydric compound.
(1) Note. Epoxy resins are usually thermosetting
characterized by good adhesiveness, resistance to chemicals
and are generally made from a diphenol, as bis phenol A.
(2) Note. A patent in which a layer of a laminate is
disclosed as an "epoxy", "Araldite", "Epon" or the glycidyl
ether of bis phenol A will be placed in this or an indented
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
60, for a process of laminating using an epoxy resin as
adhesive; and especially subclass 330.
520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, appropriate
subclasses for an epoxy resin or natural rubber, per se, or
for an epoxy resin containing composition.
Subclass:
414
This subclass is indented under subclass 413. Product
comprising at least three layers, the epoxy ether resin layer
lying between the other two.
Subclass:
415
This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Product in
which one of the other two layers contains glass* or
quartz*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
426 for definition of glass or quartz.
Subclass:
416
This subclass is indented under subclass 414. Product in
which one of the other two layers contains free metal*.
Subclass:
417
This subclass is indented under subclass 413. Product in
which the layer, contiguous with the epoxy ether layer,
contains quartz* or glass* (both defined in subclass 426).
Subclass:
418
This subclass is indented under subclass 413. Product in
which the layer, contiguous with the epoxy ether layer,
contains metal*.
Subclass:
419
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which one layer comprises a compound which contains a
plurality of C-S-C linkages in the molecular chain.
(1) Note. A layer containing polysulfide synthetic rubber
(e.g., the reaction product of dihaloalkylene and alkali
polysulfides) is considered a polythioether and a patent
claiming a laminate of such a layer will be placed in this
subclass.
Subclass:
420
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product
comprising three layers in which the inner layer is disclosed
as the inter-reaction product of the other layers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, 240 for processes of reactive coating
of a metal substrate wherein an external agent combines with
a component in the metal substrate to form a coating thereon
containing a component of the metal substrate.
Subclass:
421
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which a layer includes an (addition polymer from unsaturated
monomers*) which contains fluorine.
(1) Note. The fluorinated addition polymer is usually
obtained from fluoro-alkenes and fluoro-halo alkenes e.g.,
difluoro-chloro-ethylene.
(2) Note. Patents claiming a laminate containing a layer of
a halogenated addition polymer from unsaturated monomers,
where no fluorine is present, will be placed in the
appropriate subclasses directed to addition polymer from
unsaturated monomers.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
442 463 and 514, e.g., and other appropriate subclasses below
for a laminate containing a layer of a halogenated addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers, where no fluorine is
present.
Subclass:
422
This subclass is indented under subclass 421. Product in
which the unsaturated monomers are completely saturated with
halogen.
(1) Note. Two or more halogens may be present in the
polymer, at least one of which must be fluorine.Thus,
examples of polymers found in this subclass are:
tetrafluorethylene, trichlorofluorethylene, etc.
Subclass:
422.8
Of polyisocyanurate:
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which one layer contains a polymer derived from an
isocyanurate, that is, a cyclic trimmer of an isocyanate
having the generalized formula [figure]
(1) Note. If the connecting chain between the isocyanurate
rings also contains ester linkages, the patent should be
cross-referenced to subclasses 423.1+.
Subclass:
423.1
Of polyamidoester (polyurethane, polyisocyanate,
polycarbamate, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which one layer contains a polymer characterized by both
amide and ester linkages in the polymer chain in any
combination or ration.
(1) Note. A patent claiming a laminate including a layer
containing polyurethane, or the polymerized reaction product
of isocyanates and alcohols, will be placed in this subclass
or its indents.
(2) Note. Polyamidoester includes Polyimidoester.
(3) Note. The term polyisocyanate is sometimes used to
designate polyurethanes and it is not always clear what is
intended by the term in some patents. The use of any of the
following terms: polyisocyanate, polyurethane, urethane
resin, polycarbamate or the disclosure of the reaction
products of disocyanate with any glycols, diamines, amino
alcohols, amides, or esters will be deemed a sufficient
disclosure of polyamidoester or polyisocyanate to meet the
definition of this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
71 158+ and 310+, for other products containing a foamed
material as a component thereof, especially urethane.
474.4 for a product having a layer of polymer comprised
solely of amide linkages in the polymer chain, including a
polyamide with ester linkages in a side chain.
480 for a product having a layer of polymer comprised solely
of ester linkages in the polymer chain, including a polyester
having amide linkages in a side chain.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), 59 for a coated or impregnated fabric which may
include a polyamidoester coating.
Subclass:
423.3
Next to second layer of polyamidoester:
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product in
which a second contiguous layer is a polyamidoester.
Subclass:
423.4
Next to animal skin or membrane:
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product in
which a second contiguous layer is an animal skin or
membrane, e.g., leather, etc.
Subclass:
423.5
Next to polyamide (nylon, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product
wherein a second contiguous layer is a polymer characterized
by linkages, as illustrated below. [figure]
Subclass:
423.7
Next to polyester (polyethylene terephthalate, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product in
which a second contiguous layer is a polymer characterized by
linkages, as illustrated below. [figure]
Subclass:
423.9
Next to natural rubber:
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product
wherein a second contiguous layer is a natural rubber.
Subclass:
424.2
Next to addition polymer of ethylenically unsaturated
monomer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product
wherein a sec contiguous layer is a polymer derived from an
ethylenically unsaturated monomer, and characterized by a
hydrocarbon backbone.
Subclass:
424.4
Ester monomer type (polyvinylacetate, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 424.2. Product
wherein the addition polymer contains ester groups not in the
polymer chain, such as dependent acetate groups.
Subclass:
424.6
Halide monomer type (polyvinyl chloride, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 424.2. Product
wherein the addition polymer contains atoms of chlorine,
bromine, or iodine such as chlorinated polyethylene,
polychloroprene, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
421 for a fluoropolymer next to a polyamidoester.
Subclass:
424.7
Nitrile monomer type (polyacrylonitrile, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 424.4. Product
wherein the addition polymer contains nitrile moieties, e.g.,
polyacrylonitrile, etc.
Subclass:
424.8
Hydrocarbon polymer (polyethylene, polybutadiene, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 424.2. Product
wherein the addition polymer contains only carbon and
hydrogen.
Subclass:
425.1
Next to cellulosic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product
wherein a second contiguous layer is cellulosic (e.g., wood,
paper, cellophane, etc.).
Subclass:
425.3
Next to aldehyde or ketone condensation product
(phenol-aldehyde, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product
wherein a second contiguous layer is the condensation product
of an aldehyde or ketone.
Subclass:
425.5
Next to silicon-containing (silicone, cement, etc.) layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product
wherein a second contiguous layer contains silicon in any
form.
Subclass:
425.6
Quartz or glass:
This subclass is indented under subclass 425.5. Product
wherein the polyamidoester layer is adjacent to a quartz or
glass layer.
Subclass:
425.8
Next to free metal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product
wherein the layer adjacent the polyamidoester layer is a free
metal layer.
Subclass:
425.9
Particulate metal or metal compound-containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 423.1. Product
wherein the polyamidoester layer contains a particulate metal
or a metal compound, e.g., metal oxide, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
900 for a collection of patents directed to stock materials
having a magnetic feature.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
252, Compositions, 62.51 for a magnetic composition and
nonstructured products, e.g., "a tape," etc., having a
magnetic coating on an unnamed substrate.
Subclass:
426
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer contains fused silica (i.e.,
quartz), or a mixture of (1) fused silica, and (2) alkali and
alkaline silicates, commonly known as glass.
(1) Note. The glass may be in the form of fibers or as a
fiber glass mat.
(2) Note. Such materials as waterglass, isinglass and
plexiglass are not considered as glass.
(3) Note. Vitreous enamel or vitreous ceramic, per se, is
considered to be glass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
38 for stained glass elements in an aperture or frame.
49 for a unilayer of plural glass sections extending in both
lateral and longitudinal directions.
174 for corrugated fiber glass web or sheet.
312 317, 325, 392, 406+, 415, and 417, as appropriately
entitled, for other products containing glass, in the form of
particles, a layer, foam, or fibers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
65, Glass Manufacturing, appropriate subclasses, for glass
making.
403, Joints and Connections, appropriate subclasses, for a
connection or seal between two members at substantially a
single locus where the structure or shape (e.g., ring,
flange, angular relationship, etc.) of at least one of the
members is specifically recited, and one of the members is
glass or quartz.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), appropriate subclasses for a glass fiber fabric in a
laminate and subclass 180 for a coated or impregnated glass
fiber fabric.
501, Compositions: Ceramic, 11 for glass compositions
capable of forming lamina.
Subclass:
427
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in
which a second layer contiguous with the quartz or glass
layer contains boron in either its free or chemically
combined state.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
366 for a rod*, strand* filament* or fiber* including boron
or a compound thereof either as a coating or as the fiber*.
902 for a cross-reference art collection of high modulus
filaments* or fibers* which may be of or include boron.
Subclass:
428
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in
which a second layer contiguous with quartz or glass contains
the element silicon in either the free or chemically combined
state.
(1) Note. A patent claiming a second glass layers in which
there is a difference in the glasses (e.g., composition or
physical properties) such as to indicate two different glass
layers, will be placed in this subclass.
Subclass:
429
This subclass is indented under subclass 428. Product in
which the second layer comprises (1) a compound similar to a
hydrocarbon in which the tetravalent silicon replaces the
carbon atom, as SiH[subscrpt]4[end subscrpt]n monosilane or
silicomethane, (2) an elastomeric in which the carbon
linkages of a polymerized hydrocarbon are replaced by Si-O
linkages or (3) any of a class of compounds that contain
alternate silicon and oxygen atoms in either a linear
structure (such as H[subscrpt]3[end subscrpt]Si (O Si
H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt])n O Si H[subscrpt]3[end subscrpt])
or a cyclic structure as H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt](Si O)n
and that may also contain methyl, phenyl or other organic
radicals in place of some or all of the hydrogen atoms and
are made by hydrolyses of chlorosilanes or alkoxy-silanes.
Subclass:
430
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in
which a layer contiguous with quartz or glass contains
polyester*.
Subclass:
431
This subclass is indented under subclass 430. Product in
which some of the acid and/or the alcohol moieties, from
which the polyester is derived are at least trifunctional,
permitting a cross-linking of the linear polyester chain.
(1) Note. A patent claiming a laminate including a
polyester layer derived from an acid(s), which is at least
tri-basic, or from an alcohol(s), which is at least
tri-hydric or in which either the poly basic acid or
polyhdric alcohol is unsaturated, will be placed in this
subclass.
Subclass:
432
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in
which a layer adjacent the glass or quartz contains a metal*
either in the free or combined state.
Subclass:
433
This subclass is indented under subclass 432. Product in
which the metal* is in the free or elemental state or in the
form of an alloy*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
630 for a glass laminate which includes a pair of adjacent
metal layers.
Subclass:
434
This subclass is indented under subclass 433. Product in
which the metal* comprises silver, gold, platinum, pallodium,
mercury, iridium, rhodrium, ruthernium or osmium, that is,
those metals* which are not easily oxidizable and are
recognized as the "noble" metals*.
Subclass:
435
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in
which the layer adjacent the quartz or glass contains a
polyamide* or polyimide*.
(1) Note. This subclass provides for placement of patents
claiming glass glued to other surfaces or adhered directly to
nylon* or protein*, e.g., a gelatin* layer.
(2) Note. Urea-aldehyde is not considered polyamide for
purposes of classification is this schedule and patents
claiming glass-to-urea-aldehyde laminates are placed in
subclass 436.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
436 for quartz or glass next to a layer containing a
urea-aldehyde condensation* product; and see (2) Note above.
Subclass:
436
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in
which a layer Next to the quartz or glass contains an
aldehyde or ketone condensation product*.
Subclass:
437
This subclass is indented under subclass 436. Product in
which a layer contiguous with the quartz or glass contains
the di-ether reaction product of an aldehyde with the hydroxy
groups of an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers)*,
e.g., acetal of polyvinyl alcohol.
(1) Note. The usual source of polyvinyl alcohol is a
hydrolyzed polyvinyl ester. Such terms as the reaction of an
aldehyde with polyvinyl acetate -- or the reaction of an
aldehyde with hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate -- will be
sufficient to place a patent in this subclass.
Subclass:
438
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in
which a layer Next to the quartz or glass contains a
cellulosic* material.
(1) Note. The majority of patents claiming safety glass in
which cellulosic material is an inner layer, or in which
glass is bonded to an inner layer by cellulosic material,
will be placed in this and the indented subclass.
(2) Note. Patents claiming significant polarizing structure
or composition of a layer or laminate will be placed in Class
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
subclasses 483+. Patents claiming significant optical
filtering structure will be placed in Class 359, subclasses
885+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34 for coextensive light-transmissive sheets* which are
hermetically sealed at their edges and confine a gas
therebetween.
38 for a laminated plural layer* sheet* including glass, but
which has an opaque frame or border over at least a portion.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
483 for a laminated polarizer and subclasses 885+ for
optical filters. See (2) Note above.
Subclass:
439
This subclass is indented under subclass 438. Product in
which the cellulosic material has been esterfied by reaction
with an acid.
(1) Note. A patent claiming glass laminated to
nitro-cellulose or cellulose nitrate, cellulose chromate or
cellulose sulfate, as well as cellulose acetate, butyrate
etc., will be placed in this subclass.
Subclass:
440
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in
which a layer Next to the quartz or glass contains natural
rubber*, natural gum*, natural oil*, rosin*, wax* or
(bituminous or tarry residue*).
(1) Note. A patent claiming a laminate containing a layer
comprising a synthetic rubber will usually be found in the
subclass directed to an addition polymer from unsaturated
monomers* or the indented subclasses or, in the case of
polysulfide synthetic rubber, will be found in the
polythioether subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
419 for polysulfide synthetic rubber next to glass and see
(1) Note above.
441 for synthetic rubber next to glass; and see (1) Note
above.
Subclass:
441
This subclass is indented under subclass 426. Product in
which a layer Next to quartz or glass contains an (addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
(1) Note. A patent claiming a layer of glass next to one of
vinyl, acrylic or a polyalkylene compound or isoprene or
neoprene rubber, will be placed in this or the indented
subclass.
Subclass:
442
This subclass is indented under subclass 441. Product in
which the addition polymer is an ester, halide or nitrile.
(1) Note. The addition polymer may be derived from monomers
which include esters, halides or nitriles or the addition
polymer may be treated to introduce ester, halide or nitrile
radicals.
(2) Note. The ester moieties are pendant, i.e., in a long
chain polymer, the ester groups branch out from the main
chain and the chain is not linked through a plurality of
ester linkages. If the chain were linked through the ester
groups, as in alkyd or polyethylene terephthalate, a patent
claiming such laminate would be placed in subclass 430 or
431.
(3) Note. Patents claiming partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl
ester next to glass will be placed here. If, however, the
ester is completely hydrolyzed the patent will be placed in
subclass 441 unless an acetal if formed therefrom, in which
latter case the patent would be placed in subclass 437. The
word "hydrolyzed", without qualification in a patent will be
deemed to mean completely hydrolyzed.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
421 for glass next to a fluorinated addition polymer of
unsaturated monomers.
430 for glass next to a layer of units linked together
through the ester moities; and see (2) Note above.
437 for glass next to an acetal of hydrolyzed polyvinyl
alcohol; and see (3) Note above.
441 for glass next to a completely hydrolyzed polyvinyl
ester; and see (3) Note above.
Subclass:
443
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer includes a fibrous mineral of a
magnesium, calcium or iron silicate (e.g., amphibole,
serpentine and anthophyllite, etc.).
(1) Note. For the purposes of this subclass, the following
terms, as well as the word "asbestos*" itself, are deemed to
be definitive of a layer as asbestos - containing: uralite,
tremolite actinolite crocidolite, chrysotil amosite or
pyrozene.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 137 for a coated or impregnated asbestos
fabric and appropriate subclasses for a laminate comprising
fabric made from inorganic fibers such as asbestos.
Subclass:
444
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Product in
which there is a layer of metal* in the free state in
addition to the layer of asbestos*.
Subclass:
445
This subclass is indented under subclass 443. Product in
which there is a layer of cellulosic* material (either
natural or modified) in addition to the layer of asbestos*.
Subclass:
446
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product with
at least one layer having as an ingredient a material which
contains the element silicon in any form, i.e., elemental or
in a compound.
(1) Note. A product comprising an alloy or an intermetallic
compound which has silicon as an element thereof is excluded
from this definition and will be found in subclasses 457+.
(2) Note. This subclass and its indents, especially
subclass 454 will take a patent to a nonstructural laminate
claiming clay*, cement*, sand* or vitreous* substances which
do not fit the definition of glass*, but are silicon
containing.
(3) Note. A patent claiming mica* (as a constituent of a
second layer) will normally be considered to claim mica
flakes (flat) and as such is considered to define structure
of such flakes and will be placed in subclass 324. If the
mica is disclosed as ground or pulverized and is a
constituent of a second layer, and structurally defined, such
a patent will also be placed in subclass 324. If no
structure of the ground or pulverized mica recited, a
laminate containing such mica will be placed in subclass
454.
(4) Note. Special exception in regard to silicon and
metallic stock material in Class 29. For purpose of Class
29, subclasses 180+ silicon is considered to be a metal. See
also class definition, Glossary, for nonstructural terms or
Composition-definition of Metal and Relation to Other
Classes, B, reference to Class 29.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
144 and 149+, for a product comprising a continuous, but
nonuniform or irregular surface made by a layer of
particulate matter which could be a silicon containing
material such as crushed stone, etc., or as a coating on
particulate matter.
204 206+, 308, 331, 387, 404+, and 428, for other products
containing silicon in elemental or compound form, either in
the form of particulate matter, (e.g., pigment, etc.) or as
glass, or as a coating or impregnant, as appropriately
titled.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, 39 for
silicon-containing material adapted to form a lamina.
427, Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses, especially
those having "silicon", "glass" or "vitreous" in their title
for the process of making a silicon containing multi-layer
product by a process of that class.
526, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, subclass 279 for a
silicon-containing resin, per se.
528, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, subclasses 10-43
for silicon-containing resin, per se.
Subclass:
447
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in
which the silicon comprises (1) a compound similar to
hydrocarbons in which the tetravalent silicon replaces the
carbon atom, as Si H[subscrpt]4[end subscrpt] monosilane or
silicomethane, (2) an elastomeric in which the carbon
linkages of a polymerized hydrocarbon are replaced by Si-O
linkages, or (3) any of a class of compounds that contain
alternate silicon and oxygen atoms in either a linear
structure (such as H[subscrpt]3[end subscrpt]Si(O Si
H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt])nO Si H[subscrpt]3[end subscrpt] )
or a cyclic structure as H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt](Si O)n
and that may also contain methyl, phenyl or other organic
radicals in place of some or all of the hydrogen atoms and
are made by hydrolysis of chlorosilanes or alkoxy-silanes.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
391 405, and 429, for other products in which silane,
silicone or siloxane is contained in a coating or
impregnant.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 81 and 99 for a fabric which has an
organosilicon coating or impregnation thereon.
Subclass:
448
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in
which the silicon containing layer lies in between and
adjacent to two other layers.
(1) Note. In many of these patents, the intermediate layer
comprises sodium silicate which acts as an adhesive.
Subclass:
449
This subclass is indented under subclass 448. Product in
which each of the other layers comprises paper*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
453 for a product in which sodium silicate is next to a
cellulosic layer and may act as an adhesive therefor.
Subclass:
450
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in
which a layer, contiguous with the silicon-containing layer,
contains metal*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, 33 for electrically semiconductive
stock under the Class 148 definition which is essentially
homogeneous and has at least two contiguous layers differing
in the number of unbound electrons and/or differing in energy
gap levels, which exhibit a junction between the layers.
257, Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors,
Solid-State Diodes), appropriate subclasses for such devices,
wherein the solid-state material is typically a
semiconductor.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Process,
particularly 570 for methods of making a Schottky contact to
a semiconductor and subclasses 597+ for methods of making an
ohmic contact to a semiconductor.
Subclass:
451
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in
which a layer adjacent the silicon-containing layer contains
either an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*) or an
(aldehyde or ketone condensation product*).
Subclass:
452
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in
which a layer adjacent the silicon-containing layer comprises
a cellulosic* material.
Subclass:
453
This subclass is indented under subclass 452. Product in
which the silicon-containing layer comprises sodium
silicate.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
448 for a composite product in which sodium silicate may be
the intermediate layer and especially subclass 449 in which
sodium silicate, as the intermediate layer is the adhesive
between two paper layers.
Subclass:
454
This subclass is indented under subclass 446. Product in
which the silicon ingredient is sand*, clay* or mica*.
(1) Note. A patent claiming mica (as a constituent of a
layer) will normally be considered to claim mica flakes*
(flat) and will be placed in this class, subclass 324.
Patents to a laminate of ground or pulverized mica will be
placed in this subclass 454, unless the ground or pulverized
mica is structurally defined to indicate placement in
subclass 324.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
145 and 149+, for a product comprising a continuous but
nonuniform or irregular surface, made by a layer of
particulate matter which could be sand, silica or clay.
324 for a laminate comprising mica flakes; and see (1) Note.
above.
Subclass:
455
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer contains the bark of the cork oak.
(1) Note. Bark of trees other than the cork oak is
considered "cellulosic*", thus patents claiming a laminate of
bark will be placed in the appropriate cellulosic subclasses,
especially subclasses 532+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
532 for a laminate including a layer containing bark not
specified as cork and see (1) Note above.
Subclass:
456
This subclass is indented under subclass 455. Product in
which the cork is admixed with (natural oil, natural gum or
rosin*).
(1) Note. Linoleum usually is a composition comprising cork
and linseed oil. Unless it is clear than the term is
distorted in a patent, the word linoleum, in the description
of a laminate or layer thereof, will be sufficient to place a
patent to such laminate in this subclass. An obvious
distortion would be the use of the word linoleum for vinyl
floor covering.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
500 for a vinyl containing laminate which is similar to
linoleum; and see (1) Note above.
Subclass:
457
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer contains metal*.
(1) Note. For inclusion here, a disclosure need not limit
the entire composition of a layer to metal or alloy; an
elemental metal or an alloy, among constituents of such
layer, is sufficient.
(2) Note. Steel, solder, Wood's metal - etc., are
considered metals, and may be present as a sheet or foil or
as filler in some other substance.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
49 for a unilayer of metal sections extending both laterally
and longitudinally.
148 408, 209, 312, 313, 317, 328, 330, 344, 356, 379+, 416,
and 418, for a product which includes a metal layer, metal
foam, metal particle, or a fiber including a metal which may
be a coating thereon as appropriately titled.
416 for a product comprising a metal laminated to a layer
comprising epoxy ether either by itself or as a mixture.
553 for stock-material* having metal particles in a
component next to a nonparticulate metal component.
621 for corresponding stock-material* having a second metal
component adjacent a first metal component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, 260 for a laminated stay, one layer of which is
metal.
148, Metal Treatment, subclass 33 for a semiconductor stock
material, especially a metal-silicon or a metal-germanium
laminate.
338, Electrical Resistors, appropriate subclasses for a
laminate including a metal layer and other resistor structure
such as spaced lead or terminals, at the minimum.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), appropriate subclasses for a fabric including a free
metal or alloy constituent.
Subclass:
458
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in
which a layer adjacent the metal layer contains a polyamide*,
polyimide* or polyester*.
(1) Note. Urea-aldehyde is not considered to be a polyamide
or polyimide for purposes of classification in this schedule
and will be found in the subclass providing for condensation
products of aldehyde and ketone*.
Subclass:
459
This subclass is indented under subclass 458. Product in
which the layer comprises a polyamide and is derived from a
natural source, e.g., glue*, from milk or a vegetable, or
albumin or gelatin from animal tissue.
Subclass:
460
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in
which the layer adjacent the metal layer contains an
(aldehyde or ketone condensation product*).
Subclass:
461
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in
which a layer adjacent the metal layer contains an (addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
(1) Note. This is the locus for products in which the
addition polymer is substituted with heterocyclic or
nitrogeneous radials, but see (2) Note below. Included under
this definition are acrylamide, coumarone or vinyl pyridine
polymers and patents claiming a layer of such material will
be classified here.
(2) Note. A laminate of metal and a nitrile of an addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers is classified with the
ester and halide.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
463 for a laminate of metal and a nitrile of an addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers; and see (2) Note above.
Subclass:
462
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Product in
which the addition polymer is derived from monomers which
include polyunsaturated monomers (e.g., butadiene or
cyclopentadiene).
(1) Note. A patent which claims metal next to "a synthetic
rubber" (e.g., Buna S.* neoprene or G. R. S.*) will be placed
in this subclass; unless the synthetic rubber is a thio
rubber for which see (3) Note below.
(2) Note. A layer claimed as "rubber" will be considered
natural rubber, unless the disclosure indicates other than a
natural rubber is intended.
(3) Note. Thio rubber is considered polythioether and a
patent to a laminate including thio rubber will be placed in
subclass 419.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
419 for metal next to a "thio" synthetic rubber and see (3)
Note above.
465 for metal next to natural rubber; and see (2) Note,
above.
Subclass:
463
This subclass is indented under subclass 461. Product in
which the addition polymer is an ester, halide or nitrile.
(1) Note. The addition polymer may be derived from monomers
which include esters, halide or nitrile or the addition
polymer may be treated to introduce ester, halide or nitrile
radicals.
(2) Note. Addition polymers of unsaturated monomers which
contain fluorine are unique in properties, differing from the
other halogenated polymers and patents claiming such
laminates are collected in subclasses 421+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
421 for a fluorinated addition polymer of unsaturated
monomers next to metal; and see (2) Note above.
Subclass:
464
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in
which a layer, adjacent the metal layer, contains cellulosic*
material.
Subclass:
465
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in
which a layer adjacent the metal layer contains natural
rubber*.
(1) Note. Synthetic rubber is usually derived from
polymerized dienes and acrylonitriles and patents claiming
these in a metal laminate are collected in subclasses 462 or
463. Patents claiming metal next to polysulfide synthetic
rubber are collected in subclass 419.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
419 for metal next to sulfide (Thiokol) rubber; and see (1)
Note above.
462 for metal next to chloroprene, neoprene, Buna S* or G.
R. S.* rubber; and see (1) Note above.
463 for metal next to acrylonitrile rubber; and see (1) Note
above.
Subclass:
466
This subclass is indented under subclass 465. Product in
which a natural rubber* containing layer is disposed between
and adjacent both a metal containing layer and a natural
rubber* containing layer.
(1) Note. The two rubber layers must be different in some
physical or chemical aspect, e.g., degree of vulcanization,
other ingredients including vulcanizers or accelerators; or a
rubber containing layer may be treated on the surface.
(2) Note. A patent claiming a rubber layer, treated so as
to form a surface of rubber hydro-chloride and which is
laminated with a metal containing layer, will be placed
here.
(3) Note. A patent to a laminate in which the two rubber
layers are on the opposed faces of a metal layer will not be
placed here. Such a patent will be placed in subclass 465.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
465 for a metal layer with two single rubber layers on each
of opposed surfaces.
Subclass:
467
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in
which a layer adjacent the metal containing layer contains
natural gum*, natural oil*, rosin*, lac* or a wax*.
(1) Note. Patents claiming painted metal stock in which
linseed oil is the vehicle will be placed in this subclass.
(2) Note. Paints with an alkyd base or the synthetic rubber
commonly known as "latex base" are not considered to contain
natural oil* or gum* unless so disclosed and a patent to
metal with a layer of any of these paints will not be placed
here; see search notes below.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
458 for metal stock painted with an alkyd paint.
461 for metal stock painted with a synthetic rubber base
called "latex base" paint.
Subclass:
468
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in
which a layer contiguous with the metal layer comprises
(bituminous or tarry residue*).
Subclass:
469
This subclass is indented under subclass 457. Product in
which a layer contiguous with the metal comprises a salt or a
compound of a metal and oxygen.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
450 for a metal next to a silicon salt.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 316 for metallic
stock which is coated with a salt or metal oxide as a result
of a process of that class.
Subclass:
470
This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in
which the contiguous layer comprises a compound made by the
combination of a metal and an organic acid.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, for definition of organic
acid.
Subclass:
471
This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in
which the contiguous layer comprises the compound formed by
the combination of oxygen with a metal from Groups I A or II
A of the periodic system (i.e., Lithium, Sodium, Potassium,
Rubidium, Cesium, Magnesium, Calcium, Strontium and Barium).
Subclass:
472
This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in
which the contiguous layer comprises a compound formed by the
combination of an inorganic acid or oxygen with a metal from
Groups IV B, VB or VI B of the periodic system (i.e.,
Titanium, Zirconium, Hafnium, Vanadium, Niobium, Tantalum,
Chromium, Molybdenum, Tungsten).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
386 for a rod*, strand* or fiber* coated with a titanium
compound.
404 for a particle* coated with the oxide of a refractory
metal (i.e., Ti, Zr, Hf, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo, W).
432 for a laminate of glass* or quartz* next to a metal or a
compound thereof which metal may be a refractory.
457 for a laminated product including a metal which may be a
refractory metal.
539 for a laminated product which may include a layer of a
refractory metal compound.
920 and 921, for art collections of a product which has a
fire, flame or heat protection feature and which may include
a refractory metal or a compound thereof.
Subclass:
472.1
Formed in situ:
This subclass is indented under subclass 472. Product in
which the contiguous layer is formed in situ by reaction with
the metal of the metal layer.
(1) Note. The compound maybe formed by a reactive coating
process classified in Class 148, Metal Treatment, subclasses
6+.
Subclass:
472.2
Aluminum or iron salt or oxide formed in situ:
This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in
which the contiguous layer comprises an aluminum or iron solt
or oxide formed in situ by reaction with the metal of the
metal layer.
(1) Note. The salt or oxide maybe formed by a reactive
coating process classified in Class 148, Metal Treatment,
subclasses 6+.
Subclass:
472.3
Phosphorus containing metal salt formed in situ:
This subclass is indented under subclass 469. Product in
which the contiguous layer comprises a phosphorus containing
metal salt formed in situ by reaction withe the metal of the
metal layer.
(1) Note. The phosphorus containing metal salt maybe formed
in situ by a reactive coating process classified in Class
148, Metal layer.
Subclass:
473
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which one layer comprises at least an integral portion of a
layer of animal origin which existed in the layer or film
form; see (2) Note below.
(1) Note. Patents claiming a laminate including glue* or
gelatin* in a film form are not included in this subclass
because neither exists in the animal as a layer or foil. A
patent claiming a glue* or gelatin* laminate would be placed
in subclasses 474.4+.
(2) Note. Animal skin in which the fur remains intact is
considered pile or nap type and patents to a laminate
including such skin will be placed in subclasses 85+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
85 for a fur laminate and see (2) Note above.
151 for a web or sheet made to simulate leather grain
surface.
474 for a laminate including a film manufactured from animal
protein*; and see (1) Note above.
540 for a single layer of animal skin (e.g., leather, etc.)
which is impregnated or saturated with an extraneous
material.
904 for a cross-reference collection of artificial leather
products.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
76, Metal Tools and Implements, Making, 81 for leather
laminates in the form of a strop.
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
885 for an optical filter system comprising more than plural
layers defined merely by the composition of the layers.
Subclass:
473.5
Of polyimide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which a layer contains a polymer having an imide group, as
illustrated below, in the polymer chain. [figure]
Subclass:
474.4
Of polyamide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which a layer contains a polymeric compound, comprising
recurring amide groups, as illustrated below, through which
the monomer residues are linearly linked, except
urea-aldehyde [figure]
(1) Note. A patent claiming a laminate comprising a layer
of the reaction product of a polyamine and a polybasic acid
(e.g., nylon), or other condensation polymer of an amino acid
such as caprolactam, will be placed in this or an indented
subclass.
(2) Note. Urea-aldehyde condensation products are
significantly different from other polyamide resins and are
similar in spatial structure to phenol-aldehydes. Hence,
patents claiming a laminate of only urea-aldehyde are
collected with aldehyde or ketone condensation* products in
subclasses 477.4 and 524+ and see the subclasses referred to
in the notes to subclass 524.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
395 for a coated fiber, filament, rod or strand made of
polyamide.
435 and 458, for a laminate of polyamide next to quartz or
glass or metal, respectively.
473.5 for a laminate having both polyamide and polyimide, in
the same or different layers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 168 for a coated or impregnated synthetic
polyamide fiber fabric and subclass 291 for a fabric with a
preformed polyamide sheet or film.
Subclass:
474.7
Next to second layer of polyamide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product in
which two polyamide layers, neither of which is
urea-aldehyde, are adjacent to each other.
Subclass:
474.9
At least one layer is nylon type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product in
which at least one of the polyamide layers contains a polymer
having a chain of four or more carbon atoms between its
carbonamide groups.
Subclass:
475.2
Next to polyester:
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product in
which the polyamide-containing layer is next to a
polyester-containing layer.
Subclass:
475.5
Nylon type:
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product in
which the polyamide is a polycarbonamide having a chain of
four or more carbon atoms between each of its carbonamide
groups, e.g., etc., where X=2 or more and a molecular weight
in excess of 100,000. [figure]
Subclass:
475.8
Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomer(s):
This subclass is indented under subclass 475.5. Product
wherein the polycarbonamide layer is next to a layer of a
polymer formed by linkage of the double bonds of
ethylenically unsaturated monomer(s), e.g., a vinyl polymer,
an acrylic polymer, polybutadiene, etc.
Subclass:
476.1
Polymer of monoethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon:
This subclass is indented under subclass 475.8. Product
where the unsaturated monomer is a monoethylenically
unsaturated hydrocarbon, e.g., ethylene, propylene, etc.
Subclass:
476.3
Next to addition polymer from unsaturated monomer(s):
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product
where the polyamide is adjacent to a layer of a polymer
formed by linkage of the double bonds of ethylenically
unsaturated monomer(s).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
475.8 for a similar product where a polyamide is
nylon-type.
Subclass:
476.6
Natural source-type polyamide:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476.3. Products
where the polyamide is or is similar in structure to a
polyamide from a natural source, e.g., gelatin, etc.
(1) Note. See the definition of subclass 478.2 for a
description of the structure of polyamides from natural
sources.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
478.2 for natural source-type polyamides next to other than
addition polymers.
Subclass:
476.9
Polymer of monoethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon:
This subclass is indented under subclass 476.3. Product
where the unsaturated monomer is a monoethylenically
unsaturated hydrocarbon, e.g., ethylene, propylene, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
476.1 for a similar product where the polyamide is
nylon-type.
Subclass:
477.4
Next to aldehyde or ketone condensation product:
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product
where the polyamide is adjacent to a layer of a polymer
formed by removal of the oxo oxygen from an aldehyde or
ketone and interaction of the carbon, from which removed,
with another molecule.
Subclass:
477.7
Inorganic-containing or next to inorganic-containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product
where the polyamide layer contains an inorganic material (an
element or inorganic compound) or is adjacent to a layer
which contains an inorganic material.
Subclass:
478.2
Natural source-type polyamide (e.g., casein, gelatin, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product
wherein the polyamide is characterized by a structure
obtained by polymerization of an alpha-amino acid, that is,
having a single carbon, usually substituted, between the
carbonamide groups which make up the polymer backbone.
Subclass:
478.4
Next to cellulosic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 478.2. Product
wherein the natural source-type polyamide is next to a layer
containing cellulose (including modified or regenerated) such
as wood.
Subclass:
478.8
Paper:
This subclass is indented under subclass 478.4. Product
wherein the cellulose layer is a sheet of unwoven water-laid
cellulose fibers.
(1) Note. The term "paper"* includes cardboard, kraft
paper, etc.
Subclass:
479.3
Next to cellulosic:
This subclass is indented under subclass 474.4. Product in
which the polyamide layer is adjacent to a layer containing
cellulose, including modified or regenerated cellulose.
Subclass:
479.6
Paper or wood:
This subclass is indented under subclass 479.3. Product in
which the cellulosic material is wood* or a sheet of unwoven
water-laid cellulose fibers.
(1) Note. The term paper* is construed to include
cardboard, pasteboard, and water-laid wood pulp; and see (9)
Note under subclass 411.
Subclass:
480
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which a layer comprises a polymeric compound containing ester
groups through which the monomers are linearly linked to each
other.
(1) Note. To be considered polyester*, the chain of units
must be attached to each other through ester linkage, such as
the product formed by esterification of a polyhydric alcohol
with a polybasic acid or the polymeric self-esterification of
a hydroxy acid. A polymer which has multiester groups and
whose units are not linked through these ester groups but by
means of some other method (e.g., reaction of double bonds)
is not considered polyester. thus, a patent claiming a
polyvinyl acetate or a poly methyl acrylate laminate will be
found in subclasses 500+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
26 for an artificial flower or flower petal which may be
made of polyester.
395 for a rod*, strand*, filament* or fiber* having a
coating thereon or being structurally defined and made of
polyester.
430 and 458, for a laminate including a layer of polyester
next to quartz* or glass*, or metal* respectively.
500 and especially 514, 520 and 522 for a laminate of an
addition polymer from unsaturated monomers which is an ester;
and see (1) Note, above.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 164 for a coated or impregnated polyester
fiber fabric and subclass 395 for a fabric with a preformed
polyester sheet or film.
Subclass:
481
This subclass is indented under subclass 480. Product in
which a layer adjacent the polyester-containing layer
comprises a cellulosic* material.
Subclass:
482
This subclass is indented under subclass 480. Product in
which some of the acid and/or the alcohol moieties, from
which the polyester is derived, are at least trifunctional,
permitting a cross-linking of the linear polyester chain.
(1) Note. A patent claiming a laminate comprising a
polyester layer derived from an acid which is at least
tribasic or an alcohol which is at least trihydric or in
which either the poly basic acid or polyhydric alcohol is
unsaturated, will be placed here.
Subclass:
483
This subclass is indented under subclass 480. Product in
which a layer adjacent the polyester layer comprises an
(addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
Subclass:
484
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which one layer is a wax* or has waxy* properties.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
319 for a composite product in which at least one component
is porous and contains fibers and a waxy coating or
component.
348 for a composite web or sheet having an adhesive
outermost coating which is heat sealable and which contains a
wax.
440 for a layered product comprising a wax adjacent to
quartz* or glass*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, subclass 416 and 443 for a wax
containing layer stock material which is produced by a
coating process.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 84, 90, and 100 for a coated or impregnated
fabric that contains wax.
Subclass:
485
This subclass is indented under subclass 484. Product in
which a layer adjacent the wax or waxy layer comprises a
cellulosic* material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, subclass 416 and 443 for a coating
process for producing a wax layer on a base which may be a
cellulosic material.
Subclass:
486
This subclass is indented under subclass 485. Product in
which the cellulosic material is paper*.
Subclass:
487
This subclass is indented under subclass 486. Product in
which the paper is made from well beaten chemical wood pulp,
is highly calendered, and is hard, thin and almost
transparent.
Subclass:
488.1
With pigment or dye (e.g., carbon paper hectograph paper,
etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 486. Product
including coloring material comprising (a) small, solid free
particles* of coloring matter, (b) coloring material which
has been chemically attached to another substance (dye).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
346, Recorders, 200 for a recording sheet having a colorless
color-former.
Subclass:
488.4
Having layer over transferable material or on carrier
opposite transferable material layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 488.1. Subject
matter in which a layer of the composite material or selected
portions of such layer nay be transferred form the carrier
layer to another material (e.g., carbon-paper type), the
composite being provide with at least a third layer outward
of the transferable layer or directly of the carrier layer,
opposite the transferable layer.
Subclass:
489
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer contains (a bituminous or tarry
residue*).
(1) Note. The residue from distillation of mineral oil
and/or coal and from the destructive distillation of wood is
considered to be a pitch; and a patent claiming a laminate
including a layer of such material will be placed in this
subclass.
(2) Note. The mere identification in the disclosure, of a
material in a layer as an asphalt, tar, pitch or bitumen will
be sufficient for placement of a patent in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
141 and especially 143+ for a product, usually a roofing
material which includes a layer or component saturated or
coated with a bituminous or tarry material (including
asphalt).
440 and 468, for a layered or composite product comprising
bituminous or tarry material next to quartz or glass, or
metal respectively.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, 138 for a process of coating a
pavement or the earth with asphalt, tar, bitumen or oil,
subclasses 186+ for a process of producing a roofing element,
usually including asphalt and subclass 443 for a process of
coating, utilizing asphalt, bitumen, oil or wax.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 258, 282, and 298 for a fabric including a
bituminous material layer.
Subclass:
490
This subclass is indented under subclass 489. Product in
which a layer adjacent the bituminous or tarry residue layer
is cellulosic*.
Subclass:
491
This subclass is indented under subclass 490. Product in
which the cellulosic layer is paper*.
(1) Note. The term paper* is construed to include
cardboard, pasteboard and water laid wood pulp; and see (9)
Note under subclasses 411.1+
Subclass:
492
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer contains natural rubber*.
(1) Note. The rubber may be modified by chemical treatment
and/or admixed with other natural or with synthetic,
resin(s).
(2) Note. A patent claiming a laminate comprising a layer
of rubber, without indication of a synthetic origin, will be
placed here.
(3) Note. Synthetic rubber is usually derived from addition
polymers of polyene monomers and, unless the synthetic rubber
is disclosed as a polysulfide rubber, laminates containing
such a layer will be classified with addition polymers.
"Thio" or polysulfide rubber is considered polythioether.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
310 for a composite* web* or sheet* in which one component*
is porous or cellular and is made of foamed or expanded
material, which may be natural rubber and subclass 316, for a
similar composite* web* or sheet* in which the porous
component* may be natural rubber.
356 for a composite* web* or sheet* having an outer layer of
adhesive material and in which natural rubber is part of the
adhesive composition.
382 and 390, for a rod*, strand*, fiber* or filament* in
which natural rubber is a coating, either as one of plural
coatings or as a single coating.
419 for a laminate which contains a polysulfide synthetic
rubber and see (3) Note above.
440 and 465, for a natural rubber layer next to quartz or
glass or metal, respectively.
500 for a laminate which contains synthetic rubber (other
than polysulfide) and see (3) Note above.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 84, 90, 100, and 159 for a coated or
impregnated fabric that contains natural oil, gum, or rosin.
Subclass:
493
This subclass is indented under subclass 492. Product in
which adjacent layers, each containing natural rubber*, are
disclosed or claimed to differ in composition or properties.
(1) Note. The rubber layers may "differ" in degree of
vulcanization, kind or relative amounts of vulcanizers,
accelerator or additives or in other disclosed physical
properties.
(2) Note. A patent claiming plural layers of rubber,
identical in composition, directly adhered to each other
(e.g., by molecular attraction or static electricity) and in
which an interface can be detected, will be placed in
subclass 492.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
492 for plural layers of rubber, identical in composition
and physical properties, which are directly adhered to each
other and see (2) Note above.
Subclass:
494
This subclass is indented under subclass 492. Product
wherein a layer adjacent the rubber containing layer
comprises either an (aldehyde or ketone condensation
product*) or an (addition polymer from unsaturated
monomers*).
(1) Note. Polyvinyl acetal, being an aldehyde condensation
product, a patent claiming such acetal next to rubber will be
placed here.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
500 for a laminate including a layer of (addition polymer
from unsaturated monomers) and especially subclasses 501+ for
a layer of (aldehyde or ketone condensation product) next to
the (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers).
524 for a laminate including a layer of an (aldehyde or
ketone condensation product).
Subclass:
495
This subclass is indented under subclass 494. Product in
which the addition polymer is derived from monomers which
include polyunsaturated monomers, e.g., butadiene or
chloroprene.
(1) Note. Patents to a laminate of natural rubber and
synthetic rubber (e.g., ABS*, Buna S*, or GRS*) will be
placed in this subclass.
Subclass:
496
This subclass is indented under subclass 492. Product in
which a layer adjacent the rubber layer comprises cellulosic*
material.
Subclass:
497
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer contains a (natural gum or oil,
rosin or lac*).
(1) Note. A patent which claims a laminate comprising a
layer of, or containing, mineral oil, shellac, oil based
paint, gum arabic, cottonseed oil etc., will be placed here.
(2) Note. Modification of a natural drying oil, e.g.,
boiled linseed oil, will be considered natural oil.
(3) Note. Pyroxylin* has a minor amount of camphor and/or
castor oil as a plasticizer, but for purposes of
classification in this schedule is considered a cellulosic*
material. Thus, patents claiming a laminate of pyroxylin will
be placed in appropriate subclasses of this class based upon
the presence of a cellulosic layer.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
205 for a composite web or sheet in which a translucent
layer of natural gum, lac, rosin or oil covers a layer which
is discontinuous in extent.
440 456 and 467, for natural gum, rosin, natural oil or lac
as a layer or associated with glass, cork or metal,
respectively.
484 for a product comprising a layer comprising wax* or
waxy* material combined with a natural gum, rosin, natural
oil or lac; many of the products in subclasses 484+,
especially subclasses 485+ combine a wax and a gum, lac,
rosin etc., as a coating on a cellulosic base.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 84, 90, 100, and 159 for a coated or
impregnated fabric that contains natural oil, gum, or rosin.
Subclass:
498
This subclass is indented under subclass 497. Product in
which a layer next to the oil, gum or lac, comprises
cellulosic* material.
Subclass:
499
This subclass is indented under subclass 498. Product in
which the layer next to the cellulosic material comprises an
oil which occurs in nature.
Subclass:
500
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer contains a compound which is an
(addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
26 for an article resembling a natural flower or flower
petal and which may be made of chemically plastic matter such
as an addition polymer.
147 159, 315, 327, 339, 349, 373+, 383, and 407, for products
comprising an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers used
as a coating, impregnation or bond, as part of a composite*
web* or sheet* or as a synthetic fiber* or filament*, as
appropriately titled. See below for more specific notes.
355 for a product including an adhesive outer layer and in
which the adhesive composition includes an addition polymer
from unsaturated monomers, and especially subclass 349 in
which the polymer is heat sealable.
413 for a composite product in which one layer comprises an
epoxy ether which may be mixed with an addition polymer from
unsaturated monomers.
421 for a laminate including a layer of fluorinated addition
polymer from unsaturated monomers.
437 and 441+, for a laminate including a layer of an
addition polymer from unsaturated monomers, next to a glass*
layer.
451 for an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers next
to a silicon containing layer.
461 for an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers next
to a metal* layer.
494 for an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers next
to a natural rubber* layer.
Subclass:
501
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in
which a layer adjacent to the layers of addition polymer from
unsaturated monomers, comprises an (aldehyde or ketone
condensation product*).
(1) Note. An acetal of polyvinyl alcohol is an (aldehyde or
ketone condensation product); hence, a patent claiming a
product of such an acetal next to another layer which
comprises an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers will
be placed in this subclass.
Subclass:
502
This subclass is indented under subclass 501. Product
wherein the condensation product is the reaction product of
melamine and an aldehyde.
Subclass:
503
This subclass is indented under subclass 502. Product
wherein the melamine-aldehyde condensation product is
incorporated within the interstices or applied to the surface
of a material comprising cellulose* or a derivative thereof,
and, if on the surface, is contiguous to the addition
polymer.
Subclass:
504
This subclass is indented under subclass 501. Product in
which the condensation product is one resulting from the
reaction between an amide and an aldehyde.
Subclass:
505
This subclass is indented under subclass 504. Product
wherein the amide is urea or a modification thereof, (e.g.,
butylated urea, etc.).
Subclass:
506
This subclass is indented under subclass 501. Product in
which the condensation product is one resulting from the
reaction between an aldehyde and a hydroxy benzene (i.e., a
compound containing one or more hydroxyl group attached to an
aromatic or carbon ring and commonly known as a phenol).
Subclass:
507
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in
which a layer comprising a cellulosic* material is adjacent
to the addition polymer.
Subclass:
508
This subclass is indented under subclass 507. Product in
which the cellulosic material is chemically modified (e.g.,
esterified, etc.) or precipitated from a solution (i.e.,
regenerated).
(1) Note. Examples of modified or regenerated cellulose
are: viscose*, cellophane*, cellulose*, acetate, cellulose*
nitrate and pryoxylin*.
Subclass:
509
This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Product
wherein the addition polymer is made from one or more
monomers in which only carbon and hydrogen appear, (e.g.,
polyethylene*, polyproxylene, polystyrene, butadiene styrene
copolymer (SBR)*, ethylenepropylene copolymer, etc.
Subclass:
510
This subclass is indented under subclass 508. Product
wherein the addition polymer is an ester or a halide.
(1) Note. The addition polymer may be obtained from a
monomer which includes an ester or a halogen or the addition
polymer itself may be treated to introduce an ester or a
halide radical.
Subclass:
511
This subclass is indented under subclass 507. Product in
which the cellulosic material is paper* or wood*.
Subclass:
512
This subclass is indented under subclass 511. Product in
which the addition polymer is made from a monomer in which
only carbon and hydrogen appear, (e.g., butadiene-styrene
copolymer (SBR)*, butyl rubber, etc.).
Subclass:
513
This subclass is indented under subclass 512. Product
wherein the hydrocarbon monomer(s) contain a single ethylenic
group, illustrated below, not a part of an aromatic ring,
e.g., polyethylene*, polypropylene, polystyrene,
ethylene-propylene copolymer, etc. [figure]
Subclass:
514
This subclass is indented under subclass 511. Product in
which the addition polymer is an ester, nitrile or halide.
(1) Note. The addition polymer may be obtained from
monomers which include an ester, halide or nitrile; or the
addition polymer may be treated to introduce ester, halide or
nitrile radicals.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
421 for a laminate of fluorinated addition polymer of
unsaturated monomers next to paper or wood.
Subclass:
515
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product
comprising a plurality of contiguous layers, each of which is
an addition polymer from unsaturated monomers, with the
respective layers disclosed as differing in some respect.
(1) Note. The "differing" may be in degree of
polymerization, kind or amount of additive, vulcanization, or
physical property.
(2) Note. Two identical layers which are fused together so
as to eliminate the interface are considered as constituting
a single layer and, in the absence of any claimed structure a
patent claiming such a layer will be placed in the
appropriate composition class.
(3) Note. Two identical layers of addition polymer which
cohere through molecular attraction or other bonding force,
e.g., static electricity, are not considered to differ.
Thus, patents claiming such layers will be placed in subclass
500.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
212 for layers or components having the same physical
characteristics in differing degree.
500 for plural layers of addition polymer, identical in
composition and physical properties, which are directly
cohered to each other; and see (3) Note above.
Subclass:
516
This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Product
wherein at least one layer contains a polymer of one or more
aliphatic, open chain, monoethylenically unsaturated (i.e.,
monomers of the formula CnH2n).
Subclass:
517
This subclass is indented under subclass 516. Product
wherein a layer next to the olefin polymer-containing layer
comprises a polymer derived from a poly-unsaturated monomer
(e.g., butadiene, etc.).
Subclass:
518
This subclass is indented under subclass 516. Product in
which the olefin polymer layer is next to a layer of a
polymer of one or monomers selected from the class of vinyl
chloride and vinylidene chloride.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
421 for a laminate including a layer of fluorinated addition
polymer of unsaturated monomers.
Subclass:
519
This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Product in
which at least one of the contiguous addition polymer layers
is derived from a poly-unsaturated monomer (e.g., butadiene,
cyclopentadiene, etc.).
Subclass:
520
This subclass is indented under subclass 515. Product in
which at least one of the contiguous addition polymer layers
contains an addition polymer from an unsaturated monomer
which is in the form of an ester, a nitrile, or a halide.
(1) Note. The addition polymer* may be derived from a
monomer which includes an ester, halide or nitrile; or the
polymer* itself may be treated to introduce an ester, halide,
or nitrile radical.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
421 for a laminated product including a layer of fluorinated
addition polymer of unsaturated monomers.
Subclass:
521
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in
which the addition polymer layer is derived from a
polyunsaturated monomer (e.g., butadiene, cyclopentadiene,
etc.).
Subclass:
522
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in
which the addition polymer from unsaturated monomer is an
ester, halide or nitrile.
(1) Note. The addition polymer may be derived from a
monomer which includes an ester, halide or nitrile; or the
polymer itself may be treated to introduce an ester, halide
or nitrile radical.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
421 for a laminated product including a layer of fluorinated
addition polymer of unsaturated monomers.
Subclass:
523
This subclass is indented under subclass 500. Product in
which the addition polymer is derived from a
monoethylenically unsaturated hydrocarbon only, i.e., the
unsaturation is present as the group: [figure]
Subclass:
524
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer comprises a resin resulting from the
reaction of an aldehyde or a ketone and a polyfunctional
active hydrogen containing compound, which, with the
elimination of water, produces a chain of alkylidene units
alternating with the residue of the hydrogen supplying
compound.
(1) Note. Phenol formaldehyde, urea formaldehyde, polyamino
(e.g., melamine) formaldehyde, and furfural are exemplary of
compounds within the scope of the term, "Aldehyde or ketone
condensation product*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
26 for an article* resembling a flower or flower petal made
of an aldehyde or ketone condensation product.
355 for a product including an adhesive outer layer in which
the adhesive may contain an aldehyde or ketone condensation
product in its composition.
436 451, 460, and 494, for an aldehyde or ketone condensation
product as a coating or layer of a composite* web* or
sheet*.
501 for an (addition polymer from unsaturated monomers*)
next to an aldehyde or ketone condensation product.
442 Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclasses 160+ and 176+ for a coated or impregnated
fabric that includes an aldehyde or ketone condensation
product.
Subclass:
525
This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Product in
which adjacent layers, each comprising an aldehyde or ketone
condensation product, are disclosed to differ in some
aspect.
(1) Note. The two layers may contain different condensation
products, or the same condensation product with different
additives or physical properties.
(2) Note. Two identical layers of an aldehyde or ketone
condensation product directly cohered to each other, but with
an interface which is detectable, are nor considered to
differ. Thus, a patent claiming such a laminate will be
placed in subclass 524. Such layers may cohere through,
e.g., molecular attraction or static electricity.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
212 for layers or components having the same physical
characteristic in differing degree.
524 for plural layers of an aldehyde or ketone condensation
product, identical in composition and physical properties,
which are directly cohered to each other; and see (2) Note
above.
Subclass:
526
This subclass is indented under subclass 524. Product in
which a layer adjacent the condensation-product layer
comprises a cellulosic* material.
Subclass:
527
This subclass is indented under subclass 526. Product in
which the cellulosic material is chemically modified (e.g.,
esterified) or precipitated from a solution.
(1) Note. Viscose, cellophane, cellulose acetate, cellulose
nitrate and pyroxylin are exemplary of modified or
regenerated cellulose.
Subclass:
528
This subclass is indented under subclass 526. Product in
which the cellulosic material is wood*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
541 for a block or single layer of wood which has been
impregnated or permeated with a substance.
Subclass:
529
This subclass is indented under subclass 528. Product in
which the aldehyde or ketone is condensed with a phenolic
compound.
Subclass:
530
This subclass is indented under subclass 526. Product in
which the cellulosic material is paper.
(1) Note. The term paper is construed to include cardboard,
pasteboard and water laid wood pulp; and see (9) Note under
the definition of subclass 411.1.
Subclass:
531
This subclass is indented under subclass 530. Product in
which the aldehyde or ketone is condensed with a phenolic
compound.
Subclass:
532
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Product in
which at least one layer contains either a polyhydroxy
mono-aldehyde or a polyhydroxy mono-ketone, generally having
the formula i.e., Cn(H[subscrpt]2[end subscrpt]O)n or one of
the multi-unit anhydrides which are hydrolizable to such
aldehyde and/or ketone.
(1) Note. Patents claiming a laminate including a layer of
starch*, glycogen, dextran*, lignin, etc., will be collected
here.
(2) Note. Pyroxylin has a minor amount of camphor and/or
castor oil as a plasticizer, but for purposes of
classification is considered carbohydrate (specifically
cellulosic*) rather than a natural gum or oil, and patents
claiming a laminate of such a layer will be placed in this
and indented subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
26 for a three dimension imitation or treated natural
product resembling a flower and made of paper.
50 for a single layer of cellulosic sections arranged in
both lateral and longitudinal directions.
84 for a paper sheet having specific perimeter or corner
structure.
146 for a surface containing carbohydrate particles to give
a textured feel.
153 for a web* or sheet* comprising crinkled or creped
paper.
165 for a composite* web* or sheet* in which one of the
layers* or components* varies in thickness and at least one
component* comprises cellulosic material.
191 for a web* or sheet* comprising plural components*,
noncoextensive laterally and in which one component is
cellulosic material.
211 for a paper sheet* having a discontinuous or
differential coating, bond or impregnation.
314 for a composite*, web* or sheet*, one component* of
which is porous or cellular* and is made of expanded or
foamed material and is adjacent to a cellulosic layer.
318 for a similar composite*, web* or sheet* in which the
porous or cellular* component* contains fiber* and as paper.
326 for a composite*, web* or sheet* in which one component*
contains structurally defined particles* of cellulosic
material.
342 for a web* or sheet* in which the weight of a coating on
a cellulosic substrate is recited in terms of an area covered
thereby.
393 for a coated or structurally defined rod* strand*,
fiber* or filament* of cellulosic material.
411 appropriate subclasses with cellulosic or carbohydrate
set out in the titles for a composite* web* or sheet*
including a cellulosic or carbohydrate component.
455 for a laminated product including cork* (the outer bark
of cork oak).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 153 for a coated or impregnated cellulosic
fiber fabric and subclass 257 for a fabric including a wood
or cork layer.
Subclass:
533
This subclass is indented under subclass 532. Product in
which each of contiguous layer contains carbohydrate, at
least one of which layers contains a cellulosic* material.
Subclass:
534
This subclass is indented under subclass 533. Product in
which both such contiguous layers comprise cellulosic
material.
Subclass:
535
This subclass is indented under subclass 534. Product in
which at least one of the cellulosic layers is paper* or
wood*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
541 for a single layer of wood which has been impregnated or
permeated with a substance.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, for a multilayer
paper web or sheet which is produced by a process of that
class; and see (9) Note under the definition of subclass
411.1 of this class (428).
Subclass:
536
This subclass is indented under subclass 534. Product in
which at least one of the adjacent cellulosic layers is
chemically modified or precipitated from solution.
(1) Note. Patents claiming a laminate of cellulose acetate,
cellulose nitrate, cellulose ether or pyroxilin* will be
collected here.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
439 for cellulosic ester next to glass and subclass 527 for
modified or regenerated cellulose next to an aldehyde or
ketone condensation product.
535 for a product in which regenerated or modified cellulose
may be adjacent to a layer of wood or paper.
Subclass:
537.1
Of wood:
This subclass is indented under subclass 532. Product in
which the carbohydrate layer is wood..
Subclass:
537.5
Of paper:
This subclass is indented under subclass 532. Product in
which the carbohydrate layer is paper.
(1) Note. Cardboard, pasteboard and water-laid pulp are
considered exemplary of paper.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
162, Paper Making and Fiber Liberation, for a multi-ply paper
web or sheet which is produced by a process of that class;
and see (9) Note, under the definition for subclass 411.1 of
this class (428).
Subclass:
537.7
Next to layer of metal salt (e.g., plasterboard, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 537.5. Product, in
which the paper is adjacent to a metal salt, such as calcium
sulfate, etc.
Subclass:
539.5
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Products in which a continuum (matrix or continuous phase) of
elemental metal is interengaged with a continuum of nonmetal
material.
(1) Note. These products are most usually obtained by the
impregnation of a metal or nonmetal composition, having an
interconnected void structure, with a nonmetal or metal
composition, respectively, in a fluent form.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
540 for products having interengaged nonmetal continuous
phases.
545 for the product which results when a consolidated metal
powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a nonmetal.
550 for the product which results when a consolidated metal
powder material having an interconnected void structure is
impregnated with a different metal material.
566 for consolidated metal powder stock-material* having an
interconnected void structure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 314 for a consolidated
composition containing free metal that is to be used as a
charge for a metallurgical process and subclasses 230+ for
consolidated metal powder compositions containing a nonmetal
ingredient.
419, Powder Metallurgy Processes, subclass 27 for processes
of sintering powdered metal followed by impregnation.
427, Coating Processes, 440 for immersion-type coating
processes which may result in the impregnation of coating
material into the pores of a substrate.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), 228 and 376+ for a fabric including a free metal or
alloy constituent.
501, Compositions: Ceramic, for ceramic compositions
containing metal particles in a nonmetal matrix without a
continuous metal phase.
520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, in particular,
classes 523 and 524 for a synthetic resin or natural rubber
composition containing a nonreactant material, but without a
continuous metal phase.
Subclass:
540
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Product comprising a block* or other solid mass*, or a single
layer*, sheet* or web* which is found in nature in
substantially the same form and is saturated or permeated
with an extraneous material substantially throughout.
(1) Note. If recited to specify a specific depth of
penetration of the saturating material so that a definite
interface can be determined, classification is above this
subclass on other features such as for example 212+ or
411.1+.
(2) Note. Where no specifically recited depth of
penetration is recited as for example, 1/4 inch, half-way
through, etc., the product will be considered to be
impregnated substantially throughout and will be placed in
this subclass.
(3) Note. Where a claim includes a solid block or piece of
wood, and alternatively wood pulp or wood flour or wood chips
and no structure of the particles, the original
classification will be in this or the indented subclass with
a cross reference to the appropriate composition or other
classes, e.g., 106, 162, 252, 260, etc.
(4) Note. Unless disclosed otherwise, wood and leather will
be considered as in the solid-state and proper for this or
the indented subclass.
(5) Note. Rubber is not a natural solid and is excluded
from this group of subclasses.
(6) Note. Unless otherwise described or identified (as for
example as particles*, chips, etc.) cork will be considered
to be a natural solid and will be classified in subclass 541
indented hereunder.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
473 for a plural layer product in which one of the layers is
leather or other animal skin.
511 528+, 535, and 537, for plural layer products in which
one layer may be a wood product.
Subclass:
541
This subclass is indented under subclass 540. Product in
which the natural solid comprises a wood or lumber product
which is of substantial size as a sheet, web, block, etc.,
that is the wood product has not been comminuted into
particles or small bits or pieces.
Subclass:
542.2
DECORATIVE ARTICLE:
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter comprising a fully shaped article which has as
its only utility merely the adornment, or embellishment of a
place or thing and not provided for elsewhere.
(1) Note. When any function other than mere appearance is
ascribed to an article in the specification or claims of a
patent, the patent is placed in the class and subclass which
provides for that other function.
(2) Note. See Designs Classes D1 to D99 for inventions in
the decorative appearance of articles of commerce which have
a main function other than that of being decorative.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
3 through 31, for ornaments characterized by special
structural features, or times, or places of use, particularly
the definition of subclass 7 for the location of decorations
and ornaments classified elsewhere; subclass 12 for a hanging
ornament; and subclass 17 for a treated piece of wood which
looks like wood.
156 for a sheet, or web having decorative or informative
elements embossed therein.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 175.3 for a decorative trimming for a
hat and subclasses 244+ for decorative trimming for other
clothing.
40, Card, Picture, or Sign Exhibiting, subclass 427 for a
display having an enhanced visual effect.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 311.1 for an
ornamental building component and subclasses 718.01+ for a
decorative trim strip for a building, or building component.
362, Illumination, 362 for a decorative housing for an
illuminating device, e.g., a globe for an electric lamp,
etc.
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, 9 for a chemically defined photograph.
434, Education and Demonstration, 81 for inventions in
teaching, or demonstrating visual arts and crafts, especially
subclasses 83 for a model made of filaments and 86 for an
animal, or human body model having movable parts.
446, Amusement Devices: Toys, 115 for a sculpture designed
to be handled, or manipulated frequently.
Subclass:
542.4
Trophy or memento (e.g., preserved artifact, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 542.2. Subject
matter the appearance of which is designed to call to mind a
person, or event.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
913.3 for a collection of patents drawn to memorial
plaques.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 103 for a land
marker, or monument, and subclass 134 for a mausoleum.
Subclass:
542.6
Constructed from filamentary or flat sheet material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 542.2. Subject
matter deriving its appearance mainly from originally flat
sheet material and/or wire, cord, slender rods, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34.1 for a hollow article, e.g., a container defined only in
terms of the composition from which it is made, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 633 for an openwork
building component.
Subclass:
542.8
ARTICLE OF INTERMEDIATE SHAPE (E.G., BLANK, PARISON, PREFORM,
ETC.):
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter comprising a fully shaped article which is not
suitable for functional use in the claimed condition, but
must be subjected to one or more further significant shaping
steps to do more than merely occupy space.
(1) Note. The following operations have been regarded as
not involving a further significant shaping:
(a) Assembling, or uniting the article with other parts.
(b) Distorting the article during an assembly operation to
cause the article to conform to discrepancies in the size, or
shape of a coacting part.
(c) Bonding, or distorting those portions of the article
which are to function as means for fastening the article to a
coacting part, as, for example, the bending of ears, or
tabs.
(d) Completely destroying the identity of the article as by
disintegrating, melting, etc.
(2) Note. See the main definitions of this class (428),
section VI, A, 2, for a listing of classes of subject matter
which provide for their own blanks.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
43 and 571, for a series of blanks connected together by a
weakened portion intrinsic to the material of which the blank
is made.
81 for a sheet having a defined perimeter structure.
105 for a plural component web having grain elements in an
angular relationship.
577 for an intermediate article which is all metal or has
adjacent metal layers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
83, Cutting, subclass 55 for a blanking process.
264, Plastic or Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, appropriate subclasses for methods of deforming
nonmetal blanks.
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
838 for a mirror or portion of same.
Subclass:
543
Product or stock material not provided for in any preceding
subclass in this class or where no other classification
exists.
(1) Note. Examples of products found in this subclass are:
a mass of filaments of no definite structure, mixtures of
strands or strips of no definite structure, etc.
(2) Note. A surface modified so as to form a chemical
composition or compound is classified in the appropriate
compound or composition class, e.g., 106 or 260.
(3) Note. No patent should be placed in this subclass
before consulting the "Index to U.S. Patent Classification"
for a more appropriate class and subclass.
(4) Note. The search notes below indicate classes and
subclasses frequently overlooked in mistakenly deciding that
an article is "miscellaneous".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
409 for a web, sheet or block claimed in terms of a surface
characteristic.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
16, Miscellaneous Hardware, subclass 110 for a handle, per
se, and the definitions thereto for the location of other
handles.
24, Buckles, Buttons, Clasps, etc., subclass 225 for the
loop-type eye of a hook-and-eye fastener.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, for a single-layer
material for building construction, claimed in terms of its
composition, even though described or nominally claimed as an
"article".
116, Signals and Indicators, 63 for a street traffic
marker.
135, Tent, Canopy, Umbrella, or Cane, subclass 65 for a
handle for a cane or umbrella.
164, Metal Founding, 235 for a patterned mold for molten
metal or a part of such mold.
169, Fire Extinguishers, subclass 50 for a means for
isolating a person or nonburning thing from a fire, e.g., a
fire-barrier, or shield.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 32 for
anti-inductive structures, especially subclass 35 for devices
which shield, or protect structures from magnetic, or
electrical interference.
215, Bottles and Jars, 200 for a closure for a bottle.
219, Electric Heating, 201 for an article containing an
electric heating wire, or other element for heating the
article.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, subclass 44.1 for a holder, or
pusher for a metal part to be welded to another part by
fusion bonding.
237, Heating Systems, subclass 79 for a radiator heat
shield.
248, Supports, 637 for a machinery support.
249, Static Molds, 187 for an element for such a mold.
250, Radiant Energy, 515 for devices, e.g., shields for
absorbing invisible radiation.
267, Spring Devices, 136 for a device for absorbing shocks,
e.g., a resilient dunnage element, etc.
273, Amusement Devices: Games, subclass 146 for a game
playing die, and subclasses 293+ for a game playing card or
tile.
294, Handling: Hand and Hoist-Line Implements, subclass 27
for a receptacle handle, subclass 61 for spears and subclass
131 for shields.
296, Land Vehicles: Bodies and Tops, 187 for a land vehicle
body wall or a component thereof.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
600 for a potted electrical device.
403, Joints and Connections, subclass 30 for a joint between
two objects having different coefficients for expansion.
411, Expanded, Threaded, Driven, Headed, and Tool-Deformed or
Locked Threaded Fasteners, 378 for an externally threaded
fastener.
430, Radiation Imagery Chemistry: Process, Composition, or
Product Thereof, subclass 5 for a mask to be used in
photography.
521, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, 50 for a single
layer of foamed synthetic resin claimed in terms of its
composition; even though described, or nominally claimed as
an "article".
Subclass:
544
This subclass is indented under the class definition.
Subject matter drawn to stock-material* or an
intermediate-article* which is metallic* or to a shaped metal
configuration designed for melting.
(1) Note. The article or stock-material* may also contain
nonmetal material when it meets the requirements of this
subclass for containing spatially distinct portions of
different metals or distinct forms of a metal, contiguous to
each other.
(2) Note. Metallic* products made up of a mere random
mixture of ingredients, whether or not such ingredients are
structurally defined, are generally considered to be
compositions, and are classified in the appropriate
composition class (including Class 148 "stock"). However,
where the product is characterized by its dimensions, as in
subclasses 606+ or by a particular internal structure, due to
a particular interrelationship among its elements, or in
subclasses 566 and 605 it is considered to be a
stock-material*. See the definition of this class.
(3) Note. A manufacture which comprises an indefinite
series of articles, whether intermediate or finished, still
joined to each other, as their precursor material was joined
in the workpiece from which the manufacture was made, is
generally considered to be a stock-material* and such
manufactures coming within the scope of this mainline
subclass are generally found in indented subclasses 571 to
575. See also the class definition of this class (428),
section VI, A.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
30, Cutlery, subclass 345 for cutlery implements in which
the invention lies in the material from which made, subclass
346.54, directed specifically to razor-blade material, and
subclass 350, directed to the metallurgical features of a
blade.
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
particularly subclass 309 for a process of making or
material for making a metallic abrasive tool.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 712 for sheet or
wire ties.
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 200 for
strand structures of that class, and subclass 362 for
wire-rope-making processes.
72, Metal Deforming, 362 for processes of changing the size
or shape of self-sustaining metal work.
74, Machine Element or Mechanism, subclass 588 for
connecting rods fabricated from sheet metal.
76, Metal Tools and Implements, Making, 101.1 for blanks for
processes of that class.
109, Safes, Bank Protection, or a Related Device, subclass 78
for safes, safe walls and safe plates which may be made of
metal.
123, Internal-Combustion Engines, subclass 90.51 for the
composition of a tappet of that class, and subclasses 188.1+
for valves of that class which may be made of metal.
139, Textiles: Weaving, subclass 425 for a fabric of that
class which includes metal.
200, Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers, 262 for
contacts of that class which are of specific materials, e.g.,
metal-containing.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, 292 for
electrodes having a free-metal-containing composition, useful
for carrying out the processes of that class.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 76 for an
electroforming process directed to the production of sheets,
webs, wires, and filaments.
238, Railways: Surface Track, subclass 4 for metallic
highway track, subclass 26 for longitudinal metal
rail-supporting beams, subclasses 30+ for railway ties which
may be metal, subclass 111 for a pot-type rail support made
of cast metal, subclass 112 for a wrought plate support,
subclass 150 for materials for rails, subclasses 269+ for
cast rail seats, and subclasses 272+ for wrought rail seats.
249, Static Molds, subclass 213 for a mold adjunct in the
form of a sheet-metal tie for maintaining mold elements in
spaced relation.
280, Land Vehicles, subclass 28 for a device of that class
in which the sliding portion of a base is claimed.
403, Joints and Connections, 271 for a molded joint
comprising metal fusion material.
413, Sheet Metal Container Making, 1 for processes and
machines for shaping and seaming sheet metal hollow articles
and machines for forming and compressing the seams of roofing
sheets.
416, Fluid Reaction Surfaces (i.e., Impellers), 223 for
specific impeller blade structures, e.g., shapes, materials,
etc.
451, Abrading, subclass 553 for a metallic abrading tool.
474, Endless Belt Power Transmission Systems or Components,
appropriate subclasses for a friction or positive drive
pulley, guide roll, or belt which may be formed of cast or
sheet metal.
623, Prosthesis (i.e., Artificial Body Members), Parts
Thereof, or Aids and Accessories Therefor, appropriate
subclasses for miscellaneous articles animal body parts,
elements and accessory to such parts which may be used of
metal.
Subclass:
545
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
directed to composite (e.g., multilayer) material in which a
component (e.g., a single layer) has a continuum (matrix or
continuous phase) of elemental metal and also a continuum of
nonfluent nonmetal interengaged or interenmeshed with the
metal continuum.
(1) Note. To be included within the definition of
interengaged, the two phases must be related in an
interlaced, reticulated, interwoven, etc., fashion.
(2) Note. A mere dispersion of particles in a matrix does
not come within the purview of this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
539.5 for noncomposite (e.g., single layer) stock-material*
having a metal continuum interengaged with a solid nonmetal
continuum.
548 for composite metallic stock which contains metal
particles.
615 for composite metallic stock in general.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 230 for a consolidated metal
particle composition containing nonmetal.
200, Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers, subclass 264
for a contact comprising an infiltrated porous substance.
419, Powder Metallurgy Processes, subclass 28 for processes
of mechanically working particulate metal subsequent to
sintering.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), 228 and 376+ for a fabric including a free metal or
alloy constituent.
Subclass:
546
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
which contains free (elemental) metal particles.
(1) Note. This and its indented subclasses include
stock-material* made by sintering, that is, a process in
which a portion of a metal particle is alloyed, bonded,
brazed, coalesced, partly fused or welded to a portion of an
adjacent metal particle due to the application of heat, or
heat and pressure. Reference: Everhart, J. L., et al,
"Mechanical Properties of Metals and Alloys", Circular of the
National Bureau of Standards, C447, 1943, p, 16.
(2) Note. The particulate metal component may contain
particles of nonmetal material and a component is deemed to
contain metal particles if made from a starting mixture of
metal and nonmetal particles, even though all of the metal
may have melted in the process. Thus, "cemented" carbides
are assumed to contain metal particles.
(3) Note. In this and its indented subclasses, the
particulate nature of the metal in the product may not always
be explicit. When the product is manufactured from metal
powder, it is presumed that some of the particulate nature of
the starting material is preserved, at least in the grain
structure of the product. This presumption holds even where
the shape of the particles is changed, e.g., from rounded to
flattened. Where the particles are disclosed as being fully
molten during the process, and solidified in a mass, e.g., as
in conventional metal spray coating, this presumption does
not hold.
(4) Note. Mere mention of the grain structure or
crystalline configuration or a metal component does not
justify placement in these subclasses (544+).
(5) Note. Mere porosity, even when a percentage figure is
claimed, or reference to an ingredient as a metal powder, is
not sufficient for classification as stock-material*,
recitation of an interconnected void structure in an article
is sufficient. See subclass 566.
(6) Note. The metal particles need not be joined, or even
adjacent, to one another; rather, when a product is defined
as having a portion or component which has a metal matrix,
that is, continuous phase of free (elemental) metal, next to
a portion or component which contains metal particles, even
in a matrix of a nonmetal, it is assumed that metal-to-metal
contiguousness exists, and the patent is properly placed here
(subclasses 546+).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
148 208, 309, 328, and 330, for a nonmetallic sheet or web
containing particles which may be free metal.
403 for a coated particle or a mass thereof, which particle
or coating may be of free metal.
570 for a metal particle coated with a metal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 314 for consolidated solid
treating compositions for molten metal or consolidated
charges that contain free metal, subclasses 228+ for metal
compositions made from random mixtures which include metal
powder, and subclasses 255+ for loose metal powder
compositions.
100, Presses; 266, Metallurgical Apparatus; and 425, Plastic
Article or Earthenware Shaping or Treating: Apparatus; for
apparatus for forming compacts from powdered metal. For the
line between these classes, see the class definition of Class
425.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, 403 for pigments,
fillers, and aggregate containing metallic powder.
149, Explosive and Thermic Compositions or Charges,
especially 37 and 108.2 for such compositions containing
particulate metals.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, subclass 280
for an electrode which may contain particles of free metal.
252, Compositions, subclass 63.2 for electrical resistance
elements distinguished only by their composition, and
subclasses 181.1+ for "getter" compositions.
264, Plastic and Nonmetallic Article Shaping or Treating:
Processes, 5 for liquid or melt comminuting of metals, and
subclass 111 for processes of uniting metal particles without
sintering.
310, Electrical Generator or Motor Structure, subclass 214
for coil retainers or slot closures which may contain
particles of free metal.
419, Powder Metallurgy Processes, appropriate subclasses for
processes of making articles from metal particles using
pressure with without heating, especially 5 for such
processes to produce composite articles which may have plural
adjacent powder or solid metal layers or components.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses
for elemental metal or alloys in particulate form.
427, Coating Processes, 180 for methods of applying solid
particles or fibers to a base, and subclasses 202+ for
application of superposed diverse coatings, one of which is
particulate.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), subclass 228 and 376 for a fabric including a free
metal or alloy constituent which may be metal particles.
501, Compositions: Ceramic, for ceramic compositions having
metal particles in a nonmetal matrix without a continuous
metal phase.
520, Synthetic Resins or Natural Rubbers, in particular,
Classes 523 and 524 for a synthetic resin or natural rubber
containing composition containing a nonreactant material. In
these compositions, the nonreactant material may be metal
particles, which are dispersed in a continuous nonmetal
phase, without a continuous metal phase.
Subclass:
547
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter
in which the porosity in one portion of the material or
article differs from the porosity in another portion of the
material or article or in which the composition or density of
the stock-material* varies gradually from being of one
composition or density to being another composition or
density, without the formation of distinct layers during the
variance, or wherein such variation takes place within a
single component of a composite.
(1) Note. The gradual nature of the composition or density
variation must be explicit for the patent to be classified
herein on the basis of a composition or density gradient.
(2) Note. The presence of a "diffusion layer" between metal
components does not place a patent in this subclass; such a
patent is classified on the basis of the layers. See the
definition to subclass 544.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
170 for a nonmetallic sheet, web, or a component thereof
varying in thickness and wherein its density also varies and
which may or may not contain metal particles.
305 for a nonmetallic composite sheet or web, a component of
which has differential or varying porosity or density, which
may or may not contain metal particles.
545 for the product which results when a consolidated metal
powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a nonmetal material.
550 for the product which results when a consolidated metal
powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a different metal.
610 for nonparticulate products in which the composition or
density varies gradually within a single layer.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
109, Safes, Bank Protection, or a Related Device, 80 for
wall and panel composites having composition or density
gradient or differential porosity.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, 471 for
processes directed to the coating of forming of metal layers
or objects by electrophoresis or electro-osmosis.
427, Coating Processes, 402 for plural superposed diverse
metallic coating methods.
Subclass:
548
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter
which comprises at least two different contiguous layers or
portions, which can be seen to be in different locations,
both of which are, at least to some extent, of elemental
metal, at least one of which has a continuous metallic matrix
and at least one of which contains metal particles.
(1) Note. This subclass (548) is the locus for patents
having two or more contiguous layers, all of which are of
consolidated metal powder.
(2) Note. This subclass (548) includes a consolidated metal
powder product, a portion of which has been impregnated with
one metal, and another portion of which has been impregnated
with a different metal.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
411 for corresponding nonmetallic* stock-materials*.
615 for corresponding nonparticulate metallic stock.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 228 for a consolidated
composition of metal powder and subclasses 255+ for
unconsolidated metal powders.
148, Metal Treatment, subclasses 516-537 for processes of
treating layered solid or semi-solid metal stock or article
to modify or maintain the internal physical structure (i.e.,
microstructure) or chemical properties of metal. If metal
casting, fusion bonding, machining, or working is involved,
there is a requirement for significant heat treatment as
described in the Class 148 definition.
378, X-Ray or Gamma Ray Systems or Devices, 143 for
laminated electrodes designed to generate X-rays in which at
least one layer contains metal particles.
419, Powder Metallurgy Processes, for processes of sintering
powdered metal.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 191 for processes of
applying metal particles to a base to form a continuous
coating, and subclasses 202+ for processes of applying
superposed diverse coatings, at least one of which is
particulate.
Subclass:
549
This subclass is indented under subclass 548. Subject matter
in which the composite contains fibrous material, whether
metal or nonmetal, asbestos or cellulose, in next to the
component which contains the metal particles.
(1) Note. The metal particles may be contained within an
interengaged fibrous matrix, for example, a textile.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34.1 47, 50+, 5+, 60+, 88+, 141, 150, 151+, 169+, 200+, 205,
209+, 220+, and 608, for other fiber, cellulose and/or
asbestos-containing stock-materials*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 200 for
stock-material* comprising metal or nonmetal strand, web or
sheet structures having a claimed twisted or twined
constituent and made by the machines and processes of that
class (57).
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass 229 for a consolidated
metal powder composition having a fibrous component or a
fibrous grain structure.
245, Wire Fabrics and Structure, 2 for metallic wire fabric
and miscellaneous wire fabric joints formed by bending at
least one intersecting or connecting element about the
other.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), 228 and 376+ for a fabric including a free metal or
alloy constituent.
Subclass:
550
This subclass is indented under subclass 548. Subject matter
in which a component has pores*.
(1) Note. Included herein are those products having pores
or interconnected voids which are filled in only a portion of
the product.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
566 for particulate metal stock-material* having an
interconnected void structure.
613 for nonparticulate porous metallic* stock-material*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
particularly subclass 296 for an abrasive tool making
process including the step of forming pores or voids in the
finished article, or compositions which form pores or voids
therein.
74, Machine Element or Mechanism, subclass 434 for porous
metallic rotary bodies of that class.
252, Compositions, subclass 12 for a porous bearing
containing a fluent lubricant described by composition.
Subclass:
551
This subclass is indented under subclass 548. Subject matter
in which a component is composed of nonmetal, containing no
free metal.
(1) Note. The nonmetal component is in addition to the two
contiguous metal-containing portions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
539.5 for single layer material having a continuous metal
phase and an interengaged or interenmeshed nonmetal phase.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
416, Fluid Reaction Surfaces (i.e., Impellers), subclass 241
for an impeller blade characterized by a specified structure
other than shape which is not elsewhere classifiable; or a
blade having a residual surface film, layer or continuous
deposit, or, at least, partial impregnation; or a blade whose
material composition is specifically set forth.
Subclass:
552
This subclass is indented under subclass 551. Subject matter
in which the nonmetal component contains no organic
material.
(1) Note. Where the nonmetal component is functionally
defined and is generic to both organic and inorganic
materials, e.g., "an insulating layer", the patent is placed
in subclass 551 and is not-cross-referenced here.
(2) Note. "Enamel" without a further description, is
presumed to be inorganic; "paint" is presumed to be organic.
Subclass:
553
This subclass is indented under subclass 548. Subject matter
in which the product includes a component which contains
metal powder and another component which is of metal which
does not show any origin as metal particles.
(1) Note. The particles in the powder portion may not be
consolidated enough to form a coherent article or material
without the presence of the nonparticulate portion.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, 240 for processes and compositions
employing agents which react with a metal substrate to form a
coating thereon.
Subclass:
554
This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter
having two or more components which show no origin as metal
powder.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
615 for composite metallic stock-material* having no powder
component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, subclass 345 for
filament and resistance-heated electrodes which are
composites.
Subclass:
555
This subclass is indented under subclass 554. Subject matter
in which the plural nonparticulate components are adjacent
each other.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, subclass 355 for
composite electrode and shield structures of a plurality of
laminations.
Subclass:
556
This subclass is indented under subclass 555. Subject matter
in which a particulate component, e.g., a layer, contains
nonmetal.
(1) Note. The nonmetal may be the continuous phase of the
component which contains metal particles.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
219, Electric Heating, subclass 146 for an electric arc
heating electrode, e.g., a metal rod having a core of a
fluxing composition and having more structure than a mere
stock-material*.
Subclass:
557
This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter
having two or more spatially distinct components, each
containing metal particles.
Subclass:
558
This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter
in which the nonparticulate metal component serves to
enclose, completely or partially, the particulate metal
component.
(1) Note. The metal particles often are distributed in a
nonmetal matrix of fluxing agent to make a "solder stick".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
208 328 and 330, for a plural layer nonmetallic* sheet or web
in which one layer contains metal particles.
559 for other metallic* composites having metal particles
mixed with nonmetal fluxing components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 303 for flux compositions, per
se, containing metal particles, without a binder.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, subclass 1 for metal
depositing, e.g., "hard facing", compositions containing
metal particles and a nonmetal binder or carrier fluid, with
or without a fluxing component.
148, Metal Treatment, subclass 24 for flux compositions, per
se, containing metal particles and a binder or carrier
fluid.
219, Electric Heating, subclass 146 for an electrode for arc
heating of metal, having a core of a fluxing composition.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, subclass 56.3 for an article
adapted to be applied to work as filler material, subclass
214 for a process of surface-bonding metallic parts using a
flux, subclass 244 for such methods using an unfused (e.g.,
particulate) metal filler, and subclasses 262.1+ for such
method wherein the work component, temperature, or pressure
is critical.
376, Induced Nuclear Reactions: Processes, Systems, and
Elements, 412 for nuclear fuel component structure in
layered, channel or jacketed form, encased together with a
nonfuel component.
Subclass:
559
This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter
in which the metal particles of the particulate component are
not joined to each other.
(1) Note. The particles may be loose, that is, adjacent to
each other, but not permanently fastened to each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
558 for materials similar in their ultimate composition and
functions to those contained herein and the search notes
thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, subclass 197 for processes of
applying particles to localized different areas of a base.
Subclass:
560
This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter
in which metal particles are held in discontinuous array by a
nonmetal material which functions as a binder or matrix for
the particles.
(1) Note. Contrary to the general rule for patent placement
in these subclasses (544+), a patent is not placed in this
subclass when the nonparticulate component is generically
claimed, if such component is disclosed as being confined to
those materials specifically provided for in the subclasses
indented hereunder.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
208 328 and 330, for a plural layer nonmetallic* sheet or web
in which one layer contains metal particles.
556 for a composite having plural adjacent nonparticulate
metal components and a particulate component which includes a
nonmetal.
558 for materials similar in their ultimate composition and
function to those contained herein, and the search notes
thereto.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, 326 for electrode
and shield structures which are more than mere stock
materials.
427, Coating Processes, 59 for coating processes for
producing electrodes used in electric welding, and subclass
196 for processes of applying particles and a binder from
different sources upon a base.
Subclass:
561
This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter
in which a nonparticulate component is more than 50% nickel,
copper or zinc, or a combination of two or three of these
metals.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
558 for materials similar in their ultimate composition and
function to those contained herein, and the search notes
thereto.
Subclass:
562
This subclass is indented under subclass 560. Subject matter
in which a nonparticulate component is more than 50% iron.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
558 for materials similar in their ultimate composition and
function to those contained herein and the search notes
thereto.
Subclass:
563
This subclass is indented under subclass 562. Subject matter
in which the particulate component contains iron in element
or combined form.
Subclass:
564
This subclass is indented under subclass 553. Subject matter
in which a particulate metal component contains dispersed
nonmetal particles.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
539.5 for a metal matrix interengaged with a nonmetal
matrix.
545 for a composite having a component in which a metal
matrix is interengaged with a nonmetal matrix.
556 for a composite having plural adjacent nonparticulate
metal components and a particulate component which includes a
nonmetal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
particularly subclass 309 for an abrasive tool composition
containing metal.
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 230 for a consolidated metal
powder composition containing nonmetal.
188, Brakes, 251 for composite brake shoes characterized by
more than the composition of the layer.
219, Electric Heating, subclass 146 for structured
electrodes of that class with fluxing or arc-shielding
means.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 201 for methods of applying
plural particulate materials to a base.
Subclass:
565
This subclass is indented under subclass 458. Subject matter
in which a component contains nonmetal particles.
(1) Note. The inclusion in a component of metal particles
which themselves contain a dispersed nonmetal, e.g., steel
with carbon content, is not sufficient for placement in this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
556 for a composite having plural adjacent nonparticulate
metal components and a particulate component which includes a
nonmetal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
particularly subclass 309 for process of making an abrading
tool involving metal or metal oxide composition.
Subclass:
566
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter
specified as having pores which are interconnected with each
other and unfilled.
(1) Note. Mere porosity in the product or a density less
than theoretical is not sufficient for placement of a patent
in this subclass; however, where the product is defined as
"permeable" or a porosity of greater than 40% (density less
then 60%) is claimed, it is assumed that the product has an
interconnected void structure.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
539.5 and 567, for similar products in which the
interconnected void structure is filled with a nonmetal
substance or a different metal, respectively.
547 for a particulate metallic stock-material* in which the
porosity varies.
613 for metallic stock-material* partially or wholly porous,
which does not contain consolidated metal powder.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
particularly subclass 296 for a process or tool defined
thereby including the step of forming pores of voids in the
finished article, or abrading tool compositions including one
or more materials which form pores or voids therein.
210, Liquid Purification or Separation, subclass 510.1 for a
filter in the form of a porous unitary mass which is peculiar
to that class (210).
429, Chemistry: Electrical Current Producing Apparatus,
Product and Process, subclass 145 for a battery separator
having plural layers of defined porosity.
Subclass:
567
This subclass is indented under subclass 546. Subject matter
containing elongated elements in a defined relationship to
each other (e.g., parallel) or in which matrix or continuous
phase of one metal (usually a consolidated powder material
having an interconnected "void" structure) is interengaged
with a matrix or continuous phase of a different metal. The
different metal is usually a nonparticulate, impregnating
metal.
(1) Note. An elongated element is one having one dimension
significantly larger than its other dimensions, e.g.,
fibrous, needle-like, rod-like, etc.
(2) Note. A mere elongation of the entire product is not
sufficient for placement herein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
539.5 for stock-material* having a metal continuous phase
interengaged with a nonmetal continuous phase.
545 for the product which results when a consolidated metal
powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a nonmetal material.
550 for the product which results when a consolidated metal
powder material having an interconnected void structure is
only partially impregnated with a different metal.
556 for stock-material* of consolidated metal powder having
an interconnected void structure.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 527.2 for processes of applying
or shaping of fluent coating material upon a base with an
additional mechanical manufacturing step.
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass 229 for a consolidated
metal powder composition containing elongated elements in a
random disposition.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, subclass 150 for
electrolytic coating processes for a metal powder compact.
419, Powder Metallurgy Processes, subclass 24 for processes
for making articles from metal powder using pressure and heat
wherein at least some of the metal particles are in the form
of filaments or fibers.
427, Coating Processes, for impregnation processes, per se,
especially 243, 250+, 295, and 435+.
Subclass:
568
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter
containing one of the following, in free or combined solid
form: a noble gas, a halogen, a chalcogen (oxygen, sulfur,
selenium or tellurium), nitrogen, phosphorus, carbon or
boron.
(2) Note. If, in the claims as a whole, the presence of a
nonmetal is optional, the patent is placed in another
subclass of 567+ and is not cross-referenced in this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
for a tool making process involving the use of metallic or
metal compound materials.
Subclass:
569
This subclass is indented under subclass 567. Subject matter
in which the product contains molybdenum or tungsten.
(1) Note. Where molybdenum and/or tungsten is not necessary
in all of the claims, the patent is placed in another
subclass of 567+ and is not cross-reference to this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
310, Electrical Generator or Motor Structure, subclass 231
for rotary structures of that class.
Subclass:
570
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
comprising unconsolidated (loose) composite metal powder.
(1) Note. See the definition of subclass 615, below, for an
explanation of the term "composite".
(2) Note. While a loose mass of particles, each of which
comprises a particular metal or alloy, coated with a
different particular metal or alloy, is considered to be a
stock-material* for this class and subclass, a consolidated
mass of such particles or a mixture of such particles with
other particles is considered to be a composition, and is
classified in a composition class. See, in particular, the
definition of Class 75, subclass 251.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
403 for nonmetallic* coated particles. 924+, for a
collection of patents which disclose the physical dimensions
of composite metal stock-materials*, including composite
powders.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 255 for loose metal particle
compositions and the definitions and notes thereto for the
location of other patents which concern metal particles.
148, Metal Treatment, subclass 513 for processes of treating
loose metal particles and subclass 514 for processes of
treating previously consolidated metal particles and having
no sintering of compacting step, for purposes of modifying or
maintaining the internal physical structure (i.e.,
microstructure) or chemical properties of metal.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 80 for electrolytic
coating processes.
376, Induced Nuclear Reactions: Processes, Systems, and
Elements, subclass 411 for coated nuclear fuel particles in
a jacket or can.
427, Coating Processes, 212, especially 216 and 217 for
methods of coating particles.
502, Catalyst, Solid Sorbent or Support Therefor: Product or
Process of Making, for a composition composing a catalyst or
sorbent, per se, and see especially 300 for a catalyst which
may contain a metal powder.
Subclass:
571
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
in which the material is provided, usually along its length,
with portions of reduced tensile or fracture resistant
properties, e.g., perforations, or with a machine-sensible
configuration, at or near an edge, to permit ready or
automatic disassociation of the material into smaller units.
(1) Note. In general, claimed recitation of an individual
lead frame, per se, with or without electrical
leads/connections thereto will not be classified herein, but
in Class 257. To be classified in Class 428, the stock
material will have to be claimed either as an individual lead
frame without being labeled "lead frame", or the lead frame
structure will have to be a strip of interconnected lead
frames prior to separation into individual lead frames.
Claimed recitation of any electrical leads/connections
(nominally or in detail) in addition to the lead frame, or of
electrical components (nominally or in detail) in addition to
the lead frame, per se, will result in the subject matter
being classified elsewhere, e.g., Classes 174, 257 or 361.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
43 for a nonmetallic sheet, web or layer weakened to permit
separation through its thickness.
131 for a nonmetallic sheet or web including an aperture.
573 for materials of regular variation in width or thickness
where the variations are not provided specifically for
purposes of disassociation.
596 for perforated stock where the perforations are not
provided specifically for purposes of disassociation or
indexing.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 413 for processes of obtaining
plural pieces from a unitary piece by breaking through a
weakened portion.
59, Chain, Staple, and Horseshoe Making, subclass 77 for
staple blanks integrally connected by the metal from which
they are made, which require further significant shaping in
addition to severing to produce a single fastener.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 52.4
for lead frames combined with a housing for electrical
components.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 83.5 for a set
of articles put up as a mercentile unit.
257, Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors,
Solid-State Diodes), 666 for lead frames, per se, or
combined with active solid-state electronic devices.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
421, for lead frames with plural diverse electrical
components.
Subclass:
572
This subclass is indented under subclass 571. Subject matter
in which the intended disassociation is in a direction
perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the material.
Subclass:
573
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein, an indeterminate number of times, at regular
intervals, along the length of the material, the width or
thickness varies or cuts are provided along a margin.
(1) Note. The mere provision of apertures or a roughened
surface is not considered to be a variation in thickness.
(2) Note. A merely twisted structure is not considered to
have a variation in width or thickness.
(3) Note. In general, claimed recitation of an individual
lead frame, per se, with or without electrical
leads/connections thereto will not be classified herein, but
in Class 257. To be classified in Class 428, the stock
material will have to be claimed either as an individual lead
frame without being labeled "lead frame", or the lead frame
structure will have to be a strip of interconnected lead
frames prior to separation into individual lead frames.
Claimed recitation of any electrical leads/connections
(nominally or in detail) in addition to the lead frame, or of
electrical components (nominally or in detail) in addition to
the lead frame, per se, will result in the subject matter
being classified elsewhere, e.g., Classes 174, 257 or 361.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
156 for nonmetallic sheet or web material varying in
thickness.
596 for metallic* stock-material* having one or more
discrete through openings or cuts which may or may not be
marginal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
30, Cutlery, subclass 346.56 for a toothed or waved-edge
razor blade, and 355 for other toothed blades.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 314 for
structure in which the exposed face gives the appearance of
being formed of multiple units, this effect being gained by
deformation or marking of the base material.
73, Measuring and Testing, subclass 421 for articles of that
class (73) which are samplers or tollers.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 52.4
for lead frames combined with a housing for electrical
components.
257, Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors,
Solid-State Diodes), 666 for lead frames, per se, or
combined with active solid-state electronic devices.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, subclass
421, for lead frames with plural diverse electrical
components.
Subclass:
574
This subclass is indented under subclass 573. Subject matter
in which both the width and thickness vary regularly.
(1) Note. The width variation need not follow the same
rhythm as the thickness variation.
(2) Note. Wire or bar stock which varies regularly, along
its length, in the diameter of its cross section, is placed
in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
399 for a nonmetallic* rod, strand, filament or fiber whose
cross section area varies along its length.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 76.1 for files and rasps.
Subclass:
575
This subclass is indented under subclass 573. Subject matter
having along its side edges, and extending to said edges,
openings which are smaller in their longitudinal extent than
they are in another dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
571 for stock-material* having a marginal feature designed
for calculating the length of the stock-material* or number
of units into which it is to be divided, or for facilitating
such division by automatic means.
Subclass:
576
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
drawn to articles* comprising metal, with or without a
nometal component, having a described configuration suitable
for use in a particular process where the article is melted
or fused.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
2 for other "packages" suitable for in toto disposal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
44, Fuel and Related Compositions, 530 for a fuel product of
defined shape or structure and subclass 541 for a bundled,
covered or wrapper fuel composition.
53, Package Making, for methods and apparatus for making
packages.
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 303 for a flux composition which
may be defined in terms of its shape, and subclasses 314+ for
a consolidated composition (e.g., a briquette) which is to be
used as a charge for a metallurgical furnace, the composition
containing free metal dispersed in a nonmetal.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 83.5 for bales,
including bales of metal scrap.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, subclass 56.3 for an article
adapted to be applied to work as a filler material.
Subclass:
577
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
comprising an intermediate-article*.
(1) Note. If opposite surfaces of an article are defined as
converging toward each other at one end, the length of the
article is considered definite, for placement in this
subclass.
(2) Note. "Recited end structure" means that a structural
feature must be pointed out for at least two intersecting
thickness surfaces of the article. Where "end" structure is
recited without a recitation of "side" structure, the defined
"ends" are considered "sides".
(3) Note. See the main definitions of this class (428),
section VI, A, 2, for a listing of classes of subject matter
which provide for their own blanks.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34.1 and 571, for a series of blanks connected together by a
weakened portion intrinsic to the material of which the blank
is made.
542 for nonmetallic* blanks.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
72, Metal Deforming, appropriate subclasses for methods of
deforming metal blanks.
83, Cutting, subclass 55 for blanking processes.
Subclass:
578
This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter
in which the article has a length and a width each of which
is greater than its thickness, has a finite perimeter, and
has a margin which is other than four straight sides meeting
each other at right angles.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
80 for other nonrectangular sheets.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 656.1 for a frame,
per se.
285, Pipe Joints or Couplings, subclass 424 for coupling
stock-material* originally in sheet form.
Subclass:
579
This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter
in which the panel has a substantially circular edge
configuration.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
64.1 for other nonmetal* circular sheets.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
74, Machine Element or Mechanism, 434 for structure and
details of rotary bodies, per se, constituting gearing
elements.
292, Closure Fasteners, subclass 357 for doorknob rose
plates.
301, Land Vehicles: Wheels and Axles, 5.1 for wheels.
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, subclass 346 and
355 for coated or laminated electrodes or shields having
structures peculiar to Class 313.
Subclass:
580
This subclass is indented under subclass 578. Subject matter
having a plane of symmetry and a correspondence in size,
shape and relative position of parts such that if a plane
mirror is placed in the plane of symmetry, parallel to a
thickness surface or perpendicular to a nonthickness* surface
of the article, half the object, plus the mirror image of
this half, appears the same as the entire object.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
277, Seal for a Joint or Juncture, subclass 325 for a
radially actuated segmented seal (e.g., ram type, etc.) for a
well overpressure control device (e.g., seal for a blowout
preventer, etc.), subclass 344 for a segmented radially
actuated packer (e.g., oil saver, gas saver, etc.) for above
ground apparatus of a well, subclass 493 for a segmented
piston ring, subclass 533 for a dynamic segmented seal having
a wedging surface contained or compressed by gland member in
a packing box, or subclasses 543+ for a dynamic segmented
circumferential contact seal for other than a piston.
Subclass:
581
This subclass is indented under subclass 580. Subject matter
in which the mirror can be placed in only one position to
reveal the symmetry.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
74, Machine Element or Mechanism, subclass 607 for an axle
and torque tube casing having structure limited to uses of
that class.
Subclass:
582
This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter
which is (1) provided with a rim, collar or other flat
projection which stands out beyond the main body of the
article, or (2) provided with means for holding the article,
e.g., during late processing, or (3) having a configuration
which provides for interlocking among a plurality of
identical articles.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
33 for an article made of plural parts interlocking or
temporary attachment means.
81 121+ and 192+, for a sheet or web having an edge feature
which may be a projection.
99 for a sheet or web having a fastener for attachment to an
external surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 428 for assembly and/or joining
of metal parts by bending of flanges, etc.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 73
and 74 for cables, conduits and conductors combined with
attaching means at a joint or end structure.
267, Spring Devices, 260 for a leaf spring having a
connecting feature at an end.
Subclass:
583
This subclass is indented under subclass 577. Subject matter
in which (1) article is held together by a separate and
distinct mechanical fastener extending over the edge of the
article, or into a plurality of layers of the article, or by
bonding only the edges of the article, or (2) in which the
article is distinguished by a configuration, within one-third
of its either end, which differs from its configuration in
its central one-third, or (3) opposite surfaces of the
article tend to converge.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
83 and 122, for a nonmetallic* sheet or web with a
channel-shaped edge component.
88 and 194, for a nonmetallic* sheet or web with an edge
feature, or a configured or discontinuous surface.
157 for a nonmetallic* sheet or web wherein the difference
occurs only at, or in the area adjacent, an edge of the sheet
or web.
594 for indefinite length metallic* material held together
in the same manner.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
53, Package Making, appropriate subclasses for methods and
apparatus for tying metal scrap into bundles.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, 156 for longitudinally
seamed tubing.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 83.5 for bales,
including bales of metal scrap.
473, Amusement Devices; Games, 316 for a golf club shaft.
Subclass:
584
This subclass is indented under subclass 583. Subject matter
in which the end feature is qualitatively the same at both
opposite ends of the article.
(1) Note. The feature need not be quantitatively the same,
e.g., both ends may taper, but at different angles.
Subclass:
585
This subclass is indented under subclass 583. Subject matter
in which the end feature is one in which either the thickness
surfaces or the nonthickness surfaces, or both, of the
article, approach each other towards an end.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
582 for ingots having a feature for interlocking with each
other.
599 for ingots which are not defined as tapering, but which
may have fluted sides or similar features.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
164, Metal Founding, 271 for means to shape a metallic
ingot.
249, Static Molds, subclass 174 for container-type molding
device for forming an ingot.
254, Implements or Apparatus for Applying Pushing or Pulling
Force, subclass 104 for a wedge, per se.
Subclass:
586
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
drawn to stock-material* which is to be worked upon in a
metal-working or similar operation, which contains therein an
empty longitudinal passageway insufficient to form a conduit
or a material, usually nonmetal, which is resistant to
bonding to the adjacent metal when subjected to heat and/or
working.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34.1 and 188, for nonmetallic* stock-material* having a
longitudinal or transverse tubular or cavity.
595 for stock-material* having a channel shape.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
72, Metal Deforming, 54 for effecting mechanical treatment
of metal work by the development of pressure within a
granular or particulate or soft metal material which may be
confined within said metal work, e.g., a hollow workpiece.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses for
tubular stock-material* and for tube and ring blanks which
are themselves tubes which can conduct a fluid.
Subclass:
587
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
comprising stock-material* which (a) is of irregular
cross-section, that is, not a circle or a regular polygon,
(b) is to be modified in its cross-sectional shape by a
manufacturing operation, and (c) produces a finished
stock-material* which has a cross-sectional shape irregular
in the same fashion as the starting material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
573 598, 599, and 600+, for other stock-material* of
nonregular cross section.
Subclass:
588
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
comprising a web or sheet made of longitudinally parallel
layers or components, at least some of which are not fastened
to any other component.
(1) Note. Generally a subsequent manufacturing operation
bonds the layers or component together.
(2) Note. Provision for gravity alone to hold the pile
together is not considered fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
54 for a longitudinally arranged layer of three or more
sections, which may or may not be fastened to each other.
77 for a sheet facing and longitudinally noncoextensive with
a web or other sheet.
105 and 114, for a sheet or web, including elements in
different layers or components which are in angular or
parallel relation to each other and in which some of the
layers or components may or may not be fastened to each
other.
184 for a plurality of nonplanar uniform-thickness sheets or
webs which need not be fastened to each other.
576 for an article or similar stock-material* so shaped as
to facilitate melting.
594 for similar stock-material* tied into bundles or
spot-welded.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 83.5 for bales,
including bales of metal scrap.
405, Hydraulic and Earth Engineering, 231 for columnar
structures of that class also called "piles".
414, Material or Article Handling, subclass 10.5 for piles
or other arrangements of articles designed to promote
efficient handling.
Subclass:
589
This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Subject matter
in which at least one component is so gripped by one or more
other component(s), usually all along its length, that
lateral displacement of the one component (usually during
subsequent processing) is prevented or minimized.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
44 for a layer of three or more discrete and identifiable
parts which may or may not be fastened.
54 for a product formed of three sections joined so as to
extend longitudinally, which may or may not be fastened.
Subclass:
590
This subclass is indented under subclass 588. Subject matter
in which a web or sheet is made of composite* stock.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
615 for composite* metallic stock distinguished only by the
composition of its components*.
Subclass:
591
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
having plural components and means for one component to move,
relative to another component.
(1) Note. The motion is generally limited to that necessary
to provide flexibility in the material or to prevent breakage
due to installation or temperature change in the material.
(2) Note. The means must be a physically distinct means,
not merely another component, definable merely in terms of
its composition.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
101 for nonmetallic* stock-material* having superposed
movably attached layers or components.
617 for temperature deflectable composite* stock-material*
provided with a component, generally a layer, of
temperature-expansive characteristics such as to prevent
separation of the main components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
164, Metal Founding, subclass 90 for processes of that class
for forming a product having interconnected movable parts.
267, Spring Devices, appropriate subclasses for devices of
that class having parts which are relatively movable.
403, Joints and Connections, 220 for flexibly connected
rigid members of that class.
Subclass:
592
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
which is regularly curled, twisted, or flat-wound, or which
contains a twisted or flat-wound component, inside or outside
another component.
(1) Note. A mere statement that the entire stock-material*
is a "coil" is not sufficient for placement in this
subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
37 222, 371, and 377, for nonmetallic* sheet, web, rod,
strand, filament or fiber that is of spiral form or includes
a spirally coiled component.
906 for a collection of patents which concern coiled
stock-material*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
5, Beds, 239, 246+ and 254+ for springs of that class.
29, Metal Working, subclass 20.1 for spiral cutting of flat
stock, and subclass 173 for manufacture of springs.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 740.8 for
an elongated rigid structure of the sinuous curve type, and
subclasses 740.6+ for an axially twisted-type elongated rigid
structure.
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 200 for
twisted stock-materials* of indefinite length, made from
filamentary or fibrous material, e.g., metal fibers,
filaments or wires, or stock-materials* made by helically
wrapping a cover about a filamentary or fibrous core.
72, Metal Deforming, 135 for processes of that class
directed to forming a helical coil or tube, and subclasses
146+ for forming a spiral coil.
87, Textiles: Braiding, Netting, and Lace Making,
appropriate subclasses, for stock-material* made by a process
of that class, even when the braided material is only a
component of a composite; it should be noted, however, that
stock-material* which is made by a process which goes
significantly beyond Class 87, e.g., which includes steps for
bonding the braided fibers to each other or to another
component, are generally classified in this class (428).
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, subclass 154 for spirally
seamed tubing.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 29
for conduits, cables and conductors of the coaxial or
concentric type with spiral spacers, subclass 108 for such
materials having spirally applied conductive armor or
sheathing, and subclass 128.1 for a plural-strand conductor.
178, Telegraphy, 45 for wave-transmission systems having
conductors or lines loaded with inductance coils.
245, Wire Fabrics and Structure, subclass 6 for fabrics
comprising a plurality of connected helical coils.
267, Spring Devices, 166 for coil springs.
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, subclass 344 for
coiled filament or resistance-heated electrodes.
336, Inductor Devices, appropriate subclasses, especially 255
for helical components of that class.
338, Electrical Resistors, 296 for a helical or
wound-resistance element.
374, Thermal Measuring and Testing, subclass 207, for a
bimetallic thermometer having a helical member.
492, Roll or Roller, subclass 43 for a roll having a spiral
member, and subclass 44 for a roll having a helical member.
Subclass:
593
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
including a plurality of layers or components (a) wherein at
least two of said layers or components include substantially
parallel, narrow, elongated elements, such as strips, strands
filaments, corrugations, grain fibers, grain crystals, etc.,
with such elements of one layer or component being arranged
in defined angular relationship to those elements of the
other, or (b) including discrete elements (e.g., tubular
constituents) or component which form, or cooperate to form,
cells, including filled cells, having longitudinal axes which
are at an angle to the nonthickness surface of the
stock-material.
(1) Note. Curvilinear or polygonal openings in an otherwise
integral layer of material are not considered elongated
elements for this subclass. See particularly subclasses
596+, below.
(2) Note. This subclass does not include mere plural layers
of textile material without a specific description of the
angular relationship between the fibers of the different
layers or components.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
73 and 116+, for other honeycomb-like materials.
105 for a sheet or web including grain, strips or
filamentary elements in respective layers or components in
angular relation.
114 for a sheet or web including grain, strips or
filamentary elements in different layers or components
parallel.
178 for a nonplanar, uniform-thickness material forming or
cooperating to form, cells.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 782.1 for a
composite building panel having a disparate edging, and
subclasses 720.1+ for a building component having an
elongated rigid structure.
148, Metal Treatment, 400 for a metallic* material having a
grain structure brought about by a treatment of that class.
449, Bee Culture, 44 for honey comb to be used in a bee
hive.
Subclass:
594
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
in which at least one component or layer has spaced areas,
substantially less than the total area of the involved
surface of the layer or component, which are joined to
another layer or component by adhesion or cohesion or by a
separate and distinct mechanical connection member(s)
extending over the edges of, and/or into, a plurality of
layers or components.
(1) Note. This definition is not applicable to merely
interengaged fibrous constituents which are bonded at their
points of interengagement.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
102 and 223, for a nonmetallic* composite* web or sheet in
which a plurality of layers or components are joined to each
other by a plurality of spaced mechanical fasteners.
103 194 and 198, for plural-layer nonmetallic* material in
which layers are joined to each other by discontinuous or
spaced bonds.
576 for a shaped configuration or package of metal parts
designed for melting.
583 for an intermediate-article* having a discrete fastener
or marginal fastening.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 782.1 for a
composite panel having a mechanical fastener holding the
facing sheets in assembled relationship, and subclasses
726.1+ for an elongated rigid structure comprising axially
aligned sections with a fastener at the junctions.
109, Safes, Bank Protection, or a Related Device, 58 for
wall and panel structures, closures and closure adjuncts,
especially subclasses 59+ and 79 for such devices including a
fastening means.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, subclass 147 for subject
matter of that class having mechanical means to hold layers
in contact.
206, Special Receptacle or Package, subclass 83.5 for a bale
of scrap metal, and subclass 442 for a package of bale ties.
219, Electric Heating, 86 for spot-bonding methods of that
class.
403, Joints and Connections, 405 for a separate connector or
fastener between two or more members at substantially a
single locus.
Subclass:
595
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein sheet or web material of uniform thickness is turned
back upon itself through an angle of greater than 90 deg., or
in which equal, longitudinal margin portions are bent
perpendicular to the plane of the connecting portion.
(1) Note. The description of a stock-material* merely as
"arcuate" is not enough for placement in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
121 for nonmetallic* sheet or web material having a fold at
its edge.
603 for metallic* stock-material* having a V-shaped or
L-shaped cross section.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
49, Movable or Removable Closures, 475.1 for weatherstrip
devices.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 782.1 for a
composite building panel having a disparate edging.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 126.1 for
conductor structure peculiar to that class.
238, Railways: Surface Track, subclass 56, 59+ and 62+ for a
railroad tie having a channel-shaped configuration.
293, Vehicle Fenders, 102 for an automobile bumper.
405, Hydraulic and Earth Engineering, subclass 277 for
sheet-piling made up of C-shaped sections.
Subclass:
596
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein the stock-material* or a component* thereof has one
or more discrete through openings, with the peripheral wall
or walls of each opening defined by either a line or closed
loop passing through the thickness of the material or
component in a undirectional rectilinear path.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
66.6 and 131+, for corresponding nonmetallic* material, and
the notes to subclass 131 for an explanation of the above
definition.
546 605 and 613, for porous stock-material*.
609 for metallic* stock-material* in which an aperture in
one layer is filled with material integral with another
layer.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 6.1 for processes of
manufacturing other multiperforate metal.
30, Cutlery, subclass 346.61 for blades which are apertured
or notched.
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 633 and
660+ for fabric or lattice articles, usually used in the
construction trades, especially subclass 670 for expanded
metal and subclass 673 for perforated metal.
72, Metal Deforming, subclass 325 for methods of piercing by
a compound tool.
83, Cutting, appropriate subclasses, especially subclass 30
for puncturing methods.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
7 for differential etching processes, and subclasses 510+
for surface bonding or assembling means with cutting,
punching, piercing, or tearing means.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, subclass 283
and 284 for perforated or foraminous electrodes.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, subclass 75 for
electroforming of perforated or foraminous articles.
219, Electrical Heating, subclass 384 for arc-type devices
with perforating means.
245, Wire Fabrics and Structure, 2 for analogous
stock-materials* made by bending wires.
429, Chemistry: Electrical Current Producing Apparatus,
Product, and Process, 241 for an open mesh or perforated
plate battery grid.
Subclass:
597
This subclass is indented under subclass 596. Subject matter
wherein the web or sheet or a component thereof, has one or
more portions which project or protrude from a nonthickness
surface of the component and form at least a part of the
periphery of a through opening therein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
132 for a corresponding nonmetallic* sheet, web or
component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 740.6 for a rigid
elongated structure with struck out projections.
Subclass:
598
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein the material has a variation in thickness
representable by an alphabetical symbol having a crossbar
more or less perpendicular to another stroke of the letter,
e.g., E, F, H, I, K, T, X or Y.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
156 for corresponding nonmetallic* sheet or web materials,
and subclasses 397+ for rods of particular cross section.
595 for C- or U-shaped cross-section stock.
603 for stock-material* appearing, in cross section, like
the letters, G, J, L, N, S, V, W, or Z.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 311.1 especially
subclass 316 for a structure of that class having a relief or
intaglio surface deformation, subclass 719 for crossed
reinforcing rods with a connector, and subclass 729 for a
shaft or elongated rigid structure of I-shape cross section.
72, Metal Deforming, appropriate subclasses for processes and
apparatus for changing the shape or size of metal work
mechanically, without removal of material therefrom.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, appropriate subclasses for
stock-material* appearing in cross section like the letters
A, B, D, O, P, Q and R.
238, Railways: Surface Track, subclass 57 and 65+ for
railroad ties of I-shape cross section, subclasses 58 and 67
for ties of T-shape cross section and subclass 130 for
T-shaped rails.
405, Hydraulic and Earth Engineering, subclass 277 for
metallic sheet-piling having I-shaped sections.
Subclass:
599
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
drawn to stock-material* in which the surface configuration
of at least two nonopposite surfaces or an angle
therebetween, is defined.
(1) Note. Wires, rods and tubes of uniform circular cross
section are specifically excluded from this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
177 for nonmetallic* rods for particular cross section.
577 for ingots of definite length, e.g., tapered.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
76, Metal Tools and Implements, Making, 101.1 for processes
and blanks of that class.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, subclass 142 for a surface
bonding process of that class involving mitering the corners
of a workpiece.
419, Powder Metallurgy Processes, 1 for powder metallurgy
processes which include sintering.
Subclass:
600
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein the distance between the nonthickness surfaces of the
stock-material* varies or the cross-sectional shape or area
of a rod or wire varies along its length.
(1) Note. A mere outer fibrous layer is not covered by this
definition.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
156 for a nonmetallic* sheet or web which varies in
thickness.
573 for a metallic* stock-material* having a thickness
variation which regularly repeats longitudinally.
609 for a metallic* stock-material* in which an individual
component of a composite may vary in thickness in order to
make up for thickness variation in another component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, subclass 457 for processes of mechanical
manufacture involving ribbing.
30, Cutlery, 346 for blades of that class.
72, Metal Deforming, 362 for a process which may involve
varying the thickness of metal work.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
7 and 18+ for etching processes which may result in an
article having a variation in thickness.
Subclass:
601
This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter
in which the thickness variation of the material is due, at
least in part, to the presence at the surface of the material
of a component which does not cover the entire surface of the
material.
(1) Note. This subclass only provides for the metal preform
to be subsequently used in a printed circuit. If such a
preform is labeled a "printed circuit" in a claim, but only
the preform structure is positively recited, proper
classification is in Class 428.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
141 for nonmetallic* stock-material* having a nonuniform
layer or component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 846 for methods of making a printed
circuit on a planiform insulator.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 250 for
structured conductors, conduits and cables in a preformed
panel circuit arrangement, and subclasses 126.1+ for
conductor structures peculiar to that class.
Subclass:
602
This subclass is indented under subclass 600. Subject matter
devoid of irregularities (projections or depressions) along
its length, and having a plane of symmetry.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
577 for intermediate articles, e.g., blanks, which are
symmetrical and may be longitudinally smooth.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
76, Metal Tools and Implements, Making, 101.1 for blanks and
processes of that class.
249, Static Molds, subclass 174 for an ingot-forming
container-type mold.
Subclass:
603
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein the stock-material* or a component thereof has
nonthickness surfaces where are (a) defined other than by two
parallel flat planes and (b) equidistantly spaced at all
points or comprising a strand of uniform diameter having
portions laterally displaced from other portions.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
130 for a nonmetallic* sheet, web or component thereof which
has a particular fold at its edge, e.g., L- shaped.
174 for nonmetallic*, nonplanar, uniform-thickness
material.
362 and 369+, for a nonmetallic* rod, strand or fiber which,
in the longitudinal axis, follows a curvilinear or
multidirectional path.
592 for metallic strands which are curled, twisted or
flat-wound.
612 for stock-material* having a rough interface between
layers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 631 for a
component of that class which is a laminate with a bent
facing.
72, Metal Deforming, 127 for processes of curving or
troughing material during movement.
238, Railways: Surface Track, subclass 58 for railroad ties
having an angle cross section.
Subclass:
604
This subclass is indented under subclass 603. Subject matter
having elongated nonplanarities which intersect, or having
projections through not all of which a single line can be
drawn.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
179 especially subclasses 180, 183 and 185 for nonmetallic*
stock-material* having intersecting corrugations or
nonaligned dimples.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
30, Cutlery, subclass 355 for a blade of that class of waved
configuration.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 462 for indefinite-length flexible webs including
corrugating means.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 106 for a
corrugated composite conductive armor or sheath.
Subclass:
605
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
of overall indeterminate shape having as its only continuum,
network of flexible, narrow elongated constituents, usually
intertangled or interengaged.
(1) Note. See the main class definition, section VI, C, 2,
a and VI, C, 2, b for the locus of patents to fibrous
materials having an ordered interengagement of fibers, e.g.,
metal textiles, etc.
(2) Note. Patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclass 606.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
606 for individual filaments smaller than 6 mils.
608 611 and 614, for metallic webs or sheets having other
continual and containing fibers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
15, Brushing, Scrubbing, and General Cleaning, subclass 209
for steel-wool implements of that class.
29, Metal Working, subclass 415 for apparatus and processes
for manufacturing metal wool.
267, Spring Devices, subclass 147 for a device of that class
comprising compressed wire mesh, and subclass 148 for a
device comprising a fibrous metallic body.
Subclass:
606
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
consisting of flexible material having a claimed entire
dimension of 6 mils (0.006 inches; 0.01524 cm; 152.4 micron;
152,400 angstroms) or less, or greater gauge than 34.
Reference: Metals Handbook, 8th Edition, Volume 1 (1961),
page 18.
(1) Note. An article or material defined as a metal foil,
leaf or film, without any numerical reference to its
thickness is placed in these subclasses (606+).
(2) Note. A patent is not placed in this subclass because
of a mere component which meets the definition of the
subclass.
(3) Note. See the main class definition of this class
(428), section VI, C, 2, a, for loci of other subject matter
relating to filaments.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
220 for a nonmetallic* sheet or web where the entire
dimension is claimed for the complete product, which may or
may not be smaller than 6 mils.
401 and 903, for a structurally defined nonmetallic*
filament which may or may not be smaller than 6 mils.
605 to complete a search for metal filaments.
923 for a collection of metallic and stock-materials* having
specified dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 17.1 for foil and thin sheet-metal
making.
126, Stoves and Furnaces, subclass 19 for foil or film
components in an oven part.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 76 for electroforming
of films.
433, Dentistry, subclass 227 for a dental filling made of
foil.
Subclass:
607
This subclass is indented under subclass 606. Subject matter
in which the foil or filament is a composite.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
615 for composite* metallic* stock-material* which may have
a foil component.
924 for a collection of composite* metallic* stock-material*
products in which a dimension is specified.
Subclass:
608
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
which includes a layer or component comprising fibers,
strands, etc., mechanically intertangled, interwoven,
intertwined or interlooped, or included between other
layers.
(1) Note. See the main class definition of this class (428)
for loci of other subject matter relating to interengaged
fibers.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
85 175, 190, 193, 196, 197, 222, and 365, for a nonmetallic*
stock-material* in which a component has interengaged fibers,
or in which a fibrous layer is between other layers.
605 for a mass or layer consisting entirely of interengaged
fibers.
614 for similar stock-material* where the fibers, strands,
etc., are not interengaged, e.g., are parallel.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
57, Textiles: Spinning, Twisting, and Twining, 200 for
twisted strand structures.
63, Jewelry, 3 for an ornament in the form of a bracelet,
which may embody metal fibers.
169, Fire Extinguishers, subclass 42 for an article* of that
class comprising a plurality of interengaging elements held
in position by a fusible substance.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 128.1 for
plural-strand conductors.
245, Wire Fabrics and Structure, 1 for a fabric of that
class.
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, 343 for filaments
and electrodes composed of a plurality of interengaged wires
or strands.
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), for a fabric containing layer.
Subclass:
609
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
comprising a plurality of layers or material having an
interface between layers which is (1) nonplanar and
noncylindrical, and (2) apparent to the naked eye.
(1) Note. Both contiguous layers or other components must
conform to the irregularity.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
138 for a sheet or web containing at least one apertured
component and one imperforate component.
171 for a nonmetallic* sheet or web which varies in
thickness, and which has a component conforming to the
contours of a nonplanar surface.
567 for a stock-material* made by impregnating a metal into
a consolidated metal powder composition having an
interconnected void structure.
588 for a workpiece which may have an irregular interface
between parallel nonfastened components.
612 for similar subject matter where the irregularity is
merely a defined roughness or wave-form not apparent to the
naked eye.
614 for a metallic* stock-material* having a component
complete embedded within another component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
109, Safes, Bank Protection, or a Related Device, subclass 85
for metallic composite walls and panels of that class,
plural parts of which are secured together along a common
interface.
403, Joints and Connections, 345 for interfitted members of
that class.
Subclass:
610
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein the composition of the stock-material* varies
gradually from being one composition to being another
composition, without the formation of distinct layers, or
wherein such variation takes place within a single layer of
the material, or wherein such a variation occurs in the
density of the material or layer.
(1) Note. The gradual nature of the composition variation
must be explicit for the patent to be classified herein.
(2) Note. In regard to a "diffusion" layer in a metallic
composite, see the definition to subclass 615, (6) Note.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
170 for a nonmetallic* sheet, web or component which varies
in thickness and density.
217 and 218, for a nonmetallic* stock-material* product
having distinct layers of differing hardness or density.
547 for particulate metal stock having a composition, or
density gradient.
941 for a collection of patents which concern metallic stock
produced by a method which includes solid state diffusion of
metals to the disappearance of an original layer.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
for an abrasive tool making composition comprised of metal or
metal oxide.
148, Metal Treatment, appropriate subclasses for processes of
treating metal to modify or maintain the internal physical
structure (i.e., microstructure) or chemical properties of
metal and which may result in a gradual variation in
composition with or without formation of distinct layers but
identified in terms of the separate compositions. See Class
148, 206, for processes of carburizing or nitriding metal;
subclasses 240+ for reactively coating of metal; or
subclasses 516 for processes of treating layered metal stock
or article. If metal casting, fusion bonding, machining, or
working is involved, there is a requirement of significant
heat treatment as described in section III, A, of the Class
148 definition.
Subclass:
611
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
in which a shaped stock-material* has the direction of
preformed fibers which have been incorporated into the
article or magnetic coordinated with its shape.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
105 114 and 593, for a composite* having grain, strips or
filamentary material in different layers, or components in an
angular relation, e.g., parallel, etc.
910 for a collection of patents drawn to nonmetallic*
materials having molecules oriented in a particular
direction.
928 for a collection of metallic* magnetic
stock-materials*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, 40 for metal compositions of defined
grain structure or magnetic properties produced by a process
of that class, subclasses 100+ for certain processes of
developing, improving, modifying or preserving magnetic
properties in magnetic materials, and subclass 404 for
directionally solidified alloys which may have precipitates
in the form of long fibers.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 129 for plural
strand assemblies of that class, having noncircular cross
sections, and subclasses 133+ for other noncircular strand
sections.
252, Compositions, subclass 62.55 for a nonmetal magnetic
composition containing some free metal.
335, Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets,
and Electromagnets, 296 for magnet structure.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, appropriate subclasses
for alloys which are defined broadly as "magnetized" or
"permanent magnet" as well as alloys which are inherently
magnetic.
Subclass:
612
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
comprising a plurality of layers of material having an
interface which is greater in area than would be obtained by
the mating of two smooth surfaces.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
609 for an interface with macroscopic irregularities.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
2 for processes of etching resulting in a roughened
surface.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 640 for electrolytic
erosion of a workpiece to change its shape or surface
configuration and subclasses 687+ for electrolytic material
treatment, in general.
Subclass:
613
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
comprising at least in part, a nonfibrous, nonparticulate
material which contains tiny openings, often microscopic,
through which certain fluids may pass. Generally the pore
opening is of such irregular direction and small dimension
that light will not pass through the porous component without
distortion or diffusion.
(1) Note. An originally porous material, the pores of which
have been filled, is not considered to be porous.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
155 for a nonmetallic* sheet, web or component which
contains crevices of relatively small lateral dimensions
extending thereto, but not therethrough.
158 for a nonmetallic* sheet or web varying in thickness and
having a foamed or cellular component.
304 for a nonmetallic* sheet or web with a second component
that is either porous or cellular. See especially subclasses
310+ for foamed or expanded material.
539.5 for the product which results when a metal or nonmetal
composition, having an interconnected void structure, is
impregnated with a nonmetal or metal composition,
respectively, in a fluent form.
546 for stock-material* of or containing consolidated metal
powder, which materials often are porous, especially subclass
550 for such materials specified as having a porous
component.
596 for stock-material having apertures, that is, openings
which generally permit the passage of undiffused light.
605 for fibrous masses which generally are porous.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
subclass 296 for a tool making process or composition
involving pore-forming.
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 228 for consolidated metal
powder compositions, which compositions often are porous.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, 601 for porous
articles comprising alkali metal silicate; subclasses 672+
for porous cement, slag, and plaster compositions; and
subclass 122 for porous organic compositions within the class
(106) definition.
164, Metal Founding, subclass 79 for a process of that class
employing a pore-forming agent.
429, Chemistry: Electrical Current Producing Apparatus,
Product and Process, subclass 145 for a battery separator
having plural layers of defined porosity.
501, Compositions: Ceramic, subclass 39 and 80+ for
pore-forming compositions.
Subclass:
614
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
in which at least one side edge of a layer or component of a
composite sheet or web is laterally offset relative to a
corresponding edge of a second layer or component of the
product.
(1) Note. The mere provision of a coating on a thickness of
the surface, as well as a nonthickness surface of bar stock
is not sufficient to place such stock-material* in this
subclass.
(2) Note. Specifically excluded from this subclass are
wires, rods and tubes of uniform circular cross section,
having a core and one or more outer layers, each outer layer,
in a cross section perpendicular to the long dimension, being
a complete, continuous annulus of uniform thickness.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
77 and 189+, for composite nonmetallic* stock-material*
having laterally noncoextensive components.
592 for composite materials having helical rods or filaments
embedded therein.
608 for composite material having interengaged rods or
filaments embedded therein.
609 for composite material having an apertured component
embedded therein.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
63, Jewelry, 26 for articles of that class having means for
holding gems.
109, Safes, Bank Protection, or a Related Device, 80 for
wall and panel composite structures.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 298 for surface bonding by embedding of a lamina
within the face of an additional lamina.
Subclass:
615
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
which comprises at least two different, contiguous* layers or
portions, each having a matrix or continuous phase of free
metal.
(1) Note. Neither a disclosure of, nor a product claim
containing a lamination to a particular process for producing
or uniting two or more metallic layers or portions will
exclude an invention from this subclass; however, see the
search notes to Classes 148 and 427, below.
(2) Note. This and the indented subclasses provide for wire
and filaments, greater than 6 mils in diameter, or of
unspecified diameter, made by joining two or more different
metals. Metal wire coated with a different metal is also
classified in this and the indented subclasses.
(3) Note. Included in this and indented subclasses are
soldered, brazed or welded joints, claimed as joints, which
are characterized only by the composition of the metal parts
joined and/or of the filler metal. Where merely a "weld
deposit" is claimed, the claimed subject matter is considered
to be merely a composition for a composition class, e.g.,
Class 420, subclasses 122.1+.
(4) Note. The term "base-metal", as used in the subclass
titles indented hereunder, means a content of a particular
metal or group of metals of more than 40 percent.
(5) Note. The term "alternative", as used in the subclass
titles indented hereunder, means that the base metal of a
component may be either one of the metals or metal groups of
the title, or may be a combination of such metals. Further,
the alternativeness need not be expressed in a single claim
or "Markush" group, but may be based upon different claims;
thus, a patent having one claim to a lead-coated iron
composite and another claim to a tin-coated iron composite is
proper for classification in subclass 644 and need not be
cross-referenced elsewhere on the basis of these two claims.
(6) Note. Where a "diffusion" layer or portion is claimed,
made by interdiffusion during heat treatment of materials
from two adjacent metal layers or portions, the diffusion
layer or portion is ignored in classifying the patent.
(7) Note. Placing of original and cross-reference patents.
I. It is necessary to provide an original or cross-reference
copy of a patent in this or the subclasses indented
hereunder, for, at most, only each interface of the composite
material; thus, a two-layer composite is provided for
completely in the first-appearing subclass which provides for
either layer.Where a three-layer material is claimed (e.g.,
two pieces of aluminum alloy soldered together with a
tin-lead solder) and the composition of the central layer is
provided for in the schedule ahead of the subclasses provided
for the composition of either outer layer, placement of the
patent original or cross-reference in the first-appearing
subclass (e.g., 643) will suffice.
II. Where a composite not suitable for placement in
subclasses 616+, 620 or 621+ is described in the claims only
on the basis of the functional characteristics of the
components, e.g., "solder", "hard metal", etc., it is placed
as an original in subclass 686 and may be cross-referenced
elsewhere, when desired, on the basis of the disclosed
composition of its components.
III. Where the entire composite is claimed as being
deflectable by a temperature change, it is classified as an
original in subclasses 616+ and cross-referenced below only
when the subclasses indented under subclass 616 do not
specifically provide for the interfaces claimed or otherwise
of interest.
IV. Where the metal composite, in addition, has a layer or
portion composed of a nonmetal composition, that is, a
composition having a continuous nonmetal phase, it is placed
as an original in subclasses 621+ and cross-referenced below
on the basis of the metal-to-metal interface(s).
V. Where only one component of a composite is claimed in
terms of its composition, or a name which is equivalent to a
composition, e.g., "stainless steel", the patent is placed as
an original in the first-appearing subclass which provides
for that composition and may be cross-referenced elsewhere on
the basis of the disclosed composition of the other
components.
(8) Note. This subclass (615) is the locus for composite*
stock-material* in which one of the components* has an
alkali-metal base, that is, lithium, sodium, potassium,
rubidium, cesium or francium, or in which only a minor
ingredient of a component is identified.
(9) Note. For guidance purposes only, the Search This Class
Subclass below contains a list of elements, along with an
identification for each nonmetal, and/or the principal
subclass locations which concern locations which concern that
element. {The following elements are not included in this
subclass list - Helium (He), nonmetal; Hydrogen (H),
nonmetal; Krypton (Kr), nonmetal; Fluorine (F), nonmetal;
Argon, nonmetal; Astatine (At) nonmetal; Bromine (Br)
nonmetal; Chlorine (Cl), nonmetal; Iodine (I), nonmetal}
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
411 for analogous nonmetallic* stock-material*.
548 and 553, for composite* metallic* stock-material* having
a portion derived from metal powder.
570 for metallic* composites* in form of powder.
590 for a metallic* composite* in the form of a workpiece of
parallel nonfastened components*.
607 for a composite* metallic* foil of filament smaller than
6 mils.
615 for Cesium (Cs)
615 Francium (Fr)
615 for Lithium (Li)
615 for Potassium (K)
615 for Rubidium (Rb)
615 for Sodium (Na)
618 637, 647, 652, 656, 669, 671, 674+, for Copper (Cu)
619 638, 644, 648, 653, 656, 659, 667, 676+, 679+, 681+, for
Iron (Fe)
620 641, for Germanium (Ge)
627 634, for Carbon (C) nonmetal,
627 for Boron (B) nonmetal,
627 for Nitrogen (N), nonmetal,
637 648, 652, 656, 667, 668, 675, 678, 679, for Cobalt (Co),
also see Niobium
637 647, 652, 656, 669, 671, 672, for Gold (Au)
637 648, 652, 656, 667, 671, 675, 678, 679, 680, for Nickel
(Ni)
637 648, 652, 656, 669, 670 for Osmium (Os)
637 648, 652, 656, 669, 670 for Palladium (Pd)
637 648, 652, 656, 669, 670 for Platinum (Pt)
637 648, 652, 656, 669, 670, for Iridium (Ir)
642 for Antimony (Sb)
642 for Arsenic (As)
642 for Bismuth (Bi)
642 for Gallium (Ga)
642 for Indium (In)
643 645, for Lead (Pb)
649 for Barium (Ba)
649 for Beryllium (Be)
649 Calcium (Ca)
649 for Magnesium (Mg)
650 for Aluminum (Al)
651 656, 660, 661, for Hafnium (Hf)
651 656, 663, 664, for Molybdenum (Mo)
651 656, 661, 662, for Niobium (Nb) {also Columbium (Cb)}
651 656, 661, 664, 666+, for Chromium (Cr)
655 656, for Actinium (Ac)
655 656, for Americium (Am)
655 656 for Berkelium (Bk)
655 656, for Californium (Cf)
655 656, for Cerium (Ce)
655 656, for Curium (Cm)
655 656, for Dysprosium (Dy)
655 656, for Einsteinium (Es)
655 656, for Erbium (Er)
655 656, for Europium (Eu)
655 656, for Fermium (Fm)
655 656, for Gadolinium (Gd)
655 656, for Holmium (Ho)
655 656 for Lanthanum (La)
655 656, for Lawrencium (Lw)
655 656, for Mendelium (Md)
657 for Mercury (Hg)
655 656, for Neptunium (Np)
655 656, for Nobelium (No)
655 656 for Plutonium (Pu)
655 656 for Lutetium (Lu)
655 656, for Manganese (Mn)
655 656, for Neodymium (Nd)
655 656 for Polonium (Po)
655 656 for Prseodymium (Pr)
655 656 for Protactinium (Pa)
655 656, for Promethium (Pm)
655 656, for Rhenium (Re)
655 656, for Samarium (Sm)
655 656, for Scandium (Sc)
655 656, for Technitium (Tc)
655 656, for Terbium (Tb)
655 656, for Thorium (Th)
655 656, for Thulium (Tm)
655 656, for Ytterbium (Yb)
655 656, for Yttrium (Y)
656 657, for Cadmium (Cd)
629 632+, 639+ for Oxygen (O), nonmetal,
649 for Radium (Ra)
637 648, 652, 656, 669, 670, for Rhodium (Rh)
637 648, 652, 656, 669, 670, for Ruthenium (Ru)
620 641, for Silicon (Si)
637 647, 652, 656, 669, 671, 673 for Silver (Ag)
649 for Strontium (Sr)
639 for Sulfur (S) nonmetal,
651 656, 661, 662, for Tantalum (Ta)
642 for Thallium (Tl)
643 646+, for Tin (Sn)
651 656, 660, 661, for Titanium (Ti)
651 656, 664, 665, for Tungsten (W)
665 656, for Uranium (U)
658 for Zinc (Zn)
651 656, 660, 661, for Zirconium (Zr)
924 for collections of patents which define composite*
metallic* stock-materials* in terms of physical dimension.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), 782.1 for a
composite building panel having a disparate edging.
109, Safes, Bank Protection, or a Related Device, subclass 85
for composite metallic walls and panels.
136, Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric, 236 for
thermocouples identified by the composition of at least one
member of the junction.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, subclass 140 for material
of that class having more than one layer in the wall
make-up.
148, Metal Treatment, 400 for single-layer metal
stock-material* having a surface into which another material
has been diffused, e.g., "case-hardened", and subclasses 33+
for essentially homogeneous electrically semiconductive stock
having at least two contiguous layers differing in the number
of unbound electrons (P-N-type materials).
164, Metal Founding, subclass 91 for processes of that class
directed to formation of multilayered articles by forming a
metal into a preform or casting two or more metals in contact
with one another, and subclass 94 for forming a composite
article by sequentially casting molten metal.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 196
for conductively contacting components or a composite
conductive armor or sheath.
204, Chemistry: Electrical and Wave Energy, subclasses
290.01-290.15 for laminated or coated electrodes.
219, Electric Heating, subclass 85.1 for pressure bonding
methods directed to brazing or soldering, subclasses 104+ for
brazing or soldering by arc, and subclasses 136+ for other
welding.
220, Receptacles, 62.11 and 660+ for such devices comprising
the construction of a receptacle wall.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, subclass 56.3 for an article* to
be used as a filler in joining juxtaposed or otherwise
engaged metal work portions.
285, Pipe Joints or Couplings, subclass 329 for devices of
that class wherein the free ends which constitute the joint
interface are of different metals cooperating to produce a
desired result, e.g., corrosion prevention.
313, Electric Lamp and Discharge Devices, subclass 405 for a
resilient support for a cathode-ray tube, which is
bimetallic.
405, Hydraulic and Earth Engineering, 276 for metallic sheet
piling.
427, Coating Processes, 58 in which an electrical product is
formed, especially subclasses 89+, 103, 118, and 123,
subclasses 404+ for applying superposed diverse coating
involving metal coatings and/or bases, and subclasses 436+
for applying a metal coating to a metal base by immersion.
Subclass:
616
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
having the property of bending or lengthening in a circular
fashion in response to an increase in temperature.
(1) Note. A patent is placed in this subclass (616) because
of the ability of a composite to respond, shape-wise, to a
temperature change. Responses to other phenomena, e.g.,
magnetostrictive properties, are not, in themselves, relevant
to this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
686 for other composite material defined by the function of
adjacent components.
913 for a collection of nonmetallic* stock-material*
designed to be responsive to temperature, light, moisture,
etc. Patents classified in subclass 616 should not be
cross-referenced to subclass 913 on the basis of
temperature-responsive characteristics.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
60, Power Plants, subclass 529 for thermostatic devices
which include, besides the bimetallic element, significant
structure designed for temperature responsiveness, such as
the mounting for an end of the strip or the shape given the
strip to constitute the device.
136, Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric, 200 for
thermocouple (junction-type) stock-material* which produces
an electric current in response to heat.
337, Electricity: Electrothermally or Thermally Actuated
Switches, 333 for such switches having a bimetallic element,
and the notes thereto for the location of other devices
having bimetallic elements, and subclass 379 for an article*
which is a bimetallic element for such switch.
374, Thermal Measuring and Testing, subclass 205 for a
thermometer having a bimetallic sensor.
Subclass:
617
This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter
in which the composite has three or more layers.
(1) Note. The third layer often is a buffering layer
designed to prevent separation of the two main layers during
flexure.
(2) Note. Patents placed in this subclass are not
cross-referenced to subclass 916.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
591 for stock-material* composites having discrete means,
more than merely a buffering component, to allow relative
motion between components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
200, Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers, subclass 269
for contact material which constitutes three or more layers.
Subclass:
618
This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter
in which one component of the composite is copper or an alloy
containing more than 40% copper.
(1) Note. Subject matter classified herein is not
cross-referenced to subclasses 656, 699, 671, or 674.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
200, Electricity: Circuit Makers and Breakers, subclass 268
for contact material which constitutes two layers, each one
being different from the other.
Subclass:
619
This subclass is indented under subclass 616. Subject matter
in which both components of the composite are of an alloy
containing 40 percent or more of iron and 10 or more of
nickel.
(1) Note. Patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 681+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
617 to complete a search for this subject matter.
Subclass:
620
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which one of the components is described as being an
electrical semiconductor, that is, a material with an
electrical conductivity between that of a conductor and an
insulator.
(1) Note. Claimed recitation of electrical conductor means
or electrical components, even nominally, will result in the
subject matter being classified elsewhere, e.g., in Classes
174, 257 or 361, appropriate subclasses.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
641 for a composite having a silicon- or germanium-base
component which is not described as a semiconductive
component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, 33 for electrically semiconductive
stock under the Class 148 definition which is essentially
homogeneous and has at least two contiguous layers differing
in the number of unbound electrons and/or differing in energy
gap levels, which exhibit a junction between the layers.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 102 for armor
or sheath devices of that class which may be semiconductive.
252, Compositions, subclass 62.3 for barrier layer
compositions, and subclasses 500+ for other semiconductor
compositions.
257, Active Solid-State Devices (e.g., Transistors,
Solid-State Diodes), appropriate subclasses for such devices,
wherein the solid state material is typically a
semiconductor.
438, Semiconductor Device Manufacturing: Processes,
particularly 570 for methods of making a Schottky contact to
a semiconductor and subclasses 597+ for methods of making an
ohmic contact to a semiconductor.
Subclass:
621
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
having a nonmetal component, that is, a spatially distinct
continuum which is not a metal, an alloy, or an intermetallic
compound.
(1) Note. To be classified in this subclass, the article or
stock-material* must be classifiable in this class,
subclasses 615+ in the absence of the nonmetal component,
that is, it must have at least two different contiguous metal
layers or portions.
(2) Note. Nonmetals are the elements designed as such in
the definition of subclass 615, (9) Note, the compounds of
these elements.Silicon is considered to be metal and
intermetallic compounds are considered to be alloys.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
344 385 and 444, for a laminate including a single layer of
metal adjacent a nonmetal layer.
545 for composites* having a component* in which a nonmetal
continuum is interengaged with a metal continuum.
551 for a composite* of the type classifiable in these
subclasses (621+) where a metal component* is particulate.
560 for composites* having metal particles dispersed in a
nonmetal matrix component which is adjacent a metal
component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 759 for a
bonded metal to nonmetal joint of that class.
148, Metal Treatment, subclasses 206-238 for processes of
carburizing, nitriding, or both (e.g., carbonitriding, etc.)
of solid metal, and subclasses 316-319 for resulting stock.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 171 and 316+ for a
single metal layer coated with a nonmetal by a process of
that class.
336, Inductor Devices, subclass 234 for a laminated magnetic
core.
361, Electricity: Electrical Systems and Devices, 271 for
electrostatic condensers.
427, Coating Processes, 258 and 402+ for application of
plural diverse coatings or coating a coated base.
Subclass:
622
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter
having two or more spatially distinct components, each of
which has a nonmetal matrix.
Subclass:
623
This subclass is indented under subclass 622. Subject matter
in which the components having nonmetal matrices are next to
each other.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
411 for the specific combinations of nonmetal components.
Subclass:
624
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter
in which the component* having a nonmetal matrix is an
organic material.
(1) Note. See the main class definition of Class 260,
Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, for the scope of "organic".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
459 464, 467, and 468, for a composite product having an
organic component next to a single metal layer.
608 for paper or other organic fibrous material interengaged
or between metal layers.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 105 for plural
insulated conductive armors or sheaths, subclasses 110+ for
insulated devices of that class which may have an organic
component, and subclasses 126.1+ for conductor structure.
Subclass:
625
This subclass is indented under subclass 624. Subject matter
in which the organic material is rubber or a similarly
stretchable and reboundable polymer or gum.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
419 462 and 465, for a composite* in which one layer
comprises a rubber-like synthetic polymer and another layer
comprises a metal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
403, Joints and Connections, 225 for flexibly connected
rigid members having an elastomer interposed between radially
spaced members.
Subclass:
626
This subclass is indented under subclass 624. Subject matter
in which the organic material is a synthetic resin.
(1) Note. See Class 520, Synthetic Resins or Natural
Rubbers, subclass 1 for the meaning of "synthetic resin".
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
457 for a composite having a single metal layer next to a
synthetic resin layer.
625 for a composite* having a stretchable and reboundable
synthetic resin component*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 183, 188+, 191+, and
198+ for electrolytic coating combined with another coating
method involving a synthethic resin.
Subclass:
627
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter
in which the nonmetal component is a binary compound of
boron, carbon, or nitrogen.
(1) Note. Stock-material* having a boride, carbide, or
nitride surface layer is placed here unless it is specified
that the treatment with the nonmetal element is insufficient
to produce a continuous phase of the nonmetal.
(2) Note. See the main class definition of this class
(428), section VI, C, 6, for the loci of other subject matter
related to coating and coated products which may contain a
boride, carbide, or nitride component*.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 236 for a consolidated metal
power composition containing a carbide, and subclass 244 for
such composition containing boron or nitrogen.
148, Metal Treatment, subclasses 206-238 provide for
processes of carburizing, nitriding, or both (e.g.,
carbonitriding, etc.) of solid metal, and subclasses 316-319
for the resulting stock.
Subclass:
628
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter
in which the nonmetal component is a compound of a metal
which is adjacent to the nonmetal component.
(1) Note. This subclass includes, but is not restricted to,
so-called "conversion coatings".
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, 240 for processes of coating solid
metal with a material that reacts therewith.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 171, 199+, and 324+
for electrolytic methods of forming a conversion coating on
solid metal, e.g., anodizing, and for the resulting
products.
Subclass:
629
This subclass is indented under subclass 628. Subject matter
in which the component is an oxide of the adjacent metal,
e.g., an "anodizing coating".
Subclass:
630
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter
in which the nonmetal component is an amorphous material
consisting of silica or a mixture of oxide or a mixed-metal
oxide, e.g., sodium silicate.
(1) Note. The mere designation of a component as "glass" is
sufficient for classification herein.
(2) Note. See the main class definition of this class
(428), section VI, C, 6, for loci of other coating and coated
products.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
432 for a nonmetallic* composite* in which one component* is
glass or quartz and another component may be a metal.
632 for a metallic* composite* having a crystalline
(ceramic) component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
52, Static Structures (e.g., Buildings), subclass 759 for
other metal-to-glass joints.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, subclass 50.61
for boxes and housings with a bonded seal for a conductive
member, e.g., glass-to-metal.
403, Joints and Connections, subclass 30 for joint structure
wherein two members have different coefficients of
expansion.
Subclass:
631
This subclass is indented under subclass 630. Subject matter
in which the nonmetal component is so thin as to be like a
coating on the metal component material.
(1) Note. In most patents of this subclass the product is
made by a coating process.
Subclass:
632
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter
in which the nonmetal is, or contains, an oxide.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
469 for a composite product wherein the layer adjacent the
metal layer contains a metal salt or an oxide.
Subclass:
633
This subclass is indented under subclass 632. Subject matter
in which the oxide is of more than one metal or consists of
two or more oxides.
(1) Note. A patent claiming a nonmetal component merely as
"a ceramic" is placed here. Where the ceramic is claimed in
terms only of a single oxide constituent, e.g., "a
high-alumina ceramic", the patent is placed in subclass 632,
or 629, if appropriate.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
636 for a metallic composite having a vitrified ceramic
component.
Subclass:
634
This subclass is indented under subclass 621. Subject matter
in which the nonmetal component is uncombined carbon.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass 243 for a consolidated
metal powder composition containing elemental carbon.
Subclass:
635
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which the composite has four or more spatially distinct
components, e.g., layers, in which two types of components
appear alternately in the same sequence in a visual scanning
of the composite cross section; for example, a sequence of
components are exemplified by A, B, A, B.
(1) Note. A "symmetrical" sequence of the type A, B, C, B,
A is not a basis for placement in this subclass.
Subclass:
636
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
comprising adjacent components having an identical
composition.
(1) Note. The components, while having identical chemical
compositions, often will have different physical properties
because of a difference in their manufacturing history, e.g.,
one component may be a substrate, while the other is a
coating.
(2) Note. Where the claims of a patent are such that
adjacent components may be the same or different in their
composition, e.g., due to overlapping in the claimed ranges
of alloying ingredients, generic claiming, etc., the patent
is placed in this subclass (636) as an original, and is
cross-referenced to the appropriate subclass below. Where the
components are always identical, patents classified herein
are not cross-referenced below, e.g., to subclass 654.
Subclass:
637
This subclass is indented under subclass 636. Subject matter
in which the identical adjacent components contain more than
40% of one or more metals from Group VIII or IB of the
periodic table, that is, cobalt, copper, gold, iridium, iron,
nickel, osmium, palladium, platinum, rhodium, ruthenium
and/or silver.
(1) Note. Where the adjacent components are always
identical, e.g., are not described in terms of overlapping
ranges or constituents, patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclass 675.
Subclass:
638
This subclass is indented under subclass 637. Subject matter
in which the metal is iron and the components contain 0.01 to
1.7% carbon.
(1) Note. Patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclass 683 where the components are
necessarily identical.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
682 for composite metallic stock-material* having adjacent
iron-base components of differing composition.
Subclass:
639
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which a component of a composite has oxygen, sulfur, or an
organic material dispersed in its metal matrix.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
539.5 for stock-material* comprising a metal matrix
interengaged with a nonmetal matrix.
545 for composite materials having as a component a metal
matrix interengaged with a nonmetal matrix.
567 for a composite having a particulate component with
nonmetal dispersed therein.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass 230 and 951 for
consolidated metal powder compositions having a nonmetal
dispersed therein.
Subclass:
640
This subclass is indented under subclass 639. Subject matter
in which the dispersed nonmetal is the oxide of aluminum or a
transition metal.
(1) Note. See the definition of subclass 655 for the scope
of "transition metal".
Subclass:
641
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which a component contains 40 percent or more of silicon,
germanium, or both.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
620 for similar materials where the Si- or Ge-base component
is described as an electrical semiconductor.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
136, Batteries: Thermoelectric and Photoelectric, subclass
239 for thermoelectric devices of composition containing a
Group IV element.
Subclass:
642
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which a component comprises 40 percent or more of arsenic,
antimony, bismuth, gallium, indium or thallium, or a
combination of these metals.
Subclass:
643
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which a component* having 40 percent or more of tin is
adjacent a component* having 40 percent or more of lead, or
in which a component* of the composite* may be either
lead-base or tin-base or a combination of lead and tin which
makes up 40 percent or more of the component, e.g., 30
percent lead and 30 percent tin.
(1) Note. This is an experimental "Markush"- type subclass
designed to provide, for classification and search purposes,
the kind of convenience and compactness offered by "Markush"
claiming in patents, primarily by reducing the amount of
cross-referencing which is required. So far as patent
placement is concerned, a patent placed in a "Markush"
subclass is not cross-referenced to subclasses which provide
for species covered by the generic "Markush" subclass,
although it may be desirable to cross-reference the patent to
indented subclass on the basis of the combination of layers.
Thus, a patent placed in this subclass (643) is not placed
also in subclasses 645 or 646, although placement in
subclasses 647 and/or 648 may be desirable for subject matter
not covered by subclass 644.
As concerns search purposes, a search for an invention
restricted to a species has its primary search field in the
subclass devoted to the species, while the "Markush" subclass
is a secondary search field; a search of which is mandatory
when the primary field does not provide satisfactory
documentation. Conversely, an invention involving a "Markush"
group comprising two or more members, all of which are
provided for in a "Markush" subclass, has its primary search
field in that subclass and subordinate search fields in the
subclasses providing for the species.
(2) Note. The alternativeness of the species must be
according to the claims, but not be stated in a single claim;
that is, a patent having one claim to a composite with a
component having a base of one species, and a substantially
identical claim to a composite with a component having a base
of a second species, both species being provided for in the
same "Markush" subclass, is classified in the "Markush"
subclass.
(3) Note. The designation of a component* as a
"type-metal" or "tin-led solder" is sufficient for
classification in this subclass (643), however, a designation
merely as "solder" is not. Subclasses 686 and 927-933 have
been provided as collection places for components designated
in such merely functional terminology.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 252 for coating from
an aqueous bath with a lead- or tin-base alloy.
220, Receptacles, 62.11 for a "tin" can lined with a
coating.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 312 and 313 for treating a
lead or tin coating with a flux, and subclass 423 for
immersion-type coating with tin, lead or zinc.
Subclass:
644
This subclass is indented under subclass 643. Subject matter
in which a lead- or tin-base component is adjacent a
component having 40 percent or more of copper or iron, or a
combination of the two.
(1) Note. Patents in this subclass are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 674 and 681+ on the basis of the Pb-Sn/Cu-Fe
interface.
Subclass:
645
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which a component has 40 percent or more of lead.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
643 to complete a search for lead-base components.
Subclass:
646
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which a component has 40 percent or more of tin.
(1) Note. Nb3Sn is a niobium (columbium)-base alloy and a
composite with such a component is provided for in subclass
662.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
643 to complete a search for tin-base components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
220, Receptacles, 62.11+ for a receptacle having a wall
including plural distinct layers.
Subclass:
647
This subclass is indented under subclass 646. Subject matter
in which the tin-base component is adjacent a component
having 40 percent or more of copper, gold and/or silver.
(1) Note. Patents in this subclass are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 671, 672, 673, or 674+ on the basis of the
Sn/Group IB-metal interface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
643 and/or 644, to complete this search.
Subclass:
648
This subclass is indented under subclass 646. Subject matter
in which the tin-base component is adjacent a component
containing 40 percent of one, or a combination of, cobalt,
iron, nickel, or a platinum metal.
(1) Note. Patents in this subclass are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 670, 678, 680, or 681+ on the basis of the
Sn/Group VIII-metal interface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
643 and/or 644, to complete a search for this subject
matter.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
220, Receptacles, various subclasses for miscellaneous
receptacles of that class.
Subclass:
649
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which a component has 40 percent or more of barium,
beryllium, calcium, magnesium, radium or strontium, or a
combination of two or more of these metals.
(1) Note. The mere designation of a base component as an
"alkaline earth metal" is sufficient for placement in this
subclass.
(2) Note. The term "light metal" is interpreted to mean a
magnesium-base alloy, an aluminum-base alloy, or an alloy
comprising 40 percent or more of these two metals. In not
further explained in the claims, a patent claiming a
"light-metal" component is placed here and in the proper
subclass included in 650+.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
376, Induced Nuclear Reactions: Processes, Systems, and
Elements, subclass 455 for nuclear fuel components in
layered form.
Subclass:
650
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which a component contains 40 percent or more of
aluminum.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, subclass 275 for coating an aluminum
or aluminum alloy with a liquid reactive coating
composition.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, subclass 139, 153,
172+, 190, 201+, 213+, 233, 237, and 323+ for electrolytic
coating processes in which either the substrate or an
electrolytically coated layer is predominantly aluminum.
219, Electric Heating, subclass 118 for methods directed to
the electric welding of a dissimilar metal to aluminum.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, 528 for an aluminum
base alloy.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 320 for treatment of a
metal substrate preparatory to coating aluminum.
Subclass:
651
This subclass is indented under subclass 650. Subject matter
in which the aluminum-base component is adjacent a component
containing 40 percent or more of one or more of the metals in
Groups IVB, VB, or VIB.
(1) Note. For a listing of metals contained in the
above-listed groups, see the definitions of subclasses 660,
662 and 663.
(2) Note. Patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 660+ on the basis of the
Al/refractory-metal interface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, subclass 133 for a heat treatment of
that class involving a refractory-metal-base component.
Subclass:
652
This subclass is indented under subclass 650. Subject matter
in which the aluminum-base component is adjacent a component
having 40 percent or more of a Group VIII or IB metal.
(1) Note. Patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 688+ on the basis of the
Al/Group VIII-IB interface.
Subclass:
653
This subclass is indented under subclass 652. Subject matter
in which the Group VIII metal is iron.
(1) Note. Patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 681+ on the basis of the Al/Fe
interface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, 77 and 103 for
iron-aluminum alloys.
Subclass:
654
This subclass is indented under subclass 650. Subject matter
in which the aluminum-base component is adjacent another
component having 40 percent or more of aluminum.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
636 for composites having aluminum-base components of
identical composition adjacent each other.
Subclass:
655
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
having a component which contains 40 percent or more of a
transition metal or a combination of transition metals.
(1) Note. The transition elements, as defined in the
"Condensed Chemical Dictionary", 7th Edition, Reinhold
Publishing Company, 1966, page 958, are:
"Elements in which an inner electron shell, rather than an
outer shell, is partially filled. In the periodic table they
include elements 21 through 30 (scandium through zinc), 39
through 48 (yttrium through cadmium), 57 through 80
(lanthanum through mercury), and 89 through 103 (actinium
through lawrencium). They are all metals and most possess
colored ions, variable valency, have a tendency to form
complexes, and have large magnetic moments."
Thus, the transition elements include the metals of the
periodic table groups listed in the subclasses indented
hereunder, as well as those covered in (2) Note below.
(2) Note. This subclass (655) is the locus for composite
materials having a component which is 40 percent or more of
the Group IIIB metals (Sc, Y, the lanthanides and the
actinides) and/or the Group VIIB metals (Mn, Tc, and Re).
(3) Note. "Franklinite" is considered to be a Mn-base
alloy.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 245 for consolidated metal
powder compositions in which the base metal is one or more
transition metals.
376, Induced Nuclear Reactions: Processes, Systems, and
Elements, subclass 455 for a structured, layered, canned or
jacketed nuclear fuel component.
Subclass:
656
This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter
in which a component of a composite comprises 40 percent or
more of a metal which is permitted by the claims to be
selected from more than one of the following diverse
categories: Category A: Group IIB metals Category B: Group
IIIB metals Category C: Refractory (Groups IVB, VB, VIB
metals) Category D: Group VIIB metals Category E: Group
VIII or IB metals.
(1) Note. Where the selection of the base transition metal
is restricted to one of the above categories, the patent is
not placed here.
(2) Note. Where the composite has a component made of at
least three metals, none of which is present as more than 40
percent by weight of the component, and no combination of
metals provided for in a single category above is present as
more than 40 percent by weight, but in which the total of
transition metals is 40 percent or more, by weight, it is
classified in this subclass (656).
(3) Note. This subclass follows the classification and
search rules for "Markush"- type subclasses set forth in the
definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2) Note.
(4) Note. When a patent is proper for classification in
this subclass, such classification provides fully for all
interfaces between transition-metal-base components; however,
it may be desirable, when a particular metal, alloy, or
combination of components, specifically provided for in a
subclass below, is emphasized, to place a copy of the patent
in such subclass. Exemplary of such emphasis is the
restriction of a nonalternative component to a specific alloy
or grain structure, a claim to only one preferred species of
the alternative component, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, subclass 305 for treatment of a
metal base preparatory to coating with nickel, copper, cobalt
or chromium.
Subclass:
657
This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter
in which a component of the composite comprises 40 percent or
more of the Group IIB metal(s).
(1) Note. This subclass (657) is the locus for composites
having a cadmium-base or mercury-base component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 to complete a search for Cd- and Hg-base components.
Subclass:
658
This subclass is indented under subclass 657. Subject matter
in which the composite has a component which is 40 percent or
more of zinc.
(1) Note. Although brass is sometimes defined as containing
up to 40 percent zinc, a component described merely as
"brass", without a recitation that it contains 40 percent or
more zinc, is not suitable for classification is subclasses
658+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 to complete a search for Zn-base components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 305 for coating
electrically with zinc from an aqueous bath.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, 513 for a zinc base
alloy.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 406 for methods of applying
superposed diverse coatings or coating a coated substrate
involving a zinc coating on a metal substrate, and subclass
433 for a method of applying a molten zinc coating by
immersion.
Subclass:
659
This subclass is indented under subclass 658. Subject matter
in which the zinc-base component is adjacent to a component
having 40 percent or more of iron.
(1) Note. The mere designation of a composite as
"galvanized" is sufficient for placement in this subclass.
(2) Note. Patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 681 or 933 on the basis of the
Zn/Fe interface.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
933 for composites other than zinc-iron having a sacrificial
component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, subclass 433 for galvanizing a base
by immersion into a molten metal bath.
Subclass:
660
This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter
in which the composite has a component which is 40 percent or
more of one or more metals from Groups IVB, VB or VIB of the
periodic table.
(1) Note. This subclass (660) is the locus for components
having a base of one or more Group IVB metals (titanium,
hafnium or zirconium).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 and 661, to complete a search for Ti-, Zr-, and Hf-base
components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, subclass 133 for heat treatment
methods of that class directed to refractory metals.
Subclass:
661
This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter
in which a component having 40 percent or more of Group IVB
metal(s), or Group VB metal(s) or Group VIB metal(s) is
adjacent a component having 40 percent or more metal from
another of these groups, or in which the claims permit a
component base to be selected from metals belonging to more
than one of these groups.
(1) Note. Patents classified in this subclass are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 660, 662 or 663.
(2) Note. The mere designation of a component base as a
"refractory metal" is sufficient for placement in this
subclass (661).
(3) Note. This subclass follows the classification and
search rules for "Markush"- type subclasses set out in the
definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2) Note.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 to complete a search for refractory metal-base
components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, subclass 133 for a heat-treatment
process of that class directed to a refractory solid metal or
solid alloy.
Subclass:
662
This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter
in which a composite has a component comprising 40 percent or
more of one or more of vanadium, niobium (columbium), or
tantalum.
(1) Note. Niobium stannite is a niobium-base alloy.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 and 661, to complete a search for Group VB metal-base
components.
Subclass:
663
This subclass is indented under subclass 660. Subject matter
in which the composite has a component containing 40 or more
of a Group VIB metal.
(1) Note. This is the locus for patents having a
molybdenum-base component.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
565 661 and 664, to complete a search for Mo-based
components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass 245 for a consolidated
metal powder composition which may be Mo-based.
Subclass:
664
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter
in which a component having 40 percent or more of chromium,
molybdenum or tungsten is adjacent a component having 40
percent or more of another of these metals, or in which the
claims permit a component base to be selected from two or
more of these metals, or a combination of any two or three of
them.
(1) Note. Patents classified in this subclass are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 663, 665 or 666.
(2) Note. This subclass follows the classification and
search rules for "Markush"-type subclasses set out in the
definition of subclass 643. (1) Note and (2) Note.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 and 661, to complete a search for Group VIB metal-base
components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, subclass 428 for a
chromium base alloy, subclasses 430+ for a tungsten base
alloy and subclass 429 for a molybdenum base alloy.
Subclass:
665
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter
in which the Group VIB metal is tungsten (wolfram).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 661 and 664, to complete a search for W-base components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass 248 for a consolidated
metal powder composition in which the base metal is
tungsten.
Subclass:
666
This subclass is indented under subclass 663. Subject matter
in which the Group VIB metal is chromium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
613 for composite materials having a "microcracked" chromium
component between other components.
656 661 and 664, to complete a search for Cr-based
components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, 264 for processes of reactively
coating a metal substrate wherein a chromium containing
liquid external agent combines with a component of the metal
substrate to form a coating thereon containing a component of
the metal substrate.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 178 for methods of
electrolytically coating multiple layers, at least one of
which is chromium, from an aqueous bath, and subclasses 283+
for coating a single Cr layer from such a bath.
Subclass:
667
This subclass is indented under subclass 666. Subject matter
in which the chromium-base component is adjacent a component
having 40 percent or more of cobalt, iron or nickel, or a
combination of two or more of these metals.
(1) Note. Patents classified in this subclass are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 668, 678, 680, or 681+ on the
basis of the Cr/Co-Fe-Ni interface.
Subclass:
668
This subclass is indented under subclass 655. Subject matter
in which the transition metal is from Group VIII or IB of the
periodic table.
(1) Note. For a list of metals included in this grouping,
see the definition of subclass 637.
(2) Note. This subclass is the locus for patents having a
cobalt-base component which are not properly placeable in
subclasses 675, 678 and 679.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
657 678 and 679, to complete a search for cobalt-base
components.
Subclass:
669
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter
in which a component of a composite comprises 40 percent or
more of a metal which may be either a Group IB metal or a
platinum-group metal.
(1) Note. See the definition of subclass 670 for the scope
of "platinum-group metal".
(2) Note. Where the selection of the base metal is
restricted to a metal within a Group IB or within the
platinum group, the patent is not placed here.
(3) Note. Where a composite has a component made of at
least three metals, none of which is present as 40 percent or
more, but in which a combination which necessarily includes a
Group IB metal and a platinum group metal does total 40
percent or more, the patent is classified here.
(4) Note. Patents classified here are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 670+, 672, 673, or 674.
(5) Note. The designation of the base metal as merely a
"precious metal" or a "noble metal" in any claim is
sufficient for classification here, despite (2) Note and (3)
Note.
(6) Note. The classification and search rules for this
subclass are the same as the "Markush"-type subclass rules
set out in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2)
Note.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 to complete a search for components having a base of
Group IB or platinum metals.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
63, Jewelry, appropriate subclasses for articles, generally
composed of precious metals, intended to be worn upon the
person as ornaments.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 125 for a process of
coating a base with silver, gold, platinum, or palladium to
produce an electrical product.
Subclass:
670
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter
having a component comprising 40 percent or more of one or
more metals from Group VIII, periods 5 or 6 of the periodic
table, that is, platinum, iridium, osmium, palladium,
rhodium, and/or ruthenium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 and 669, to complete a search for platinum metal-base
components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, subclass 264 for a
process directed to electrolytically coating a substrate with
platinum from an aqueous bath.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, 466 for a platinum
base alloy.
Subclass:
671
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter
in which a component may contain 40 percent or more of
copper, or, alternatively to the copper, 40 or more of gold,
nickel, or silver.
(1) Note. Copper must be one of the alternative metals for
placement in this subclass.
(2) Note. Where the component contains some, but less that
40 percent copper, less than 40 percent total gold and
silver, and less than 40 percent nickel, but where the total
of these four metals is 40 percent or more, the patent is
classified here.
(3) Note. Patents classified here are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 672, 673, 674, or 680.
(4) Note. The classification and search rules for this
subclass are the same as the "markush"-type subclass rules
set out in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and (2)
Note.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 to complete a search for a component having a base of
copper, gold, nickel, or silver.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, 507 for a gold base
alloy.
Subclass:
672
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter
in which a component contains 40 percent or more of gold.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 669 and 671, to complete a search for gold-base
components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 247 for methods of
electrolytically coating a substrate with a gold-base alloy
from an aqueous bath, and subclasses 266+ for coating with
gold, per se, from such a bath.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, 507 for a gold base
alloy.
Subclass:
673
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter
in which a component contains 40 percent or more of silver.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 669 and 671, to complete a search for Ag-base
components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, subclass 71 for
processes of making mirrors and reflectors by
electro-forming, and subclass 116 for the production of
mirrors and reflectors by electrodeposition of metallic
silver upon a substrate of specific form or configuration.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, 501 for a silver base
alloy.
Subclass:
674
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter
in which a component contains 40 percent or more of copper.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
618 656, 669, and 671, to complete a search for copper-base
components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, appropriate subclasses for processes of
treating solid or semi-solid metal to modify or maintain the
internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of metal. If metal casting, fusion
bonding, machining, or working is involved, there is a
requirement of significant heat treatment as described in
section III, A, of the Class 148 definition. Class 148, 240,
for processes of reactively coating a metal substrate wherein
an external agent combines with a component of the metal
substrate to form a coating thereon containing a component of
the metal substrate.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 239 for coating a
substrate with an alloy of copper from an aqueous bath, and
subclasses 291+ for such a coating process with copper, per
se.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, 469 for a copper base
alloy.
Subclass:
675
This subclass is indented under subclass 674. Subject matter
in which the copper-base component is adjacent a component
which contains 40 percent or more of cobalt, copper, or
nickel.
(1) Note. Where the adjacent component contains less than
40 percent cobalt or copper, but the combination of these two
metals is 40 percent or more, the patent is classified in
this subclass (675); where this same situation exists with
regard to the combination of copper with nickel, see subclass
671.
(2) Note. Patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 668, 678, or 680 on the basis
of the Cu/Co-Ni interface.
Subclass:
676
This subclass is indented under subclass 674. Subject matter
in which the copper-base component is adjacent a component
containing 40 percent or more of iron.
(1) Note. Patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 678 or 681 on the basis of the
Cu-Fe interface.
Subclass:
677
This subclass is indented under subclass 676. Subject matter
in which the iron-base component contains 0.01-1.7 percent
carbon.
(1) Note. The mere designation of the iron-base component
as "steel" is sufficient for classification herein.
Subclass:
678
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter
in which the claims permit a component base to be selected
from more than one of iron, nickel or cobalt, or in which
neither of these three metals is present as 40 percent or
more of the component, but a combination of any two or the
three of them is.
(1) Note. Patents classified here are not cross-referenced
to subclasses 668, 680, or 681.
(2) Note. A component base designated merely as "an
iron-group metal" is classified herein.
(3) Note. The rules for classification and search of this
subclass are the same as those set for "Markush"-type
subclasses in the definition of subclass 643, (1) Note and
(2) Note.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 255 for processes of
electrolytically coating a substrate with a Group VIII
metal-base alloy from an aqueous bath, and subclasses 269,
270 and 271+ for the same type process directed to a single
metal selected from the iron group.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, 8 for an iron base
alloy, subclasses 435+ for a cobalt base alloy, subclasses
580+ for alloys in which no single metal exceeds 50 percent
of the composition.
Subclass:
679
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter
in which a component having 40 percent or more of cobalt,
iron, or nickel is adjacent a component having 40 percent or
more of iron.
(1) Note. Patents classified herein are not
cross-referenced to subclasses 668, 681m or 684+ on the basis
of the Co-Ni/Fe interface.
Subclass:
680
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter
in which a component of the composite comprises 40 percent or
more of nickel.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
656 671, 678, and 679, to complete a search for Ni-base
components.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, subclass 675 for processes of treating
solid or semi-solid metal to modify or maintain the internal
physical structure (i.e., microstructure) or chemical
properties of nickel. If metal casting, fusion bonding,
machining, or working is involved, there is a requirement for
significant heat treatment as described in section III, A, of
the Class 148 definition.
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 271 for
electrolytically coating a substrate with nickel from an
aqueous bath.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 438 for electroless
deposition of a nickel coating on a metal base.
Subclass:
681
This subclass is indented under subclass 668. Subject matter
in which a component has 40 percent or more of iron.
(1) Note. A component designated merely as a "ferrous base
metal" is classified in this subclass (681).
(2) Note. To complete a search for a Fe-base component,
subclasses 656 and 678 must be searched, as well as the
appropriate subclasses selected from subclasses 619, 644,
648, 653, 659, 667, 676+, and 679+.
(3) Note. The patents classified in this subclass (681) and
subclasses 684 and 685 as originals are those claiming
composite materials, wherein a component is defined as a
Fe-base component and adjacent components are metals of
unspecified composition.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, subclasses 206-238 for processes of
carburizing, nitriding, or both (i.e., carbonitriding, etc.)
of solid metal, and subclasses 316-319 for the resulting
stock.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, 8 for iron base
alloys.
Subclass:
682
This subclass is indented under subclass 679. Subject matter
in which both adjacent components are iron-base.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
619 and 638, to complete a search for adjacent iron-base
components.
Subclass:
683
This subclass is indented under subclass 682. Subject matter
in which both components contain 0.01 to 1.7 percent carbon.
(1) Note. The mere designation of the components as "steel"
is sufficient for classification herein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
619 638 and 682, to complete a search for this subject
matter.
Subclass:
684
This subclass is indented under subclass 681. Subject matter
in which the iron-base component contains 0.01 to 1.7 percent
carbon.
(1) Note. The mere designation of a component as "steel" is
sufficient for classification in this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
619 to complete a search for this subject matter.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 4.51 for shredding metal or metal wool
article making.
76, Metal Tools and Implements, Making, subclass 84 for
butcher's steel.
148, Metal Treatment, subclasses 543-545 and 612-618 for
processes of treating solid iron based alloys containing
greater than 1.7 per cent carbon to modify or maintain the
internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of metal. If metal casting, fusion
bonding, machining, or working is involved, there is a
requirement of significant heat treatment as described in the
Class 148 definition.
420, Alloys or Metallic Composition, 8 for iron base alloys
which may contain carbon, e.g., steel.
Subclass:
685
This subclass is indented under subclass 684. Subject matter
in which the iron-base component also contains more than 10
percent of other material.
(1) Note. The mere designation of a component as "stainless
steel" or "high alloy steel" is sufficient for classification
herein.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
619 to complete a search for this subject matter.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, 433 for producing Iron(Fe) or
treating molten metal that contains over 50 per cent by
weight Iron.
148, Metal Treatment, subclass 542, 592, 597, and 605-611 for
processes of treating solid iron based alloys containing
greater than 9 percent chromium to modify or maintain the
internal physical structure (i.e., microstructure) or
chemical properties of metal. If metal casting, fusion
bonding, machining, or working is involved, there is a
requirement of significant heat treatment as described in
section III, A, of the Class 148 definition.
Subclass:
686
This subclass is indented under subclass 615. Subject matter
in which adjacent components of a composite are claimed, not
in terms of their composition, but in terms of the properties
of the components, their past histories, etc., e.g., "a solid
layer", etc.
Subclass:
687
This subclass is indented under subclass 544. Subject matter
wherein an exposed surface of the material has a particular
claimed physical configuration or structure.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
409 and 543, for a nonmetallic* sheet or web having a
particular claimed surface property or characteristic.
564 for stock-material* having a nonparticulate metal
component and a particulate component which contains nonmetal
particles, e.g., abrasive particles.
927 for a collection of patents concerning metallic*
stock-material* having a surface which is decorative or
informative.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 90.01 for burnishing processes.
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
for such invention.
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass 231 for consolidated
metal powder compositions containing a functionally defined
component, e.g., an abrasive.
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, subclass 32.5 for a
composition of that class having an erasable surface, and
subclass 36 for a composition having a friction or tractive
surface.
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 18 for etching of a metal base.
Subclass:
688
Of inorganic material:
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Subject
matter in which at least one layer is comprised of inorganic
material(s).
(1) Note. Organo-metallic compounds are not considered
inorganic compounds and are not a basis for classification in
this subclass.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
432 for a laminate having a quartz or glass layer.
466 for a silicon-containing layer other than glass or
quartz.
469 for a laminate of a free metal or alloy next to a metal
salt or oxide.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
423, Chemistry of Inorganic Compounds, appropriate subclasses
for an inorganic compound, per se.
Subclass:
689
Metal-compound-containing layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 688. Subject matter
in which at least one layer comprises a compound of a metal.
(1) Note. The following elements are defined as nonmetals
in Class 423: the inert gases, boron, the halogens,
hydrogen, nitrogen, carbon, oxygen, phosphorus, silicon,
sulfur, selenium, and tellurium; all other elements are
considered to be metals.
Subclass:
690
Fluorescent, phosphorescent, or luminescent layer:
Subject matter under subject 689 in which a layer or
component thereof exhibits natural or artificially induced
fluorescence, phosphorescence or, luminescence metallic.
Subclass:
691
Halogen-containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter
in which the product contains fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or
iodine in free or combined from.
Subclass:
692
Defined magnetic layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter
in which a layer or component thereof has disclosed
properties which include magnetic susceptibility.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
900 for an article having a magnetic feature.
Subclass:
693
Next to second metal-compound-containing layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 692. Subject matter
wherein the magnetic component is in a
metal-compound-containing layer next to another
metal-compound-containing layer.
Subclass:
694
Dynamic recording medium:
This subclass is indented under subclass 692. Subject matter
which has a use as a recording medium, e.g., tape, disc,
etc., which is "read" by using relative motion between the
medium and the reading device and wherein the composition of
a backing or support material is not defined in the claims.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
360, Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
subclass 134 for a recording tape having material recorded
thereon.
Subclass:
695
With lubricant in or on layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 694. Subject matter
which has, either in or on the magnetic layer, a material
disclosed a shaving a lubricant function.
Subclass:
696
Halogen-containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter
containing halogen in any form, e.g., chloride, oxyfluoride,
etc.
Subclass:
697
Layer contain compound(s) of plural metals:
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter
om which a single metal-compound-containing layer comprises
two or more different metal compounds or two or more metals
within a single compound.
Subclass:
698
Carbide-, nitride-, or sulfide-containing layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter
in which a layer contains a carbide, nitride, or sulfide
compound.
Subclass:
699
Next to second metal-compound-containing layer:
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter
in which two different metal-compound-containing layers are
adjacent to each other.
Subclass:
700
Single crystal:
This subclass is indented under subclass 699. Subject matter
in which at least one metal-compound-containing layer is
claimed as comprising a single crystal.
Subclass:
701
O-containing metal compound:
This subclass is indented under subclass 699. Subject matter
in which at least one layer contains a metal compound having
oxygen in any form, e.g., oxide, sulfate, carbonate, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
702 for an oxygen-containing metal compound layer not next
to a second metal-compound-containing layer.
Subclass:
702
O-containing:
This subclass is indented under subclass 689. Subject matter
containing oxygen in any form.
Subclass:
703
Water-settable material (e.g., gypsum, etc.):
This subclass is indented under subclass 702. Subject matter
in which the oxygen-containing layer is a water-setting
material such as gypsum, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, 638 for a
water-settable composition, per se.
Subclass:
704
This subclass is indented under subclass 411.1. Of B, N, P,
S, or metal-containing material: Subject matter wherein the
composite contains boron, phosphorus, or sulfur in free or
combined organic form, an organic nitrogen compound or an
organic metal compound.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
304.4 for a composites material containing elemental
nitrogen or another gas.
457 and 615+, for composites having a layer of free metal.
CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS
The following subclasses are collections of published
disclosures pertaining to various specified aspects of the
stock material art which aspects do not form appropriate
bases for subclasses in the foregoing classification (i.e.,
subclasses superior hereto in the schedule), wherein original
copies of patents are placed on the basis of the structure or
chemical composition of a layer* or layers*. These subclasses
assist a search based on remote function or physical
characteristic of the stock material and may be of further
assistance to the searcher, either as a starting point in
searching this class or as an indication of further related
fields of search inside or outside the class.Thus, there is
here provided a further path of access for retrieval of a
limited number of types of disclosures.
(1) Note. Disclosures are placed in these subclasses for
their value as references and as leads to appropriate main or
secondary fields of search, without regard to their original
classification or their claimed subject matter.
(2) Note. The disclosures found in the following subclasses
are examples, only, of the indicated subject matter, and in
no instance do they represent the entire extent of the prior
art.
Subclass:
900
Stock material product which (1) produces magnetic of force
and due to such lines of force is acted upon, or acts upon
another part or object, to produce an effect, or (2) is acted
upon by magnetic lines of force produced by another object.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
252, Compositions, subclass 62.51 for magnetic
compositions.
335, Electricity: Magnetically Operated Switches, Magnets,
and Electromagnets, 296.
336, Inductor Devices, 233 for a magnet, or magnetic
material including structure, (e.g., lamination of at least
two magnetic layers) disclosed as a core for a coil, i.e.,
transformer or inductor device.
360, Dynamic Magnetic Information Storage or Retrieval,
appropriate subclasses, for a layered product which is
uniquely designed to store or record information by a change
or variation in magnetic state of the device.
427, Coating Processes, 152 for the method of making a
product having magnetic features by applying a magnetic
coating to a base or by applying a coating to a magnetic
base.
Subclass:
901
Stock material product which is an electric circuit formed by
applying conductive material in a predetermined pattern onto
an insulating sheet as printing with electrically conductive
ink, by electroplating, by etching, coating, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
29, Metal Working, 846 for miscellaneous methods of making
printed circuits.
174, Electricity: Conductors and Insulators, 250 for a
preformed circuit on a planiform insulator.
216, Etching a Substrate: Processes, 13 for processes not
otherwise provided for involving etching in the manufacturing
of electric circuits.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 96 for a process of making
a printed circuit including a coating step.
439, Electrical Connectors, 55 for an electrical connector
comprising or combined with a panel circuit arrangement,
e.g., a printed circuit board.
Subclass:
902
Stock material product comprising a fiber* or filament*
specifically designed to have a high tensile or breaking
strength.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
366 and 367+, for a filament* or fiber* made of boron or a
compound thereof or of carbon or a carbide (usually silicon
carbide), which fiber* or filament* is generally of the
high-modulus type.
Subclass:
903
Stock material product comprising a fiber* or filament*
having a diameter less than 100 microns or approximately 4
mils.
Subclass:
903.3
RECYCLED MATERIALS:
Patents disclosing stock materials made, at least in part,
from material, or articles previously used, or salvaged from
scrap, or waste.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
2 for trash, or refuse which has been compacted for ready
disposal.
576 for a package of metal scrap suitable for melting.
Subclass:
904
Stock material product which comprises a manmade web* or
sheet* which looks and feels like a natural tanned animal
skin (leather).
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
151 for a web or sheet having an artificially made leather
grain surface.
473 for a laminated product comprising a layer* of natural
animal skin or membrane.
Subclass:
904.4
WALL AND SHELF COVERING:
Patents disclosing stock materials specially adapted to be
used for covering vertical surfaces, or horizontal surfaces
not subject to floor, or vehicle traffic.
Subclass:
905
Stock material which is, or incorporates therein a material
which disseminates or distributes into the ambient an aroma
or scent either by diffusion or unhurried vaporization or by
fracturing a capsule containing the aromatic or scent
material.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
307 for a composite* or sheet* in which one component* is
porous or cellular* and in which there is a liquid (which may
be aromatic or scented) in encapsulated form.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
239, Fluid Sprinkling, Spraying, and Diffusing, 34 for a
slow diffuser, per se, i.e., one which spreads or disperses
material into the ambient by (1) vaporization from an open
container or holder (2) capillary porous or wick type feed,
(3) by mere drip through the air, or (4) by sublimation, all
due to being exposed to the ambient air without the use of
forced draft; see the search notes in that subclass (239/34*)
for other similar art.
Subclass:
906
Stock material product which has been rolled or coiled upon
itself as in the case of a coil of wire or roll of pressure
sensitive tape.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
343 for a composite*, sheet*, web* or tape which has an
adhesive outermost layer (e.g., pressure sensitive tape) and
may be in the form of a roll.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
206, Special Receptacle or Package, 389 for a stock material
in the form of a roll or coil which has a feature significant
for a roll, e.g., mandrel structure, cover structure,
modified outer layer, etc; see Search Note to Class 206 in
class definition, VI, Relation to Certain Other Classes.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 177 for a process of
applying a coating or impregnation to a material, combined
with the step of rolling or coiling the material on itself.
Subclass:
906.6
EMBROIDERY:
Patents disclosing stock material having decorative
needlework.
Subclass:
907
Stock material product which has been treated so as to
minimize it being affected by germs, fungus, rodents or other
animals (land, air or sea).
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
424, Drug, Bio-Affecting and Body Treating Compositions,
appropriate subclasses, for a named product or article
treated by a specific composition, or by a method of that
class where no structure is recited for classification
elsewhere. An article treated, coated or impregnated with a
Class 424 composition and which composition functions only to
preserve the article from biological attack, is generally
classified with the particular article protected.
Subclass:
907.7
LAYER OR ARTICLE RENDERED LIGHT-TRANSMISSIVE BY PRESSURE
(E.G., BLUSHED, ETC.):
Collection of patents which disclose subject matter of this
class wherein an article or a layer of a composite can be
changed from an opaque state to a transparent or translucent
state by the application of pressure.
Subclass:
908
Stock material product which is susceptible of deformation
and which will maintain said deformation, due to either the
structure of the product or the material(s) employed in its
manufacture.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
369, Dynamic Information Storage or Retrieval, 272 for
records having dynamic information modulated groove
structure.
Subclass:
908.8
WEAR-RESISTANT LAYER:
Patents disclosing stock material having an outer surface
specially formulated to stand up under conditions of severe
abrasion.
Subclass:
909
Stock material product which is susceptible of deformation
when a load is applied and which will recover its original
shape when said load is removed, due to either the structure
thereof or the material(s) employed in its manufacture.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
304 especially 310+ for a composite* sheet* or web*
comprising a porous or cellular* component* which is usually
a foam and is resilient.
Subclass:
910
Stock material product in which long chain polymeric
molecules have been realigned in a material while in the
solid state.
(1) Note. The term, "stock material product includes
web(s)*, sheet(s)*, non-structural laminate(s), fiber(s)*,
strand(s)*, etc.
(2) Note. The physical treatment generally employed for
molecular orientation is: applying tension under controlled
conditions to a polymeric composition (consequently such
products are also called "stretch-oriented").
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
260, Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, appropriate subclass
indented under subclass 2, for a synthetic organic resin,
which may include stretch-oriented molecules or have been
molecularly oriented.
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
483 for an optical system (e.g., filters, etc.) in which the
molecules oriented for an optical purpose (e.g.,
polarization, etc.).
Subclass:
911
Stock material product which includes structure and/or
material adapted to prevent passage therethrough of an alien
object.
(1) Note. This collection will receive disclosures of
bullet-proof glass, material for bullet-proof vests, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34.1 for a container type article which may have a layer*
resistant to penetration.
912 for a disclosure of puncture-healing stock material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 2.5 for an article of clothing which is
penetration-resistant and subclasses 410+ for guards and
protectors for the head; especially, subclasses 6.6+ for a
soldier's helmet.
89, Ordnance, subclass 36 for a deflecting or
penetration-resistant shield not elsewhere provided for; and
see the search notes to that subclass.
109, Safes, Bank Protection, or a Related Device, 78 for
armored walls and panels.
Subclass:
912
Stock material product so constructed as to tend to close or
seal any opening which might be made in it by a pointed
object, such as a bullet or nail.
(1) Note. The "self-sealing" function is usually provided
by a layer* of material which tends to flow or swell so as to
fill the opening.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34.1 for a container type article which may have a puncture
healing layer*.
911 for disclosures relating to penetration resistant stock
material.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
150, Purses, Wallets, and Protective Covers, subclass 55 for
"self-healing" receptacles made of flexible material such as
cloth, rubber or plastic.
220, Receptacles, subclass 560.02 for a receptacle including
puncture-healing structure, and subclass 900 for a lined
metallic receptacle having such property.
Subclass:
912.2
MIRROR:
Patents disclosing stock material specially designed to
reflect light images.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
838 for mirror structure.
Subclass:
913
Stock material in which at least one constituent* is disposed
to respond to a stimulus in a predetermined manner to produce
a desired result.
(1) Note. The result may be due to the cooperative
responses, to their respective stimuli, of several
constituents of the stock material occurring either
simultaneously or consecutively (e.g., a chain reaction).
(2) Note. This collection is not intended to receive a
disclosure which merely indicates a melting or softening at a
particular temperature; but as exemplary of the disclosures
to which this collection is restricted are: a layer which
becomes opaque or transparent when subjected to light or heat
to vary transmission of the light, a constituent which
evolves CO2 gas when heated to a certain temperature in order
to extinguish fire, or an adhesive which releases its bond
between layers and allows insulating air spaces to form when
the stock material is heated to a certain temperature.
(3) Note. Excluded from this collection are light sensitive
materials of the type found in Class 430: a heat or light
polymerizable material of the type found in Class 260,
subclasses 2+.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
1 for a stock material product comprising a liquid crystal
which usually responds to varying temperature, light or
electrical potential to produce a change therein.
Subclass:
913.3
DECORATIVE ARTICLE FOR VIEWING FROM ONE SIDE ONLY (E.G.,
PLAQUE, ETC.):
Patents disclosing decorative articles having clearly defined
thickness and nonthickness surfaces, the decorative aspects
of the article generally being confined to one of the
nonthickness surfaces.
Subclass:
914
Stock material product which comprises a portion capable of
being removed therefrom and moved to and adhered to another
surface either as small pieces or as a complete film.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
462, Books, Strips, and Leaves for Manifolding, 69 for a
system comprising plural sheets one of which is a transfer
sheet and the other a record receiver.
Subclass:
915
This subclass is indented under subclass 914. Stock material
product under the definition of ... in which the purpose of
the transfer or decalcomania is to indicate whether or not it
or something else (1) has been touched without authority or
(2) is genuine.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
199 for a product having a coating or impregnation which
will indicate attempts at erasure or alteration.
488 for a product comprising a layer of paper and a
transferable substance containing a pigment, dye or a color
forming reagent, e.g., carbon or hectograph paper.
Subclass:
916
Stock material product which provides means for determining
whether it or something else (1) has been touched without
authority or (2) is genuine.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
29 for an article having a latent image which must be
treated in some way to develop or bring out the image.
199 for a product having a nonuniform coating or
impregnation which will indicate attempts at erasure or
alteration.
915 for a transfer or decalcomania useful for preventing or
indicating fraud or for indicating unauthorized use of a
product.
Subclass:
917
Stock material product which emits light due to passage of an
electric current therethrough or in contact therewith, and is
usually produced by a phosphor treated surface.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
216, Etching a Substrate: Processes, subclass 25 for
processes involving etching in the manufacturing of phosphor
devices.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 66 for a coating process
which produces an electro-luminescent lamp.
Subclass:
918
Stock material product in which at least a portion contains a
substance which is normally nontransparent but which in this
product has been made transparent
(1) Note. Exemplary of the disclosures in this collection
are paper, impregnated with a material of such refractive
index that the paper becomes transparent; ground glass* or
glass fibers*, embedded in a material with a refractive index
such that the composite mass is rendered transparent; and a
metal foil or layer thin enough to see through.
(2) Note. Materials, as glass*, cellophane and the product
sold under the trade mark "Lucite*" or "Plexiglas*" are
normally transparent and would not be appropriate for this
collection. If, however, any of the aforementioned (or other)
normally transparent materials are disclosed in an opaque
form with further treatment to restore transparency (e.g, the
embedded ground glass of (1) Note above), placement of the
disclosure in this subclass would be proper.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
359, Optics: Systems (Including Communication) and Elements,
580 for optical elements having a metallic coating which
produces interference effects.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 161 for a coating process
which increases the transparency of a material.
Subclass:
919
Stock material product which is caused to be invisible or
indistinguishable at a distance by a particular combination
of colors or paints or through its resemblance to the
surroundings.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
195 for a product which has a discontinuous or nonuniform
coating similar to a camouflaged article.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
106, Compositions: Coating or Plastic, appropriate
subclasses, for compositions used to camouflage an article.
114, Ships, subclass 15 for a warship so rendered invisible
or indistinguishable.
135, Tent, Canopy, Umbrella, or Cane, subclass 115 for
canopies which may be camouflaged to hide articles
thereunder.
427, Coating Processes, appropriate subclasses containing
"nonuniform" or "variegated" in their titles as for example
261, 280+, 299, 448, 466+, 504, 510+, 526, 552, 555+, etc.,
for processes of coating an article, which may result in
camouflage.
Subclass:
920
Stock material product which is made so as to afford some
defense against heat or fire, such as insulation or fire
retardation.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
35 for a tube type article of heat insulation not otherwise
provided for.
386 407, 432+, 457+, and 539, for other products which
include a refractory metal or compound thereof which have a
fire, heat or flame proofing feature.
443 for a laminated product comprising asbestos which acts
to protect against heat or fire.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
2, Apparel, subclass 5, 7, and 8 for a heat resistant head
covering for a person.
138, Pipes and Tubular Conduits, for an insulation in the
form of pipe covering of specific structure.
169, Fire Extinguishers, appropriate subclasses for apparatus
which acts to extinguish fires, or which act in anticipation
of fire conditions to prevent fires.
252, Compositions, 2 for a composition which may be used to
extinguish fires or as a coating or impregnation to act as a
defense against fire or flame.
Subclass:
921
This subclass is indented under subclass 920. Stock material
product in which the product prevents fire or a flame from
passing therethrough.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
34.1 for a tube type article of heat insulation not provided
for elsewhere.
386 404+, 432+, 457+, and 539, for other products which
include a refractory metal or a compound thereof and which
thus possess a fire, heat or flame protection feature.
442 for a laminated stock material product including
asbestos which acts to protect against fire or heat.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
442, Fabric (Woven, Knitted, or Nonwoven Textile or Cloth,
etc.), 141 for a textile, cloth, or fabric impregnated with
a phosphorus containing material which protects against fire
or flame.
Subclass:
922
Stock material product which contains a free metal element
therein or associated therewith to discharge harmlessly any
accumulated static electricity charge or to prevent such
charge from accumulating.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
85 for a pile or nap type surface article (e.g., carpet,
etc.) which may contain other types of static electricity
bleed off or antistatic material.
Subclass:
923
This and the indented subclasses are collections of published
disclosures pertaining to physical dimensions of metallic*
stock-materials*.
(1) Note. The physical dimensions may be recited in terms
of a standard unit of measurement or in terms of relative
amounts. Also, the recitation may be in terms of weight or
other parameter which can be converted mathematically into a
dimension.
(2) Note. Disclosures are placed in these subclasses for
their value as references, without regard to their original
classification or their claimed subject matter.
(3) Note. This and the indented subclasses should not be
considered complete collections of patents relating to their
subject matter.
(4) Note. Patents should not be cross-referenced to this or
its indented subclasses on the basis of the physical
dimension of a nonmetal component*, but rather, should be
cross-referenced to subclasses mentioned in the search notes
which provide for nonmetallic* stock-materials*.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
219 and 220, for nonmetallic* stock-material* in which
weight or an overall physical dimension is specified.
606 for foils and filaments smaller than 6 mils in overall
dimension.
Subclass:
924
This subclass is indented under subclass 923. Disclosures
which recite a physical dimension, usually thickness, of
composite* metallic* stock.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
219 and 220, for nonmetallic* composite* stock-material* in
which weight or an overall dimension is specified.
Subclass:
925
This subclass is indented under subclass 924. Disclosures
wherein the dimension recited is a quantitative relationship
between one layer and another layer, or between one layer and
the entire stock-material*, e.g., one layer is one-half the
thickness of a second layer, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
213 332+, and 340+, for a nonmetallic* composite* in which
the dimension or weight of a component is recited.
Subclass:
926
This subclass is indented under subclass 923. Disclosures in
which the dimension of one or more layers is recited relative
to a standard measure of quantity, e.g., one layer is 0.002
inches thick, etc.
(1) Note. If one layer is recited as "a foil",
cross-referencing here is proper.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
215 332+, and 340+, for a nonmetallic* composite* in which
the absolute dimension or weight of a component is recited.
Subclass:
927
Cross-reference collection concerned with metal
stock-materials* disclosed as having an appearance or other
psychological effect which conveys information or is designed
to be esthetically pleasing.
(1) Note. See the notes to the main class definition of
this class (428), section VI, C, 3, d, for the loci of other
related subject matter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
32 for an article having ornamental wound or woven strands.
141 156+, 175+, and 195+, for a sheet or web having a
textured surface, varying thickness, nonplanarity or
discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond,
and which may have an ornamental design or indicia, in
particular, subclass 187.
687 for metallic* stock-material* having a defined surface
characteristic.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
283, Printed Matter, appropriate subclasses for books,
strips, leaves and articles of conventional structure bearing
indicia.
Subclass:
928
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic*
stock-material* or a component* thereof is ferromagnetic,
that is, has a high magnetic permeability which varies with
the magnetizing force upon it.
(1) Note. See the notes to subclass 611 of this class (428)
for loci of related subject matter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
900 for a nonmetallic* product having a magnetic feature.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, subclass 131 for processes of
applying superposed diverse coatings, or coating a coated
base, either base of coating being magnetic.
Subclass:
929
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock is
designed for use in electrical switches or other
make-and-break electric circuit components.
(1) Note. See the notes in the definition of subclass 616
of this class (428), and the main class definition, section
VI, C, 4, for loci of other related subject matter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
616 for bimetallic contact stock which is deflectable by a
temperature change.
Subclass:
930
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock or a
component thereof has the property of abnormally low or
absent electric resistance at temperatures which approach
absolute zero.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
662 for composites having a niobium stannite component.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, subclass 901 for a
cross-reference collection of superconductive alloys.
Subclass:
931
Cross-reference collection of composite* metallic* materials
in which the components of the material differ from each
other in their electrical conductivity.
(1) Note. See the main class definitions of this class
(428), section VI, C, 4, for loci of other related subject
matter.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
686 for composites which are defined in terms of the
function of adjacent components.
Subclass:
932
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic*
stock-material* has properties particularly suiting the
material for use as a cutting or abrading medium.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
600 for metallic* stock having a tapering, knifelike edge.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
30, Cutlery, subclass 346 for cutlery materials.
51, Abrasive Tool Making Process, Material, or Composition,
for an abrading composition in general.
75, Specialized Metallurgical Processes, Compositions for Use
Therein, Consolidated Metal Powder Compositions, and Loose
Metal Particulate Mixtures, subclass 231 for consolidated
metal powder compositions containing an abrading component.
433, Dentistry, subclass 125, 141, and 166 for dental
abrading devices.
Subclass:
933
Cross-reference collection of metallic* composites having a
component which is consumed or consumable in preventing
electrolytic corrosion of another component.
(1) Note. Patents classified in subclass 659 are not
cross-referenced here.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 80 for electrolytic
coating methods.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 437 and the definitions
thereto, for electroless metal plating processes.
Subclass:
934
Cross-reference collection in which metallic* stock-material*
is made by a process which employs electricity, e.g.,
electric arc welding, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
156, Adhesive Bonding and Miscellaneous Chemical Manufacture,
subclass 273.1 for surface bonding methods with direct
application of electrical or radiant energy to work.
219, Electric Heating, 50 for welding by electric heating.
Subclass:
935
This subclass is indented under subclass 934.
Cross-reference collection in which electrolysis is the
process involved and the electrolysis results in coating one
metal with another.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
205, Electrolysis: Processes, Compositions Used Therein, and
Methods of Preparing the Compositions, 80 for processes of
electrolytic coating.
Subclass:
936
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock is
manufactured by reduction of a metal compound contained in a
solution, and precipitation of the resulting free metal on a
substrate.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, subclass 437 for an immersion-type
coating method directed to the electroless deposition of a
free metal onto a metal base.
Subclass:
937
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock is
made by spraying metal, in molten form, onto a substrate.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, subclass 223 for a process in which
a coating or a substrate to be coated is subjected to a flame
and subclass 446+ for spraying utilizing a flame or plasma.
Subclass:
938
Cross-reference collection in which metallic* stock is made
by depositing metal onto a substrate from a gas or vapor
containing the metal.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
427, Coating Processes, subclass 99 for vapor deposition
coating an integrated or printed circuit and subclass 124 for
vapor deposition using a vacuum.
Subclass:
939
Cross-reference collection in which the metallic* stock is
made by contacting a substrate with a molten mass of a
coating metal, e.g., welding, soldering, dipping, etc.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
219, Electric Heating, 50 for methods of that class
resulting in melting and fusion of a metal.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, 101 for nonelectric welding and
soldering processes.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 431 for an immersion-type
coating process utilizing a molten metal.
Subclass:
940
Cross-reference collection in which a composite metallic*
stock-material* is made by pressure, that is, without the
application of enough heat, as heat, to cause bonding.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
219, Electric Heating, subclass 95 for percussive bonding
methods of that class.
228, Metal Fusion Bonding, 107, 110.1+, 112.1+, and 115+ for
corresponding methods of that class.
427, Coating Processes, subclass 587 and 593 for a process
in which sonic or ultrasonic energy is applied directly to
the work.
Subclass:
941
Cross-reference collection in which a metallic* stock is made
by heating a layered stock-material* for a time and at a
temperature sufficient to cause one of the original layers to
disappear by diffusion into an adjacent layer or layers of
the stock.
SEE OR SEARCH THIS CLASS, SUBCLASS:
547 and 610, for metallic* stock-materials* having a
composition gradient, often due to a diffusion process.
SEE OR SEARCH CLASS:
148, Metal Treatment, 516 for processes of treating layered,
bonded, welded or mechanically engaged solid metal stock or
article to modify or maintain the internal physical structure
(i.e., microstructure) or chemical properties of metal.
420, Alloys or Metallic Compositions, for alloy or metallic
compositions
FOREIGN ART COLLECTIONS
The definitions for FOR 100-FOR 116 below correspond to the
definitions of the abolished subclasses (292-303, 311.1,
311.3, 311.5, 311.7, 311.9) under Class 428 from which these
collections were formed. See the Foreign Art Collection
schedule for specific correspondences. {Note: The titles
and definitions for indented art collections include all the
details of the one(s) that are hierarchically superior.}
Subclass: FOR 100
Foreign art collection for a product wherein (1) one or more
strands or strand-portions* are attached to or incorporated
in the body of the web or sheet in such a manner as to be
independent of entanglement with contiguous strands or
strand-portions* or (2) wherein such strands or
strand-portions*, when so disposed, constitute the web or
sheet.
Subclass: FOR 101
Foreign art collection for a product wherein the web or sheet
comprises a fiber containing layer or component.
Subclass: FOR 102
Foreign art collection for a product wherein the strands or
strand-portions lie in a single layer either in side-by-side
or equidistantly spaced relation throughout their length.
Subclass: FOR 103
Foreign art collection for a product in which the strips,
strands or strand-portions are covered or saturated with
fluent or plastic material or are joined to each other or to
another part of the web by an adhesive and the saturant,
coating or adhesive comprising rubber or rubber-like
material.
Subclass: FOR 104
Foreign art collection for a product consisting of or
containing fibers secured to other fibers thereof by means of
an inherent adhesive or cohesive property of the fibers.
Subclass: FOR 105
Foreign art collection for a product which consists of plural
components, at least one of which comprises macroscopic
fibers claimed in terms of (1) their particular shape
(natural or fabricated) or (2) an orderly arrangement thereof
relative to each other, (3) their particular interengagement
within a layer, (4) their engagement with an adjacent layer
or (5) their particular size.
Subclass: FOR 106
Foreign art collection for a product which comprises two or
more layers consisting of or including fibers, at least one
such layer comprising the above characterized structurally
defined fibers.
Subclass: FOR 107
Foreign art collection for a product wherein fibers of
mutually engaging layers are interengaged and/or compacted
together so as to hold the layers in assembled relation.
Subclass: FOR 108
Foreign art collection for a product wherein the interlocking
of the fibers, as disclosed, is accomplished by the passage
of barbed needles through the layers.
Subclass: FOR 109
Foreign art collection for a product in which any part of the
product has been covered or saturated with fluent or plastic
material, or in which layers are joined to each other by an
adhesive.
Subclass: FOR 110
Foreign art collection for a product in which at least one of
the layers has been covered or saturated with fluent or
plastic material or in which layers are joined to each other
by an adhesive.
Subclass: FOR 111
Foreign art collection for a product in which the absolute
size (width, thickness, etc.) of a component or fiber is
recited.
Subclass: FOR 112
Void-containin component has a continuous matrix of fibers
only (e.g., porous paper, etc.): Foreign art collection
wherein a component of the composite is one which depends
solely upon fibers for its continuity.
Subclass: FOR 113
And a force disintegratable component (e.g., stencil sheet,
etc.): Foreign art collection wherein a component of the
composite may be locally disintegrated by the application of
a sudden force thereto, for example, by a typewriter key.
Subclass: FOR 114
Fibers of defined composition: Foreign art collection
wherein the chemical makeup of the fibers is specified, as,
for example, natural leather, polypropylene, etc.
Subclass: FOR 115
Cellulosic: Foreign art collection wherein the fiber is made
of cellulose or a cellulose derivative, e.g., paper, etc.
Subclass: FOR 116
Plural cellulosic components: Foreign art collection wherein
the composite comprises two or more layers of fibrous
cellulose material.
Information Products Division -- Contacts
Questions regarding this report should be directed to:
U.S. Patent and Trademark Office
Information Products Division
PK3- Suite 441
Washington, DC 20231
tel: (703) 306-2600
FAX: (703) 306-2737
email: oeip@uspto.gov
Last Modified: 6 October 2000